FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE
ARC1001M Form and Colour, Basic Course 1 10.5 cr.
10506 Autumn: 1F + 6Øu + 2Øs, Spring: 1F + 4Øu + 1Øs Associate Professor Stein Rønning
For students in Product Design. Introduction to basic problems of visualisation through drawing with emphasis on special understanding and rendering of form and space. Introduction to use of colour; colour theory and the relation between colours. Practical use of colour in drawing.
Course material: Relevant examples from industrial design and the fine arts.
ARC1101A Theory of Structures 5.5 cr.
11006 Autumn: 3F + 1Øu + 2Øs Professor Jan Sivertsen
The main subjects are equilibrium of forces, strength of materials and simple building statics. Further topics are simple construction elements made of wood, steel and concrete.
Course material: A compendium from the lessons is available.
ARC1102A Architecture, Basic Course 1 12.5 cr.
15013 Autumn: 3F + 13Øu + 1Øs Professor Terje Moe
The course consists of a theoretical and a practical part. Theoretical exercises in function, form, geometry, computer modelling and structure are given in connection with an exercise, an exhibition pavilion, mainly constructed by steel and light aggregate concrete.
Course material: To be decided.
ARC1103A Form and Colour, Basic Course 1 10.5 cr.
10509 Autumn: 1F + 7Øu + 1Øs, Spring: 1F + 5Øu Associate Professor Harald Wårvik
Introduction to basic problems of visualisation through drawing with emphasis on special understanding and rendering of form and space. Introduction to use of colour; colour theory and the relation between colours. Practical use of colour in drawing.
Course material: Relevant examples from architecture and the fine arts.
ARC1104AM
Introduction to IT for Architects 4.5 cr.
11021 Autumn: 1F + 2Øu, Spring: 1F + 1Øu Assistant Professor Birgit Sudbø
Some basic information about computers, computing and computer aided architectural design. Hands-on experience with computer applications; computer-tools that are useful for architect students and for architects. Software: spreadsheet, word-processor, drawing- and modelling system, database, data-communication. Hardware: Apple Macintoshes and IBM-compatible PCs.
Course material: Will be decided at the beginning of the course.
ARC1105A The Theory and History of Architecture 1 6 cr.
13550 Autumn 2F + 1Øu, Spring: 2F + 1Øu Professor Staale Sinding-Larsen
Buildings and built environments in classical Greek and Roman worlds, Europe and the USA, and, to a limited extent, the Islamic world. Historical survey course. In addition, brief introductory presentation of topics from architectural theory.
Course material: Marvin Trachtenberg, Isabelle Hyman: Architecture, selected parts. Compendium: Staale Sinding-Larsen: Temaer i europeisk og amerikansk arkitekturteori. Fra Wienerskolen til Bauhaus og De Still. Frank Loyd Wright: Le Corbusier.
ARC1106A Building Physics 4.5 cr.
11013 Spring: 2F + 3Øu Professor Øyvind Aschehoug
Human comfort requirements, climate, thermal transfer, wind and air movement, moisture migration, acoustics, lighting. The theoretical principles and calculation methods are being applied to the practical design of building constructions.
Course material: H. Granum & Ø. Aschehoug: Bygningsfysikk (Building physics). Compendium published by the Department. NS 3031: Beregning av bygningers energi- og effektbehov (Estimation of building energy- and effect requirements). Byggeforskrift 1987 med veiledning (Building regulations of 1987 with guidelines).
ARC1107A Landscape and Built Environment 4.5 cr.
14057 Spring: 2F + 3Øu To be decided
Landscape concepts and components, landscape ecology, nature- and landscape values. Changes in the cultural landscape. History of landscape architecture and modern landscape projects. Shaping of terrain and use of vegetation.
Course material: Compendia.
ARC1108A Architecture, Basic Course 2 12 cr.
15017 Spring: 3F + 12Øu + 1Øs Professor Terje Moe
The course consists of a theoretical and a practical part. Theoretical exercises in function, form, geometry, structure and analysis of existing buildings are given in connection with an exercise re. a wooden building of moderate size. Introduction to group work and group processes.
Course material: To be decided.
ARC2001BG
Basic Planning for Civil Engineers 5 cr.
14006 Spring: 3F + 1Øu + 1Øs Associate Professor Helge Fiskaa
The course gives through practical examples an introduction to physical planning for civil engineer students. Contribution will be given by town- and regional planning, communications, road planning and hydrotechnology. The themes of the course are: planning tasks and problems, planning history, coordinating and conflicts, planning processes and actors, planning theory and methods.
Course material: Tore Sager: Planning with social perspective, Tapir 1990. Compendium
ARC2002M Form and Colour, Basic Course 2 8.5 cr.
10515 Autumn 1F + 4Øu + 1Øs, Spring: 1F + 4Øu + 1Øs Associate Professor Stein Rønning
For students in Product Design. Introduction to three-dimensional problems and basic form studies. Drawing as a tool in the planning stage. Applied colour and materials in three-dimensional form. Problems related to industrial design, drawing methods and techniques, progression of movement and scale rendering.
Course material: Relevant examples from industrial design and the fine arts.
ARC2003M History of Design 4.5 cr.
13560 Spring: 2F + 3Øu Professor Staale Sinding-Larsen
The material for the history of industrial design is mainly taken from energy-consuming industrial products (as opposed to "fine arts industry") from the industrial revolution to the present in Europe and the USA. Reference is made to the fine arts industry, architecture and other aspects that shape our working life and environment.
Course material: To be decided
ARC2101A Architecture 3 - Urban Buildings and Urban Space, Basic Course 18.5 cr.
15018 Autumn: 4F + 19Øu + 3Øs Professor Edvard Hiorthøy
Participants must have completed basic courses Architecture 1 and 2. Theory methods and design exercise related to the design of a building in an urban context. Interrelation of urban context and the form, functions, structure, materials and principal details of the building. Interior design, including light conditions and the detailing of a staircase. Excursion 9 - 10 days for a study of Nordic architecture.
Course material: To be decided.
ARC2102A Form and Colour, Basic Course 2 10 cr.
10514 Autumn 1F + 4Øu + 1Øs, Spring: 1F + 6Øu + 1Øs Associate Professor Jostein Kirkerud
Introduction to three-dimensional problematics and basic form studies. Drawing as a tool in the planning stage. Applied colour and materials in three-dimensional form. Architecturally related problems, drawing methods and techniques, progression of movement and scale rendering.
Course material: Relevant examples in architecture and the fine arts.
ARC2103A The Theory and History of Architecture 2 7.5 cr.
13552 Autumn: 2F + 2Øu, Spring: 2F + 1Øu Professor Staale Sinding-Larsen
Thematically a follow-up of Course 13550 from the Industrial Revolution into modern times, including topics from architectural theory. A specialised course in Norwegian traditional/historic architecture and building techniques is included.
Course material: Erling Gjone’s lectures: Om norsk arkitektur. Selected parts of Marvin Trachtenberg and Isabelle Hyman: Architecture. Kerstin Noach’s lectures: Om arkitektur i Norden. Selected parts of Staale Sinding-Larsen’s: Arkitekturteori og bygningsanalyse.
ARC2104A Architecture 4 - Housing, Basic Course 18.5 cr.
15019 Spring: 3F + 21Øu + 3Øs Professor Harald Høyem
General theory and method (ATM 4) and housing design with emphasis on functional and cultural aspects within a coherent architectural composition.
Course material: Compendium.
ARC3001GBMEKF(MA)
Design as a Creative Process 4.5 cr.
15039 Autumn: 1F + 5Øu Professor Terje Moe
The design of objects in technical systems, machines and utensils is the result of a creative process and the talents of the designer, and is expressed in different conventional methods of projections and graphical symbols. The core of the course deals with general aspects of design, with examples taken from many fields, and practical exercises in sketching and drawing of appliances and their parts are given.
Course material: Will be made as the course progresses.
ARC3002B Physical Planning, Basic Course 1-2 12.5 cr.
14021 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu + 2Øs, Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 2Øs Associate Professor Helge Fiskaa
The history of physical planning. Comprehensive and local planning. Collection and use of data in planning. Landscape and built environment. Sociology in planning. Planning in new and older neighbourhoods, urban renewal and rehabilitation. Planning principles and methods. Planning process, legal basis, planning administration and organization.
Course material: Compendium.
ARC3003B Physical Planning, Basic Course 1 6 cr.
14022 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu + 2Øs Associate Professor Helge Fiskaa
The history of physical planning. Comprehensive and local planning. Collection and use of data in planning. Landscape and built environment. Sociology in planning. Planning principles and methods. Planning process, legal basis, planning administration and organization. The course is identical to part of course 14021. Part 2 of the course can be taken as an elective.
Course material: Compendium.
ARC3101A The Theory and History of Architecture 3 4.5 cr.
13554 Autumn: 2F + 3Øu Professor Staale Sinding-Larsen
The history of town planning from the Industrial Revolution to t he present day. Introduction to current theories of urban design.
Course material: Compendium.
ARC3102A Basic Planning Knowledge for Architects 8 cr.
14060 Autumn: 5F + 2Øu + 1Øs Professor Sverre Nistov
Methods for analysing the built environment, theories and methods in planning, infrastructure, planning tools.
Course material: Compendium.
ARC3103A Architecture 5- Urban Planning, Basic Course 18.5 cr.
14061 Autumn: 2F + 22Øu + 2Øs Professor Bjørn Røe
The course is based on a town or a city district as a practice case. Various ways of gaining knowledge about the area are reviewed, as well as various approaches and methods for physical planning in the area. The emphasis is on analysis and understanding of the physical environment as architecture. The semester project is programmed by the students themselves on the basis of the analysis of the practice case. This is an urban design assignment at the municipal or local level.
Course material: Compendia.
ARC3104A Building Administration 4.5 cr.
11044 Spring: 2F + 2Øu + 1Øs Professor Tore Haugen
The course gives an overview of the fundamentals in macro economy and financing. Calculation and cost analysis of building projects. A more extensive orientation is given of the development of building projects, organization of the building process, agents and procedures, documents and information systems. The subject comprises the structure of the building industry, its institutions and legislation, authorisation, control and supervision. Tendering, contracting and forms of enterprise. Specifications and contract documentation
Course material: Robert Wigen: Bygningsadministrasjon (Building administration), Tapir.
ARC3105A The Theory and History of Architecture 4 4.5 cr.
13556 Spring: 2F + 2Øu + 1Øs Professor Staale Sinding-Larsen
Lectures on selected topics concerning theory of architectural analysis. Students, individually or in groups will be guided to prepare papers on selected topics in architectural theory and analysis, based on the textbook, selected literature and published architectural material.
Course material: Staale Sinding-Larsen: Arkitekturteori og bygningsanalyse. Tapir Forlag 1994. (Alternative English language texts available).
ARC3106A Architecture 6 - Architectural Design, Basic Course 16.5 cr.
15038 Spring: 4F + 18Øu + 1Øs Professor Ola Steen
The course is to give theoretical knowledge of basic architectural problems and applied knowledge of practical design, related to complex building programmes. The course includes a theoretical and methodical part - ATM 6, and a design practice part. ATM 6 deals with architectural ideas, theories and design methods, relevant to the fields of culture, health, education and science, administration and industry. The design practice part is based on a given programme and site, emphasising the relations between context and architectural solution.
Course material: Catalogue for lectures and literature list (ATM &), and selected examples relevant to the project.
ARC4001B Planning and Construction in Developing Countries 7.5 cr.
Advanced Course
14076 Spring: 3F + 1Øu + 3Øs + 2D Professor Bjørn Røe
The course deals with some central aspects in town- and regional planning, architecture, housing, building technology, use of local building material and methods, water supply, sanitation and transport planning. Focus on issues diverting from usual industrialised countries. Oriented towards practical problem solving related to specific conditions. Introducing methods like action planning, objectives oriented Project Planning, the Logical Framework Approach (LFA). Use of examples.
Course material: Compendium
ARC4002B Master Planning, Advanced Course 7.5 cr.
14041 Spring: 3F + 1Øu + 3Øs + 2D To be decided
The development of municipal planning. Main themes in theory and method. Discussion of methods for coordinated comprehensive planning, project oriented and local community oriented planning, with examples.
Course material: Compendium, 500 pp.
ARC4003B Centre Planning, Advanced Course 7.5 cr.
14043 Spring: 3F + 1Øu + 3Øs + 2D Professor Bjørn Røe
Advanced course - information about city centre and central functions properties, characteristics, problems, and development and planning through lectures, seminars. An analytical task (exercise) to give deeper insight in one limited area. Project work (courses 14083 or 14045) may be connected to this course.
Course material: Compendium.
ARC4004B Town and Regional Planning, Project 8.5 cr.
14045 Spring: 2Øu + 10Øs + 2D To be decided & Associate Professor Alf Ivar Oterholm
Coordinator: Professor Bjørn Røe
The topic of the project is decided after discussion between students and the teacher responsible for the course.
Course material: None.
ARC4005B Landscape Planning, Advanced Course 7.5 cr.
14059 Spring: 3F + 1Øu + 3Øs + 2D Associate Professor Alf Ivar Oterholm
Landscape planning is based on analysis of possibilities and limitations in landscape and nature base. Actual problems, landscape and landscape ecology; landscape perceptions and visual landscape analysis; the analysis process and use of GIS; suitability analyses and environmental impact analysis.
Course material: Will be announced at the beginning of the course.
ARC4101A Architecture, Advanced Course 24.5 cr.
10010 Autumn: 39F/Ø/D To be decided
Current tasks and questions that emerge outside the activities that are planned in the other advanced courses. The tasks will be connected to subject areas where the faculty is obliged to develop further understanding and knowledge and where joint study between student and teacher will be useful.
Course material: Dependent on the task.
ARC4102A Architecture, Joint Course, Advanced Course 24.5 cr.
10030 Autumn: 39F/Ø/D To be decided
Specific problems and tasks in the subject areas that have been defined by the faculty as specialist areas or topics for projects.
Course material: Dependent on the task.
ARC4103A Architecture, Advanced Course 24.5 cr.
10020 Spring: 39F/Ø/D To be decided
Current tasks and questionties that are planned in the other advanced courses. The tasks will be connected to subject areas where the faculty is obliged to develop further understanding and knowledge and where joint study between student and teacher will be useful.
Course material: Dependent on the task.
ARC4104A Architecture, Joint Course, Advanced Course 24.5 cr.
10035 Spring: 39F/Ø/D To be decided
Specific problems and tasks in the subject areas that have been defined by the faculty as specialist areas or topics for projects.
Course material: Dependent on the task.
ARC4201A Form and Colour, Advanced Course 24.5 cr.
10571 Autumn: 39F/Ø/D Professor Paul Brand
Content: The course focuses on physical changes in habituated and natural environments through setting various methods of visual creativity in contrast. Drawing, colour and modelling are relevant areas of practice in connection with the content of the course
Course material: Relevant examples in architecture and visual arts.
ARC4202A Form and Colour, Advanced Course 24.5 cr.
10574 Spring: 39F/Ø/D Associate Professor Erling Rohde
Content: The course consists of two parts. Delivery of relevant methods and techniques for use in visualising and presentation of architectural projects such as drawing, colour three-dimensional form, photography and other techniques. Presentation of given themes.
Course material: Relevant examples in architecture and visual arts.
ARC4203AM
Visual Aesthetics 5.5 cr.
10544 Autumn: 1F + 7Øu To be decided
Content: Visual Aesthetics is foremost a theoretical subject. It studies problems of aesthetics in the area of architecture, and general topics in aesthetics as far as they are relevant in architecture. The course is given as lectures and seminars and the students are expected to hand in written essays that sometimes may be connected to practical exercises.
Course material: Relevant literature.
ARC4204AM
Form and Colour 5.5 cr.
10562 Autumn: 1F + 7Øu Associate Professor Erling Rohde
Content: Alternative use of materials related to model making within architecture.
Course material: Relevant examples in architecture and visual arts.
ARC4205AM
Visual Aesthetics 5 cr.
10546 Spring: 1F + 6Øu To be decided
Content: Visual Aesthetics is foremost a theoretical subject. It studies problems of aesthetics in the area of architecture, and general topics in aesthetics as far as they are relevant in architecture. The course is given as lectures and seminars and the students are expected to hand in written essays that sometimes may be connected to practical exercises.
Course material: Relevant literature.
ARC4206AM
Form and Colour 5 cr.
10563 Spring: 1F + 6Øu Professor Paul Brand
Content: Alternative use of materials related to model making within architecture.
Course material: Relevant examples in architecture and visual arts.
ARC4301A Architecture and Preservation of Buildings, Advanced Course 24.5 cr.
13548 Autumn: 39F/Ø/D Teachers from the Department
Coordinator: Professor Knut Einar Larsen
Advanced studies with focus on conservation problems in the disciplines pertaining to the Department of Architectural History: Traditional history of architecture; building analysis; building conservation; general cultural conservation problems. Students will prepare a theoretical paper or a specific architectural project.
Course material: Compendium.
Not taught in 1996/97.
ARC4302A Scandinavian Architectural History 5 cr.
13525 Autumn: 1F + 2Øu + 4Øs Professor Kerstin Gjesdahl Noach
This optional course will cover special subjects from Nordic architecture of the 18th, 19th and 20th centuries. Exercises consist of a combination of object and literature studies. Students will present brief reports and mini-lectures as basis for examination.
Course material: Selected reference books in the library.
ARC4401A Project in Developing Countries, Advanced Course 24.5 cr.
14079 Autumn: 39F/Ø/D Adjunct Professor Hans Christie Bjønness
The project will deal with real-life problems related to the physical environment and the disadvantaged groups, preferably with field work (4-8 weeks) in a "third world" country.
Course material: Compendium - depending on choice of subject.
ARC4402A Urban Design, Advanced Course 24.5 cr.
14073 Autumn: 39F/Ø/D Professor Bjørn Røe
The course consists of a theoretical part and a project part. The project is based on a particular city or town area where architectural and practical conditions will be studied and analysed, leading to proposals for redesign of the area.
Course material: Compendium.
ARC4403A Architecture in Town and Regional Planning, Advanced Course 24.5 cr.
14083 Spring: 39F/Ø/D Professor Bjørn Røe
The course consists of a theoretical part and a project part. In the theoretical part, the emphasis is on general knowledge of town and regional planning, and additional relevant special themes. The project assignment is aimed toward a discussion of physical structure at the town or regional level.
Course material: Compendium
ARC4404AB
Computer Applications in Physical Planning 6 cr.
14025 Autumn: 3F + 1Øu + 3Øs To be decided
Computer applications for input and storage, analysis and presentation of data in planning (GIS) and application for design of plans and projects (CAD).
Course material: Analysis models, databases, digital elevation models, land use analysis, geographical data in management and planning.
ARC4405A History of Town Planning 6 cr.
14082 Autumn: 2F + 3Øu + 3Øs Professor Bjørn Røe
The course is a theoretical study of the history of town planning.
Course material: Compendium.
ARC4406AB
Planning and Execution of Research Projects 5.5 cr.
14088 Autumn: 3F + 1Øu + 2D Associate Professor Linn Mo
The course presents general research approaches (hypothesis testing vs. generation of hypotheses, deductive vs. inductive) in relation to current projects and literature on research methods. There will be contributions from guest lecturers from different research fields (physical planning, architecture, social science). The students will learn to evaluate their own and others' research designs by presenting their own research ideas. Each student will write a research proposal which can be used in applications to degree programmes and funding agencies.
Course material: Short compendium, research proposals/reports, use of library.
ARC4407A Urban Renewal 6 cr.
14026 Spring: 3F + 4Øu Professor Sverre Nistov
An environmental approach to urban renewal. The tradition of urban renewal. Analysis of existing resources in older neighbourhoods. Strategies and methods in planning process. Maintenance of local areas.
Course material: Compendium
ARC4408A Planning and Construction in Developing Countries 6 cr.
14077 Spring: 3F + 1Øu + 3Øs Professor Bjørn Røe
The course deals with some central aspects in town- and regional planning, architecture, housing, objectives oriented Project Planning, the logical Framework Approach (LFA) building technology, use of local building material and methods, water supply, sanitation and transport planning. Focus on issues diverting from usual industrialised countries. Oriented towards practical problem solving related to specific conditions. Use of examples.
Course material: Compendium
ARC4409A Social Science in Architecture and Planning 5.5 cr.
14087 Spring: 3F + 1Øu + 2D Associate Professor Linn Mo
The course has 5 main subjects: Social science for architects. Environmental psychology. Human needs in new neighbourhoods. Human needs in older neighbourhoods. Social science research methods.
Course material: Compendium plus use of library.
ARC4501A Architectural Design - Housing, Advanced Course 24.5 cr.
15043 Autumn: 39F/Ø/D Professor Sven Erik Svendsen
Professor Tore Brantenberg
Coordinator: Professor Sven Erik Svendsen
The course will put main emphasis on an independent design of housing programmed in collaboration with the tutors. Problem areas to be chosen with relevance to either the construction of new dwellings or to renewal and improvement of existing housing. In-depth study areas will vary according to individual priorities. Course format will be based on lectures, seminary and individual tutoring. Assessment to be based on project presentation.
Course material: Compendia and literature list.
ARC4502A Architectural Design - Complex Building Programs, 24.5 cr.
Advanced Course
15046 Autumn: 39F/Ø/D Professor Ola Steen
Projects are chosen from areas of culture, health, education and science, administration and industry, with emphasis on functional, aesthetic and technical solutions, as found in architectural practice.
Course material: Literature list and selected examples relevant to project.
ARC4503A Architectural Design - Simple Programs, Advanced Course 24.5 cr.
15047 Autumn: 39F/Ø/D Professor Terje Moe
Coordinator: Associate Professor Houchang Fathi
The course consists of an exercise - to plan a small building from concept to details. The studio work will mainly consist of modelling in 3D and drawing in 2D with computers (Macintosh). Sufficient knowledge in 3D and 2D necessary.
ARC4504A Architectural Design - Resources and Place, Advanced Course 24.5 cr.
15053 Autumn: 39F/Ø/D Professor Harald Høyem
Coord.: Assistant Professor Kjell-Håvard Bråten
To increase the understanding of the relations between cultural identity, place and built environment through field work and design assignment in cultures of strong identity. The course offers special competence to architects working in peripheral situations/in foreign cultures, as well as competence in general, architectural design work. The course is based on a design project with thorough preliminary studies and field work. Various approaches to the situations, and different working methods will be presented. The basis of this, current working methods will be chosen.
Course material: Kjell-Håvard Bråten and Harald Høyem: The Resource System Method.
Compendium.
ARC4505A Architectural Design - Place Design, Advanced Course 24.5 cr.
15052 Spring: 39F/Ø/D Professor Birgit Cold
Coordinator: Professor Edvard Hiorthøy
The course is to give competence within theories of place and place design. Theories and methods within place design are discussed. The course concentrates on outdoor spaces for everybody, in between areas, urban and landscape design. Development of concepts and presentation of ideas are emphasised.
Course material: Compendia, literature, articles and earlier student work.
ARC4506A Architectural Design, Complex Building programs, 24.5 cr.
Advanced Course
15064 Spring: 39F/Ø/D Professor Elin Corneil
Projects are chosen from areas of culture, health, education and science, administration and industry, with emphasis on functional, aesthetic and technical solutions, as found in architectural practice.
Course material: Literature list and selected examples relevant to project.
ARC4507A Industrial Design, Advanced Course 24.5 cr.
15085 Spring: 39F/Ø/D To be decided
General theory and method, ergonomics, materials and shaping/working technique, model and prototype building
Course material: Supporting literature.
ARC4508A Theory and History of Housing 4.5 cr.
15042 Autumn: 1F + 1Øu + 4Øs Professor Sven Erik Svendsen
The course is an introduction to housing in a historic and cultural context with emphasis on the 20th century in Europe, and to the premises for development and production of the modern dwelling. The course format will be based on lectures and seminars. A compulsory presentation of a semester report on a chosen subject is part of the course. Assessment is to be based on the written paper.
Course material: To be decided.
ARC4509A Building in Landscape 5.5 cr.
15074 Autumn: 1F + 7Øu Assistant Professor Hallvard Selmer
The main goal of this intensive summer course is to gain experience in full-scale architectural development and building, the qualities of landscape and climate, the choice and handling of building materials, etc. Seminars and workshops support produced by the participants. The site is located some 100 km NE of Trondheim, in a rural forested area. Most courses will be international, with emphasis on established contact with Eastern European schools of architecture. Duration 3 weeks, mainly in August. Study level, 2nd-4th year.
Course material: Byggeforskrifter, byggdetaljer.
ARC4510A Theory and Method in Projecting 4.5 cr.
15075 Autumn: 2F + 3Øs Professor Birgit Cold
Coordinator: Assistant Professor Kjell-Håvard Bråten
Two main subjects with part subjects will be presented and discussed:
1. The concept of quality, generally and architecturally specific.
2. Projecting in the early stages with development of ides and communication.
Course material: Literature and examples from practical work, architectural contests and student projects.
Not taught in 1996/97.
ARC4511A Interior Design 4.5 cr.
15003 1F + 5Øu Assistant Professor Liv Arvesen
The purpose of the course is to train the ability to see and realise a room as a total composition. Besides giving an introduction into the use of visual means, the course deals with analyses of practical needs.
Course material: To be decided
ARC4512A Wind as a Premise of Built Form 5 cr.
15072 Spring: 2F + 1Øu + 3Øs Professor Harald Høyem
The course is dealing with problems related to wind and precipitation as premises of building design, emphasising situations exposed to a harsh climate. The exercises will reflect questions of design methods as well. The main subjects are: The climatic elements, climate as a premise of built form, case studies of architecture adapted to the climate, wind as a phenomenon, wind and precipitation combined, climate and the human being, wind and built form, design tools and working methods, resources and place.
Course material: Mauritz Glaumann and Ulla Westerberg: Klimatplanering - Vind.
Jarle R. Herje og Harald Høyem: Vind og vær. Håndbok i klimatilpasning.
ARC4513A Industrial Architecture, Theory and History 4.5 cr.
15073 Spring: 2F + 3Øu Professor Elin Corneil
The course gives an introduction to the history of "the industrial landscape" from the early industrialisation in Europe and the USA up to our time, with emphasis on the development of factory as a type, its influence on modern architecture, inventions of new materials and conservation and reuse of industrial areas. The course format is based on lectures and seminars. An essay is required at the end of the semester.
Course material: Compendium and "sperret" literature.
ARC4514A Architectural Design, Special Programs, Advanced Course 24.5 cr.
15060 Autumn: 39F/Ø/D Professor Ingrid Fiksdahl King
Coordinator: Associate Professor Jo Svare
The course examines the relationship between theory and form, with the intent of making the students aware of their own assumptions. The aim is to establish a personal basis for design, and a critical point of view with respect to current ideas and experimentation in the field of architecture. The "theory" in the context of current architecture is primarily tied to existential questions derived from philosophy, and at the outset the course attempts to map the relationship between such questions and a series of architectural works, in order to establish a critical overview. The last part of the course presents some structured architectural theories, as well as a discussion of criteria for "quality" associated with different architectural views. The first part of the semester is set up as a common inquiry, with lectures, theoretical studies and sketch problems. The second part of the semester is focused on a design problem as a basis for individual design experimentation.
Course material: Literature list and course collateral.
ARC4601A Building Administration, Advanced Course 24.5 cr.
11046 Autumn: 39F/Ø/D Professor Tore Haugen
The subject is based upon the fundamental course 11044, Building Administration and represents further studies within selected topics from the basic course. Typical subjects are project management, communication and information systems, classification, data coordination and coding. Specification systems and standards for project documents, use of computers in building planning and design. Advanced forms for contracting and cost planning. Facilities management. Value engineering.
Course material: Robert Wigen: Bygningsøkonomi (Building economy), Tapir. A collection of articles and notes from courses and conferences in the field.
ARC4602A Building Technology, Advanced Course 24.5 cr.
11036 Spring: 39F/Ø/D Professor Jan Sivertsen
One of the topics from A to H may be chosen: A) Use of resources in buildings, B) Low energy buildings, C) Alternative energy sources, D) Climate responsive buildings E) Glazed spaces F) Large span structures G) Building systems H) Optimised structures. If one of the topics A to H are given in an NTH continuing education (EEU) course the same year, the lessons will be coordinated.
Course material: The Department has produced compendia for most of the fields from A to H.
ARC4603A Building Materials and Products 4.5 cr.
11031 Autumn: 1F + 5Øu Professor Øyvind Aschehoug
The course discusses the importance of the selection of building materials and products for the utility value of buildings. It describes the choices available during the design phase and the consequences these choices will have on maintenance and other operational costs, on indoor air quality, and on the general use of resources.
Assignments: The assignments are compulsory and will consist of studies of selected products and materials.
Course material: Lecture notes.
ARC4604A Principles in Lighting 4.5 cr.
11082 Autumn: 2F + 2Øu + 1Øs Professor Øyvind Aschehoug
Photometry, the eye and visual processes, lighting criteria, daylight as light source, daylight data and calculations, the importance of daylight in visual amenity, basic information about electric lighting, lamps, fixtures and lighting design.
Course material: H.H. Bjørset: Lys og belysning i arbeidsmiljøet (Light and lighting in the working environment) (in Norwegian). Tapir. H.A. Løfberg: Räckna med dagsljus (Consider the daylight) (in Swedish), Statens institut før byggnadsforskning, Gävle. Ø. Aschehoug: Dagslys (Daylight) (in Norwegian). Compendium made by the Department.
ARC4605A CAD, 2D, 3D and Communication 4.5 cr.
11019 Spring: 2F + 1Øu + 2Øs Assistant Professor Birgit Sudbø
The scope of the course is computer aided design. The course gives hands-on experience with computer tools for two dimensional drawing, three dimensional geometric modelling, visualisation and presentation of building projects and tools for data transfer and data exchange between computers and computer applications.
Hardware: UNIX workstation and Apple Macintosh
Course material: Will be announced in the beginning of the course.
ARC4606A Structural Design 4.5 cr.
11032 Spring: 2F + 3Øu Professor Jan Sivertsen
The main purpose of this course is to give a broad orientation about the possibilities and functions of structures. The structures discussed are: beams, frames, curved bars, arches, trusses, suspension constructions and shells made of different materials such as glued laminated wood, concrete, prestressed concrete, and steel.
Course material: Compendium
ARC4607A Energy and Resource Use in Buildings 4.5 cr.
11086 Spring: 2F + 3Øu Professor Øyvind Aschehoug
The availability of various resources. Environmental consequences of energy- and resource use. Impacts of localisation, design, construction, and use of buildings. Insulation and glazing. Heat recovery and heat pumps. Low energy buildings. Use of active and passive solar energy. Garbage and sewage treatment. Resource optimisation.
Course material: Compendium written by the lecturers.
ARC4608A Computer Applications in Architecture, Advanced Course 24.5 cr.
11029 Autumn: 39F/Ø/D Assistant Professor Birgit Sudbø
The scope of this course is computer aided architectural design; computers, computing, computability in design, potentials and limitations for architects and architecture. Computer applications used in the course: 2D-drawing, 3D-modelling, visualisation, image-synthesis, project management, technical analyses, knowledge based systems, database-systems, data communication and networks, communication.
Hardware: UNIX-workstations, IBM-compatible PCs and Apple Macintoshes.
Course material: Will be announced in the beginning of the course.
Not taught in 1996/97
FACULTY OF ECONOMICS AND INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT
BE1001GBMEKF(MA)
Organization Theory, Group Practice, 4 cr.
Learning Technique, Introduction
92503 Autumn: 2F + 2Øu Assistant Professor Per Sletten
Selected topics in organization theory, organisational behaviour, small group theory and learning theory. Special emphasis is placed on showing the dynamic interrelations between people, technology and organization. Group-based exercises with the goal to offer students experience in these topics and their interrelations. Special attention is given to the juridical settings of the firm.
Course material: M.Levin, Ø.Fossen and R.Gjersvik: Ledelse og teknologi, Universitetsforlaget, Oslo, 1994. T.Skjønhals: Rettslære. Enkelte emner. Del I-IV. Trondheim, 1993. Kompendium i Samfunn og Bedrift.
BE1101(BE) Organization Theory, Introduction 5.5 cr.
92502 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu Professor Morten Levin
The course is a first introduction to organization theory and leadership and to the relation between organisations and society. Theories explaining the relationship between technology, leadership and organization will receive special attention. In parallel with the lectures in organization theory, students will be given a first introduction to group processes based on an experiential teaching model. Ethics and theory of science questioning will be integrated into the various subjects.
Course material: To be decided.
BE1102(BE) Macroeconomics - an Introduction 5.5 cr.
92015 Spring: 3F + 2Øu Assistant Professor John Hermansen
The course is an introduction to topics in macroeconomics, the main topics will be: National income accounting, the determination of the level of national income and employment in a small open economy, wage development and inflation and factors having impact on economic growth.
Course material: The syllabus is given at the beginning of the course.
BE2001GBMEKF(MA)
Work Science, Technology, Environment and Values, Introduction 4.5 cr.
92508 Autumn: 3F + 1Øu Assistant Professor John Hermansen
As for BE2102.
BE2002BEFGMK(MA)
Managerial Economics 4.5 cr.
92020 Spring: 3F + 1Øu Professor Einar Matson
The main subject of this course are: demand and production theory, technological change and industrial innovation, the analysis of cost, perfect competition, monopoly and monopolistic competition, oligopoly and strategic behaviour, pricing techniques, regulation of monopoly, external economics and regulation of environmental pollution.
Textbook: Edwin Mansfield: Managerial Economics. Other teaching material will be distributed during the course.
BE2101(BE) Financial Statement Analysis and Cost Accounting 5 cr.
92014 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu Associate Professor Finn Müller
The course is given during the autumn semester and only for students from the Faculty of Economics and Industrial Management. The principal subjects are the basic concepts in financial accounting with Norwegian law regulations, analysis of costs and revenues, cash flow analysis with cash flow statement, management accounting with product costing and cost allocation.
Course material: T.Eklund & K.Knutsen: Regnskapsanalyse. Aktiv bruk av regnskapet. 4th ed., Universitetsforlaget, 1994. T.Naug & A.D.Sti: Internregnskap. 2nd ed., Universitetsforlaget, 1993.. Other teaching material will be distributed during the course.
BE2102(BE) Work Science, Technology, Environment and Values, Introduction 4.5 cr.
92504 Autumn: 3F + 1Øu Assistant Professor John Hermansen
The course is an interdisciplinary introduction to technology, environment and human values, including ethics. The course comprises global and national environmental status, sustainable development, indoor and occupational environment including health and safety problems. Emphasis is put on the new challenges within development and regulation of technology, and safety and environmental management within society and industry.
Course material: J.Hermansen: Miljøledelse, Tano, 1995. H.W.Andersen and K.H.Sørensen: Frankensteins dilemma - En bok om teknologi, miljø og verdier. Ad. Notam, Gyldendal, latest ed.
BE2103(BE) Organizational Theory 5 cr.
92509 Spring: 3F + 2Øu Associate Professor Tim Torvatn
The history and development of organization theory. Schools of organization theories. Practical use of organization theories. Problem solving and decision theory. Organizing and reorganizing. Group theory.
Course material: To be decided.
BE3001AGBMEKF(MA)
Woman, Men and Technology 4.5 cr.
92541 Autumn: 3F + 1Øu Professor Morten Levin
The course will give an introduction to how technological and scientific knowledge are shaped and how gender issues impacts this process. The course is composed of the following main topics:
1) What is the relationship between gender and technology?
2) Macho men and soft women - old misconceptions?
3) When and what is I in technology and science?
4) Can we influence how technology is used?
These questions will be approached through a discussion of technology both as a cultural and social phenomenon.. The point of departure is studies of women and men's relationship to and perspectives on technology and science, and this will form the backdrop for a discussion of the relationship between users and designers of technology. The course will introduce how "memory" work (use of own experiences) as a method can create a better understanding of own student role and the role as a future engineer.
Course material: To be decided.
BE3002AGBMEKF(MA)(BE)
Management and Cost Accounting 4.5 cr.
92010 Autumn: 3F + 1Øu Assistant Professor Ivar Frihagen
The basic principles of financial accounting under Norwegian business law and accounting conventions. Analysis of financial statements. Theory of costs and production. Price-quantity determination under different market conditions. Optimal allocation of capacity under joint production. The basic concepts of management accounting; product costing, cost allocation, analysis of revenues and costs with budgeting, analysis of price efficiency and variances.
Course material: C. Drury: Management and Cost Accounting, 3rd ed. Chapman & Hall, 1992, notes and selected articles.
BE3003AGBMEKF(MA)
Physical and Chemical Factors of the Work Environment 4.5 cr.
92512 Autumn: 3F + 1Øu Associate Professor Egil M. Ophus
The course deals with the interaction between the worker and the physical and chemical factors in his/her work environment. Importance is given to occupational hazards causing accidents and occupational diseases and the prevention of such hazards. In addition attention is paid to the promotion of the general health and safety of the worker and the adjustment of work to man. Concepts of environmental control and indoor air quality problems in the non-industrial environment are also included.
Course material: Compendium in Norwegian published by the Department. The Working Environment Act (in Norwegian).
BE3004AGBMEKF(MA)
Psychology 4.5 cr.
92516 Autumn: 3F + 1Øu Associate Professor Steinar Ilstad
Developmental psychology, perception, psycomotor skills, emotion, motivation, learning, memory, thinking, intelligence, personality, abnormal psychology, stress and adjustment, industrial psychology, social interaction, communication, social control, attitudes, group psychology, aggression prosocial behaviour, research methods and history of psychology.
Course material: S. Ilstad: Generell psykologi, 5th edition, Tapir 1992. S. Ilstad, K. Nystuen: Sosialpsykologi, 3rd edition, Tapir 1991. Oppgaver i psykologi, Tapir 1991. (All in Norwegian.)
BE3005AGBMEKF(MA)
Product Development and Entrepreneurship 4.5 cr.
92552 Autumn: 2F + 3Øu Professor Sigmund J. Waagø
The product development process. Introduction of new products in the market. Entrepreneurship: Process, team, organizational and financial aspects.
Course material: To be decided.
BE3006AGBMEKF(MA)(BE)
Operations Research 1 4.5 cr.
92031 Autumn: 3F + 1Øu Assistant Professor Marielle Christiansen
The course treats the use of mathematical models in planning for both private and public sector. In most contexts the problem is that of maximizing or minimizing an objective function under limited access to resources. The purpose of operations research is to 1) understand the problem. 2) formulate a model of the problem. 3) find the optimal solution, and analyze it. The following classes of problems are discussed: Linear programming, basic nonlinear programming, simple queuing models and simple inventory models.
Course material: Textbook, title will be given in class. A software system for linear programming is used for some exercises.
BE3007AGBMEKF(MA)
Macro Economics 4.5 cr.
92071 Autumn: 3F + 1Øu Associate Professor Olav Fagerlid
The course covers topics in macroeconomics, the main of which are: determination of production and income in a national economy, fiscal and monetary policy and the determination of production and employment, inflation and unemployment, factors determining the balance of trade.
Course material: The syllabus is given at the beginning of the course.
BE3008AGBMEKF(MA)(BE)
Management and Organization Theory 4.5 cr.
92510 Autumn: 2F + 3Øu Associate Professor Bjørn Otto Elvenes
Schools of organization theories, environment and objectives, strategic and tactical planning, organizational design, organizational change, organizational development, communication, decision theory and leadership.
Course material: To be decided.
BE3009AGBMEKF(MA)
Ecology and Environmental Science 4.5 cr.
92513 Autumn: 3F + 1Øu Assistant Professor John Hermansen
Basic ecology including ecosystem, production, eco-cycles, population dynamics, biological diversity and sustainable yield. Ecosystem and vegetation in Norway. Mapping and monitoring. Effects on environment of human impact, including acidification (lakes, forest), pollution, ecotoxicology, radioactivity and landuse. An overview of conservation of nature in Norway.
Course material: Textbook and handouts.
BE3010AGBMEKF(MA)
Technology Policy and Technology Assessment 4.5 cr.
90012 Autumn: 3F + 1Øu Professor Mikael Hård
The subject aims at making students understand political processes concerning the development and use of technology, as well as preparing them to take part in political decisions and assessments related to technology. It covers (a) political, philosophical, institutional, and ideological aspects of technological change; (b) research and technology policy - internationally and nationally; (c) views and management of risk; (d) views and methods of private and public institutions concerning technology assessment and regulation. The topics are in the first place illustrated by examples from post-war Norway.
Course material: Literature, lecture notes, students’ papers.
BE3011AGBMEKF(MA)
The Cultural Dimension of International Business 4.5 cr.
92539 Autumn: 2F + 3Øs Associate Professor Rolf Lunheim
The subject gives an overview of the characteristics of mainstream cultures which includes the European, Arabian, Latin - American, Chinese and Japanese. It will be emphasized to disseminate a general social anthropological frame work and insight in cross-cultural communication for understanding foreign cultures. The subject will use examples from Norwegian and foreign industrial and commercial dimension of the internationalization of business.
Course material: Jan Brøgger: Kulturforståelse - En nøkkel til vår internasjonale samtid. Damm & Søn 1993, compendium.
BE3012A Industrial Economics 4.5 cr.
92016 Spring: 3F + 1Øu Professor Einar Matson
Content: The course is an introduction to resource allocation decision and the public sector. Topics discussed are: Structure and growth of the public sector; Efficient resource allocation; Efficency and equity; Market failure and public policy; The economics of pollution; The use and misuse of cost-benefit analysis; The distrubutive effect of the public sector and welfare transfers.
Course material: To be decided.
BE3013AB CostBenefit Analysis and Environmental Economics 5 cr.
92060 Spring: 3F + 1Øu + 1Øs Associate Professor Olav Fagerlid
The course is an introduction to investment planning in the public sector. The two main topics are Cost-benefit valuations and Investment analysis. The topics discussed are: 1) The core ideas in Cost-benefit valuations: a) Economic calculations and externalities, b) Consumer and producer surplus, c) Various evaluation criteria in macroeconomic analyses. 2) Examples of public projects. 3) Topics concerning public regulations: a) Common goods, b) External effects, c) Natural monopolies. 4) Valuation in the absence of a market price.
Course material: To be decided.
BE3201(BE) Business Administration 5 cr.
92004 Spring: 3F + 2Øu Professor Einar Matson
Capital budgeting with the main methods for evaluation of profitability - including the effects of taxes and price variation, cost of capital and the main principles in economic risk analysis. Financing the firm's capital needs and the interaction of investment and financing decisiones.
Course material: The list of prescribed texts is given at the beginning of the course.
BE3202(BE) Microeconomics 5 cr.
92006 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu Professor Einar Matson
The principal subjects are: Introduction to utility theory with emphasis on demand relationships. Introduction to production theory: How are capital and labour combined when production volume or prices on input changes? How are production cost determined? What motives govern a firm´s behaviour? How does perfect competition and monopoly affect the firm´s behaviour? Simple non-cooperative game theory.
Course material: The list of precribed texts is given at the beginning of the course.
BE3301(BE) Business Management 6 cr.
92540 Autumn: 3F + 4Øu Associate Professor Øystein Moen
Content: Marketing management. Marketing reserach and planning. Buyer behaviour. Product- and promotion strategies. Distribution. Principles of personal selling.
Course material: To be decided.
BE3302(BE) Business Management 2 6 cr.
92521 Spring: 3F + 4Øu Professor Sigmund J. Waagø
Innovation. Management product development. Entrepreurship and Production Management.
Course material: To be decided.
BE3303(BE) Health, Environment and Safety 1 4.5 cr.
92560 Autumn: 2F + 3Øu Professor Rolf Westgaard
The course presents selected topics within ergonomics, work physiology and occupational hygiene. The relation between exposure to physical and chemical factors at the work place and specific health effects is highlighted through lectures, laboratory demonstrations and excursions to selected work places. A course paper with the aim of detecting and evaluating adverse exposure factors within ergonomics and occupational hygiene at a work place is compulsory.
Course material: To be decided.
BE3304(BE) Health, Environment and Safety 2 7.5 cr.
92561 Spring: 4F + 2Øu + 2Øs Professor Urban Kjellén
The course will present methods and means for identification, decisions and handling of risk problems in industry, looking at problem solving cycles from problem definition and identification, problem analysis, acceptance criteria and standards, to evaluation and monitoring of means and ends. Accidentology, systems analysis, information systems and decision support applied to health, environment and safety are covered. Monitoring and auditing techniques are examined and discussed.
Course material: To be decided.
BE4001AGBEKF(BE)
Project Evaluation and Capital Budgeting 5.5 cr.
92012 Spring: 3F + 1Øu + 1Øs + 1D Associate Professor Bjørn Otto Elvenes
The economic analysis of capital investment and production over time. Utility theory, time preferences and the strategic objective of the firm. Financial analysis and the cost of capital. Project cash flow profiles. Methods of project evaluation under simplified risk assumptions. The effects of taxes and price variations on project profitability. Replacement analysis and optimal economic life of an asset. Deterministic capital budgeting models for selecting and scheduling investment projects. Utility theory and risk attitudes. Methods for comparing risky projects. Sequential decisions and decision tree analysis.
Course material: The textbook currently used is: C.S. Park & G.P. Sharp-Bette: Advanced Engineering Economics, Johan Wiley & Sons Inc. New York, 1990) . The syllabus will however be given at the beginning of the course.
BE4002AGBEKF(BE)
Project Organization 6 cr.
92520 Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 2D Associate Professor Bjørn Otto Elvenes
Project definition and areas of use, need definition and specification, project selection, project management philosophies, project organization, multi-project organization, responsibilities and authorities in project management, conflict theory, project leadership, project success.
Course material: To be decided.
BE4003AGBEKF
Psychology of Management and Organization 6 cr.
92547 Spring: 2F + 2Øu + 2Øs + 2D Associate Professor Steinar Ilstad
Vocational interests and career choice; recruitement, selection and placement; training and socialization, job design and redesign, job satisfaction, work performance, stress and adjustment, leadership, communication, work groups and teams, research methods and research history.
Course material: To be decided.
BE4004GBEKF
Environmental Management 6 cr.
92551 Spring: 3F + 1Øu + 1Øs + 2D Assistant Professor John Hermansen
This course gives an introduction to remedial management actions in the field of environmental protection. Principal subjects are: Environmental management and strategies, environmentally sound planning and decision-making, environmental assessments by environmental reviews, life-cycle assessments and environmental auditing.
Course material: To be decided.
BE4005GBEKF(BE)
Petroleum Economics 5 cr.
92021 Spring: 3F + 1Øu + 1D Assistant Professor Ivar Frihagen
The primary goal of the course is to enhance the understanding of the principal economic allocation problems within the petroleum sector both from the societal point of view and from the private oil company's point of view. The main topics are: An introduction to the economic theory of exhaustible resources. The demand, supply and price determination of crude oil and petroleum gas under different market conditions. The Norwegian petroleum tax system. The economic analysis of production possibilities from the producer's point of view. The optimal production profile of an exhaustible reserve from a societal point of view. Production strategies under uncertainty.
Course material: Will be given at the beginning of the course.
BE4006GBEKF
Business Startup 5 cr.
92529 Spring: 2F + 4Øu Professor Sigmund J. Waagø
Content: The objective is to give insight typical problems, method and sources of information concerning high technology business startups. A major part of the course is to make a business plan.
Lectures: To be decided at the beginning of the course.
BE4007BGEKF(BE)
Occupational Hygiene 6 cr.
92530 Spring: 2F + 2Øu + 1Øs + 3D Associate Professor Olav Bjørseth
The course will use theory and example to give methods and strategies for industrial hygiene sampling, analysis and interpretation of results - both for industrial work atmospheres and g
eneral indoor air environment. Central topics are also health hazard of work environment pollutants and measures to prevent exposures. The course is based on courses 92512 Physical and chemical factors of the work environment and 92560 Health, environment and safety 1. A practical project task is compulsory.
Course material: To be decided.
BE4201(BE) Economics, Project Work 15 cr.
92042 Autumn: 2Øu + 4Øs, Spring: 2Øu + 16Øs Assistant Professor Marielle Christiansen
The purpose is to write a paper on either a practical problem from private or public sector, or a more theoretical subject within operations research, business administration or economics. Normally the project paper will be a basis for the diploma.
Course material: Dependent on the theme. Chosen in cooperation with the supervisor.
BE4202(BE) Corporate Finance 6 cr.
92005 Autumn: 3F + 1Øu + 1Øs + 2D Professor Einar Matson
Introduction to economic decision criteria under risk. Corporate financing and financial risk. Portfolio theory and the capital asset pricing model. Introductory theory of options. Capital budgeting under uncertainty and application of capital market theory. Financial risk and financial planning. Project finance and currency risk. Economic analysis of pure risk.
Course material: Brealey, R.A. & S.C. Myers (1991): Principles of Corporate Finance, 4th ed., McGraw-Hill Inc. New York, Part 2-11 and additional reading material.
BE4203(BE) Operations Research 2 7.5 cr.
92033 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu + 2Øs + 2D Professor Bjørn Nygreen
Transportation models and assignment problems. Paths and flows in network models. Integer linear programming. Which means use of linear programming models where (some of) the variable only can take integer values. Dynamic programming. Formulating practical programming models by use of commercial software for matrix generation.
Course material: To be decided.
BE4204(BE) Industrial Economics 6 cr.
92063 Autumn: 3F + 1Øu + 1Øs + 2D Associate Professor Olav Fagerlid
The main focus of the course is the theory of Industrial economics. For students taking the course is familiarity with an intermediate course in microeconomics desirable. Main topics of the course are: Product selection, quality and advertising; Price discrimination where non-linear pricing is emphasised; Vertical control; Dynamic price competition and tacit collusion; Entry, accommodation and exit; Information and strategic behaviour; RFesearch and development and the adoption of new technologies.
Course material: Jean Tirole: The Theory of Industrial Organization.
BE4205(BE) Corporate Planning and Modelling 6 cr.
92008 Spring: 3F + 1Øu + 1Øs + 2D Professor Einar Matson
Budget and finacial modelling. Decentralized control and transfer pricing. Introduction to Principal Agent Theory and the use of incentives in management. Multiple criteria planning.
Course material: R.S. Kaplan & A.A. Atkinson (1989): Advanced Management Accounting, Prentice Hall Inc. chapt. 7-17.
E. Matson (1995): Økonomisk styring, kompendium. Institutt for økonomi.
BE4206(BE) Operations Research 3 6 cr.
92035 Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 2D Professor Bjørn Nygreen
Location and allocation planning. Aggregate production planning. Inventory management. Job Shop Scheduling. Project Management.
Course material: To be decided.
BE4301(BE) Industrial Management, Project Work 15 cr.
92567 Autumn: 2Øu + 6Øs, Spring: 2Øu + 14Øs Associate Professor Tim Torvatn
Project topics: Strategic planning, product development, innovation, marketing, internationalization, entrepreneurship, project management, logistics/material administration.
Course material: None.
BE4302(BE) Industrial Marketing 6 cr.
92536 Spring: 3F + 1Øu + 1Øs + 2D Adjunct Professor Gunnar E. Wille
Characteristics of the demand structure. The required interaction and coordination between market requirement and the comparative advantages of the firm, decision criteria and utility. The characteristics of different marketing processes as capital goods, services and technology. The purchase process as a basis for sales planning; problem solving matrix, buying centre concept and development of action oriented plans. Strategies - market planning - sales planning in a practical perspective - project sales. Evaluation of a market-segment value, analysis of competitive advantage and positioning in the market place. The interaction of R&D and marketing, The total process "from the good idea to a commercial product". International markets and international marketing. Analysis of the globalization process.
Course material: G.E. Wille: Fra bedrift til bedrift. Industriell markedsføring i teori og praksis, (in Norwegian), Universitetsforlaget 1992.
BE4303(BE) Organizational Development 6 cr.
92542 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu + 2D Associate Professor Morten Levin
The theoretical positioning of the course is action research. Dialogues on different arenas are considered the basic processes that will encourage learning and development. Participation is considered both as a key value and an important variable in organization development. Ethical issues will be integrated into the teaching.
Course material: To be decided.
BE4304(BE) Logistic Management 6 cr.
92523 Autumn: 3F + 1Øu + 1Øs + 2D Professor Olav Solem
Historical development of the subject, logistic activities and functions: purchasing, storage, production, sales and distribution/transportation. Productivity. Capital rationalization. Value chain. Control hierarchy. Horizontal and vertical coordinating mechanisms. Strategic logistics. Control philosophies. Supplier cooperation. International logistics. Organization development.
Course material: Textbook, video. Required reading will be assigned at course start.
BE4305(BE) Management of Innovation 6 cr.
92527 Autumn: 2F + 4Øu + 2D Professor Sigmund J. Waagø
The innovation process; Idea generation, selection of ideas and implementation. Organizational culture, reward system and innovative climate. Inter-organizational cooperation and conflicts, learning in and within projects. Designing organizational models for development of ideas, project management and entrepreneurship. Product innovation in SMEs , Market assessment and creative techniques.
Course material: To be decided.
BE4306(BE) Organizational Psychology and Personnel Administration 6 cr.
92546 Spring: 2F + 2Øu + 2Øs + 2D Assistant Professor Per Sletten
Personell policy, -planning, -management, -economics, legal aspects, negotiations, SHE-aspects, motivation and incentives, creer development, personell development, competence.
Course material: Information at course start.
BE4307(BE) Strategic Management and Industrial Development 6 cr.
92522 Spring: 3F + 1Øu + 1Øs + 2D Professor Sigmund J. Waagø
General concepts and principles. Historical development. Environmental analysis. Strategic advantage analysis. Strategic alternatives. Implementation. Evaluation. Organizational implementation. Portfolio theory. Technological forecasting. Strategic alliances. Alternative perspectives.
Course material: Required reading will be assigned at course start.
BE4308(BE) Contract Law and Contract Administration 6 cr.
92526 Spring: 3F + 1Øu + 1Øs + 2D University lecturer Terje Skjønhals
Content: Contract law. Law relating to contracts in financial-, constructions- and intellectual property. Contract negotiation and administration of contracts.
Lectures: Law and text books.
BE4310(BE) Safety, Health and Environment, Project Work 15 cr.
92569 Autumn: 2Øu + 6Øs ,Spring: 2Øu + 14Øs Professor Rolf H. Weatgaard
The environment at projects are related to problems dealt with in The Work Environment Law (of 1989) and in other environmental laws and regulations. The projects include physical, safety, social and organizational conditions of importance to man´s total environment. Important topics are work physiology, ergonomics, safety management, psychosocial environmental factors, personnel administration and environmental management.
Course material: No course material. Selected literature will relate to the topics of the project.
BE4311(BE) Ergonomics and Work Physiology 6 cr.
92533 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu + 2D Professor Rolf H. Weatgaard
Selected topics related to muscle physiology, work load and work capacity, risk of contracting occupational musculoskeletal disorder, work place design, work postures and man-machine communication are presented. Examples of practical solutions to specific problems within these topics will be discussed.
Course material: Sanders and McCormic: Human factors in engineering and design, 7th edition, McGraw-Hill.
BE4312G(BE)
Safety Management 6 cr.
92557 Autumn: 3F + 1Øu + 3D Professor Jan Hovden
Safety philosophy and ethics. Systems of health, environment and safety management and organizational approaches at different levels of risk handling. Preventive measures related to individuals, organization and technology. Economic analysis for safety management. Cultural and political aspects. Risk communication, risk acceptance, decision making and assessment. Case studies will be discussed to give the student and understanding of occupational roles related to the problem area.
Course material: Required reading will be prepared especially for the course.
BE4313(BE) Industrial Law 6 cr.
92524 Spring: 3F + 1Øu + 1Øs + 2D University lecturer Terje Skjønhals
Legal methods, contract law, environmental law, labour law, company law, finance law, intellectual property, international private law, international contracts.
Course material: Law book and textbooks. Name of the volumes will be given at course start.
FACULTY OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE1101B Surveying 1, Basic Course 3.5 cr.
36017 Spring: 2F + 1Øu + 1Øs Associate Professor Terje Midtbø
An elementary introduction to "land surveying". Lectures in instruments (theodolite, electromagnetic distance measures, EDM), coordinate systems, levelling, traversing, mapping, detail surveying, triangulation, map projections. Field course in June (12 days)
Course material: Grunnleggende landmåling (Basic surveying) (in Norwegian), Universitetsforlaget.
CE2101B Personal Computing in Civil Engineering 4.5 cr.
30021 Spring: 2F + 1Øu + 2Øs To be decided
The course is aimed at giving students knowledge and skill in efficient use of computer based tools in their daily work as students and later as civil engineers, based on basic understanding of how these tools are designed and work. The course covers word processing, spreadsheet, drawings and data-base management. Lectures and exercises are designed to solve practical engineering problems and to assist the students in their studies in general. Individual and group based exercises form an important part of the course.
Course material: To be decided
CE2102B Building Materials 7 cr.
33005 Spring: 4F + 3Øu Assistant Professor Roald Husevåg
Basic material properties: strength and deformation testing of materials, heat and moisture transport, physical and chemical stability and deterioration. Concrete, steel, aluminium, polymers, wood and brick.
Course material: Reports and papers.
CE2103B Fluid Mechanics 8.5 cr.
34505 Autumn: 2F + 2Øu ,Spring: 3F + 2Øu Assistant Professor Jan B. Aarseth
Professor Geir Moe
Coord.: Professor Dagfinn K. Lysne
The first part of the course, approx. 2/5, covers physical properties of fluids, various states of flow and the basic equations for fluid flow. The second part covers the basic of applied hydraulics, i.e. wave motions, pipe-flow, open channel flow and drag forces.
Course material: P.M. Gerhart, R.J. Gross and J.I. Hochstein: Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics, Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1992. Geir Moe: Linear wave theory, Compendium (in Norwegian).
CE2104B Structural Mechanics 10 cr.
37011 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu ,Spring: 4F + 2Øu Associate Professor Thor Erik Hals
3rd semester: Forces and moments in statically determinate structures, including influence lines. Principles of virtual displacements and virtual forces. Displacements. Force method for statically indeterminate structures. Temperature effects. Displacement method, simple moment distributions.
4th semester: Structures and computational model. Plastic yield theory for beams and frames. Collapse loads. Second order theory for beams and frames. Euler load capacities.
Course material: Th. E. Hals: Konstruksjonsmekanikk (Structural mechanics), Tapir. Reference literature: P. Aune, P.Kr. Larsen, Konstruksjonslære (Structural theory), Tapir. C.M. Gjeldnes, A. Bjørset: Konstruksjonsmekanikk. (Structural mechanics), Tapir. All in Norwegian
CE3001E(BE)
Hydropower Plants, Introduction 5.5 cr.
34541 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu + 1D Assistant Professor Yngve Robertsen
Hydraulics: Properties of water. The continuity, energy and momentum equations. Pipe-flow. Open channel flow (basic). Water hammer and surge chamber.
Hydrology: Hydrological cycle, water budget and data collection methods. Hydrological models. Technical-economical analysis (ENMAG-model). Flood prediction and routing.
Hydropower schemes: Types of hydropower plants, dams, inlet and outlet structures, spillways, tunnels and turbines.
Course material: Compendium.
CE3301B Building Technology, Basic Course 5 cr.
33030 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu Professor Jan Vincent Thue
Provides basic knowledge in building physics and building technology. Topics: Performance and building code requirements, climate, theory and principles concerning heat-, moisture- and sound insulation. Fire safety aspects and regulations. Design of building parts and joints/details to avoid damage and deterioration. Mandatory calculation and design exercises.
Course material: Textbook, NBI handbook no. 38,; "Trehus" (Wooden houses), NS 3031 and Byggeforskrift med veiledning (Building code regulations with guidelines) (All in Norwegian).
CE3302B Masonry Structures, Basic Course 6 cr.
33031 Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 2Øs Assistant Professor Arvid Dalehaug
The course provides training in strength analysis of load-bearing masonry, structural design and control calculations of walls, columns and beams. Both reinforced and normal masonry is focused upon. Further training is given in designing and construction of components and details. Assignments: Mandatory tasks in structural design calculations.
Course material: Dimensjonering av murverk etter NS 3475. NS 3475 Prosjektering av murverk. Eurocode No. 6 Common unified rules for masonry structures, Murkatalogen, compendia.
CE3303BK Fire Technology, Basic Course 5.5 cr.
33046 Spring: 3F + 1Øu + 2Øs Adjunct Professor Harald Landrø
The course comprises the following topics: Fire risks and damage. Fire processes, fire chemistry and physics, development and spread of fire and fire products, combustible liquids and substances. Fire response of materials, structures, appliances and people. Measures to protect against fire and reduce fire losses. Active and passive fire protection. Fire safety engineering. Acts, regulations, provisions, standards.
Course material: Lecture book and papers.
CE3304B The Building Process, Quality Control and Economy, Basic Course 6 cr.
33055 Spring: 2F + 2Øu + 2Øs Assistant Professor Ole Jonny Klakegg
This course gives basic understanding of quality control and economic subjects as a support to a professional building process. Organizing the building process. Company improvements, quality control techniques, quality systems, quality assurance and quality costs. Health, environment and safety. Safety management, basic economy, calculation rules and techniques. Preliminary and detailed calculations, calculation of annual cost.
Course material: Compendia & Lecture Notes, NBI Håndbok 43-1993: Kvalitet i bygg og anlegg. Arbeidsmiljøloven. Internkontrollforeskrifter. Årskostnader bok 1. Beregningsanvisning for bygninger.
CE3401GB Highway Engineering, Basic Course 6 cr.
34015 Spring: 3F + 4Øu Professor Ivar Horvli
Introduction to basic principles of road and railway engineering: Subgrade, drainage, compaction, road construction materials, basic pavement design and asphalt pavements.
Course material: Compendia.
CE3501GB Soil Mechanics 1, Basic Course 5 cr.
33511 Autumn: 3F + 1Øu + 1Øs Assistant Professor Arnfinn Emdal
Introduction to geotechnical aspects of soil characteristics and soil behaviour. Stresses and stress increments in soil, definitions and analyses through simple equilibrium considerations. Soil deformation (settlements) due to surface loading. Seepage analyses. Experimental methods for determination of permeability, stiffness and strength parameters. Short view of common geotechnical challenges from geotechnical engineering practice.
Course material: Emdal: "Soil mechanics 1. Basic Course". (Compendium in Norwegian)
CE3502GB Soil Mechanics 2, Basic Course 6 cr.
33525 Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 2Øs Professor Lars Grande
Introduction to geotechnical analyses covering stability, earth pressure, bearing capacity and piled foundations. Slope stability: Circular and arbitrary shear (slip) surfaces. Stability charts for estimates of stability. Stress fields based on equilibrium and strength constraints, total and effective stress based. Solutions with charts for earth pressure, bearing capacity and piles based on stress fields.
Course material: Lecture notes from Tapir or from the Department of Geotechnical Engineering.
CE3601B Geographical Information System (GIF), Basic Course 5 cr.
36032 Autumn: 2F + 3Øu + 1Øs Associate Professor Terje Midtbø
History and survey of basic elements in a GIS. Cartographic communication, cartgraphic generalization, thematic maps and methods for presentation of topographic- and statistical data. Basic principles for analysis of geographical objects. Equipment for digitizing, storage and presentation of maps. Geographical databases. Digital terrain models (DTM), classes of DTM and their use. GIS in planning and management shown by examples.
Course material: Jeffrey Star and John Estes: Geographical Information Systems, and introduction, Prentice Hall. Supplementary materials.
CE3602B Digital Cartography 1, Basic Course 6 cr.
36054 Spring: 2F + 1Øu + 3Øs Professor Jan Terje Bjørke
Cartographic communication, information theory and cartographic generalization. Automation of cartographic methods. Topology and spatial relations between geographic objects. Spatial data models, vector, raster map, topological models, spaghetti models. Spatial data structures, hierarchic structures and object oriented structures. 2.5D and 3D digital terrain models, methods for interpolation, statical and dynamic algorithms for triangulation. Spatial operations in a network. Data models, data bases and aspects of including a GIS in an organization. Accuracy and quality of geographical data.
Course material: Textbooks, papers.
CE3603B Surveying 2, Basic Course 5 cr.
36027 Autumn: 3F + 1Øu + 1Øs Assistant Professor Terje Skogseth
An elementary introduction to: Adjustment by least squares` method, law of propagation of errors, control and adjustment of instruments, triangulation, municipal land surveying, surveying applied to constructions, GPS.
Course material: Compendia published by the Department. Wangen m.fl.: Grunnleggende landmåling. (All in Norwegian).
CE3604B Geodesy 1, Basic Course 6 cr.
36029 Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 2Øs Assistant Professor Terje Skogseth
Law of propagation of errors, adjustment by the least squares` method (methods of observations only and indirect observations), mathematical statistics applied to observations and functions of the following: Mapping, projections, and introduction to satellite geodesy (GPS), precise levelling, ortometric and dynamic heights.
Course material: Compendia published by the Department, Torkildsen: MKM. Langseth: Presisjonsnivellement. Kompendium i satelittgeodesi og datum (div). (All in Norwegian)
CE3605B Photogrammetry 1 and 2, Basic Course 11 cr.
36042 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu,Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 2Øs Associate Professor Oddgeir Øfsti
Professor Ingolf Hådem
Coord.: Associate Professor Oddgeir Øfsti
1. semester - Remote sensing: Radiation, sensors and techniques for image data acquisition, visual and data assisted interpretation, applications. Photogrammetry: Camera, photography, image geometry and quality. Steriovision, image orientation and measurement in mirror stereoscopes. Introduction to instruments and methods for photogrammetric map production, map products and their accuracy.
2. semester - The mathematical fundation of photogrammetry: Space transformation, perspective transformation, linerized formulae, camera calibration. Instruments for point measurement and map design. Introduction to aerotriangulation, block adjustment using method of independent models. Introduction to digital photogrammetry and digital orthophoto production.
Course material: Kraus/Øfsti: Fotogrammetri. Lillesand and Kiefer: Remote Sensing, 3rd. edition. Notes.
CE3701B Concrete Structures 1, Basic Course 11 cr.
37040 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu, Spring: 3F + 4Øu Associate Professor Terje Kanstad
Principles of structural design. Mechanics of reinforced concrete. Ultimate limit state and serviceability limit state analysis and design of reinforced concrete columns, beams and slabs subjected to axial load, bending and shear, axial load and bending combined. Basics of building code requirements.
Course material: S.I. Sørensen; "Concrete structures, analysis and design according to NS 3473/1989" (in Norwegian). "NS 3473, Concrete structures. Design rules".
CE3702B Steel Structures 1, Basic Course 11 cr.
37056 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu ,Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 2Øs Professor Per Kr. Larsen
Properties and behaviour of steel as a structural material. Principles of analysis and design of steel structures. Ultimate load capacity of members and systems. Torsion, buckling and lateral torsional buckling. Design of welded and bolted connections. Structural systems. Design for fire conditions. Aluminium structures.
Course material: Per Kr. Larsen: Dimensjonering av stålkonstruksjoner (Dimensioning of steel structures), Tapir 1991. NS 3472. (In Norwegian).
CE3703B Matrix Theory of Structures, Basic Course 6 cr.
37013 Autumn: 3F + 3Øu + 1Øs Professor Kolbein Bell
The theoretical basis for computer based static analysis of trusses, beams and frames using matrix and finite element notation and techniques. Emphasis is on the displacement method of analysis. Stiffness matrices and load vectors are derived for various 1-dim elements by direct (analytical) and indirect (energy based) methods. Transformations, assembly of system matrices, handling of boundary condition, solution of linear equations and numerical problems, modelling and error control are dealt with as are a variety of special topics. Practical use of computer programs.
Course material: Kolbein Bell: Matrisestatikk, Tapir. (in Norwegian)
CE3704B Theory of Plates, Basic Course 6 cr.
37020 Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 2Øs Associate Professor Svein E. Weberg
The course gives and introduction to the theory of elasticity concerning plane stress, plane strain and bending of plates. The theories are formulated by use of differential equations and energy principles (strong - and weak formulation) in Cartesian - and polar coordinates. An introduction to the finite element method will also be given. This will concern the above issues and emphasis is placed on the use of computational programs, finite element modelling and analysis of results.
Course material: Lecture notes.
CE3705B Timber Structures, Basic Course 6 cr.
37054 Spring: 3F + 3Øu + 1Øs Professor Kolbein Bell
Properties and behaviour of wood as a structural material. Design loads and load combinations, effects of wind. Analysis and design of timber and gluelam members. Beams, trusses, arches, frames. Mechanical fasteners and connectors, Structural systems and bracing.
Course material: Trekonstruksjoner (timber structures), Part 1, Tapir 1992. NS 3470, NS 3479 (in Norwegian).
CE3706B Vibrations and Dynamic Response, Basic Course 6 cr.
37076 Spring: 3F + 3Øu + 1Øs Professor Geir Moe
Free and forced vibrations of one degree of freedom systems. Damping. Resonance. Linear, time invariant systems. Transfer functions. Modelling of irregular loading and response by means of stochastic processes. Response statistics for structures under stochastic loading. Spectra of loading and response. Extreme values.
Course material: Compendium.
CE3801B Transportation, Basic Course 5 cr.
34210 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu Assistant Professor Bjørn Høsøien
The course contents basic information about transportation demand and forecasting and handling of traffic. The students get an introduction to problems and trends connected to sea-, air-, rail- and road transport. The following topics are included. Needs and benefits of the different forms oftransportation. Transport and the environment; accidents and pollution. Competition between various modes of transportation. Transportation planning in a world of competition, limited resources and lack of capacity. Road networks and road traffic characteristics. The links between transportation, use of land and economy.
Course material: Compendia published by the Department.
CE3802B Traffic Engineering 1, Basic Course 5.5 cr.
34226 Spring: 3F + 1Øu + 2Øs Professor Stein Johannessen
Road traffic behaviour. Traffic data collection and analysis. Traffic safety. Design of junctions. Road and intersection capacity. Traffic signs and signals. Traffic regulation in street networks. Bus priority. Facilities for cyclists and pedestrians. Parking.
Course material: Statistikk for trafikkingeniører, (Statistics for traffic engineers) (in Norwegian), Department for transportation. Traffic technology. (in Norwegian), Tapir.
CE3901B Introduction to Water Resources Planning 5 cr.
34511 Autumn: 3F + 1Øu + 1Øs Professor Ånund Killingtveit
Hydrology, measurement of main components in the hydrological cycle, Precipitation, Run off, Ground-water. The river basin. Hydrological analysis: Water resources, floods, reservoir design. Physical processes in lakes and fiords. Sediment transport and river engineering. Chemical and biological processes in water. Water supply systems: Water characteristics and quality, distribution systems, water treatment, Sewage and Waste-water treatment: Quantity of waste-water, characteristics of waste-water, collection and pumping, waste-water treatment. Hydropower: Reservoirs, dams, spillways, gates and outlet works. Flood control and flood damage mitigation. Water resources planning, environmental considerations.
Course material: Compendium in hydrotechnology (in Norwegian), Tapir.
CE3902GB Hydraulic Structures, Basic Course 6 cr.
34514 Spring: 3F + 1Øu + 3Øs Associate Professor Odd Guttormsen
Hydraulic engineering subjects related to conservation and transportation of water: Investigations for dams, loading and safety factors. Concrete and embankment dams. Spillways. Intake in reservoirs and rivers. Tunnels and pipes, hydraulic losses and dimensioning. Pressure waves, surge tanks. Turbines and pumps.
Course material: Textbook in Hydraulic Structures by Odd Guttormsen.
CE3903B Sanitary Engineering, Basic Course 6 cr.
34525 Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 2Øs Professor Wolfgang Schilling
Water supply sources, water pollution and recipients for sewage outlets. Laws, regulations and control routines for water supply systems and sewage outlets. Groundwater as water supply source. Urban runoff. Design, construction and maintenance of water and sewage conveying systems. Network analyses. Materials and pipeline construction.
Course material: VA-teknikk, parts 1 and 2 (Sanitation Engineering). Guidelines from Statens Institutt for Folkehelse (National Institute for Public Health) and Statens forurensningsstilsyn (State Pollution Control Authority), and others (All in Norwegian).
CE4201B Concrete Technology - Production and Construction, 7.5 cr.
Advanced Course
31062 Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 2Øs + 2D Professor Odd E. Gjørv
The course which is based on Course 37042, Concrete Technology, is a further introduction into selected topics within the concrete technology which are important for design and production of more durable concrete structures. Emphasis is given to estimation of service life, operation and preventive maintenancs, including instrumentation for corrosion monitoring. Quality requirements to constituent materials, mix optimalization, and concrete production as well as placing, handling and curing. Further, structural design versus concrete constructabillity and durability, control of in situ quality and concrete surface protection for special aggressive environments. Finally, introduction to the general principles of quality assurance and total quality. Compulsory project work.
Course material: Compendium
CE4202B Building Materials, Project 8.5 cr.
31068 Spring: 3Øu + 9Øs + 2D Professor Odd E. Gjørv
The course includes project work within concrete technology, which can include an experimental program or be a literature survey on a given topic.
Course material: None.
CE4301B Building Design, Basic Course 5.5 cr.
33032 Autumn: 2F + 2Øu + 2Øs + 1D Professor Jan Vincent Thue
The course provides basic training in building design. Emphasis will be put on guided practical design work on two buildings, one simple and the other more complex. The obligatory design work assignments using CAD tools will be carried out by student groups. Lectures on selected topics will be given about e.g. tender documents, building physics, energy economy and building detailing. Project examples such as office buildings, industrial constructions and glazed in areas will be discussed.
Course material: To be decided.
CE4302B Construction Management, Basic Course 5.5 cr.
33052 Autumn: 3F + 1Øu + 1Øs + 1D Assistant Professor Kjell Austeng
Project scheduling with time and resource planning based on the network methodology. Building economy, cost planning and calculation methods. Methods of analysis of uncertainty, logistics.
Course material: R. Hugsted: Nettverksplanlegging (Planning based on the network methodology). K. Austeng and R. Hugsted: Trinnvis kalkulasjon samt supplerende stoff ( Step by step calculation and additional material). Ole Jonny Klahegg: Trinnvisprosessen. (All in Norwegian)
CE4303B Building Acoustics, Advanced Course 7.5 cr.
33041 Spring: 3F + 1Øu + 3Øs + 2D Professor Tor Erik Vigran
Coord.: Assistant Professor Arvid Dalehaug
Room acoustics: Sound fields in enclosures, materials for sound absorption, case studies of auditoria and enclosures. Airborne and impact sound transmission: Basic theory, transmission through single and layered partitions, sandwich elements, flanking transmission, case studies. Noise control in buildings: internal and external noise sources, noise criteria.
Course material: Lecture notes.
CE4304B Building Rehabilitation, Advanced Course 7.5 cr.
33042 Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 2Øs + 2D Adjunct Professor Svein Bjørberg
Rehabilitation, refurbishment and maintenance of existing buildings. Technical, organizational and economic aspects are covered. Topics: Old building methods, structures and materials, registration and analysis of present state, identification of damage and its cause, repair techniques, environment and energy improvements, building site problems, life-cycle costs, maintenance planning. Mandatory exercise: Analysis of existing buildings.
Course material: Compendia. Byggforskserien: Byggforvaltning (Building-research series: Maintenance of existing buildings) (In Norwegian)
CE4305B Building Materials, Advanced Course 7.5 cr.
33043 Spring: 3F + 1Øu + 3Øs + 2D Assistant Professor Roald Husevåg
The course covers the composition and structure of building materials and the relation to degradation and durability due to real climate exposures. It also deals with protection of different materials like surface treatment, impregnation and admixtures. Topics: Composition and structure of materials, important degradation mechanisms and damage, and the possibilities to minimize damage. Moisture, temperature, biological deterioration, climate related degradation, corrosion. Materials, indoor climate and health. Protection of materials. Durability, service life. Main attention to wood, plastics, ceramics and steel.
Course material: Books, reports and papers.
CE4306B Fire Safety in Buildings, Advanced Course 7.5 cr.
33044 Spring: 3F + 1Øu + 3Øs + 2D Adjunct Professor Harald Landrø
Coord.: Professor Per Jostein Hovde
The course comprises a presentation of fire risk and safety in buildings for people as well as property. This covers the theoretical basis for the development, spread and load of a fire, resistance of structures and installations, and practical measures for safety and protection. Fire safety engineering will be presented by the use of standards, regulations and computer programs, and the development in this field will be explained. Topics: Fire damage and fatalities, statistics, responsibility. Materials, fire development, spread, structural response and fire design, engineering, detection, alarm systems, fire extinguishing, protection, escape. Classification, standards, regulations. Test methods, calculations, computer programs, fire safety engineering.
Course material: Reports and papers.
CE4307B Construction Management, Advanced Course 7.5 cr.
33058 Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 2Øs + 2D Professor Reidar Hugsted
The course covers organization and management methods on building and construction projects with special emphasis on the choice of contract organization, the bidding phase and the different types of contract agreements for engineering and construction services. Different types of management methods concerning costs, time, quality management, labour relations and safety management are covered. Course work is organized as group work. The use of data programs is covered in the course work.
Course material: Norwegian standards for contracting. Contracting laws etc. Compendia and software programs.
CE4308GB Construction Engineering, Basic Course 5.5 cr.
33050 Autumn: 3F + 3Øu Assistant Professor Amund Bruland
Rock blasting theory, surface blasting, underground blasting. Rock quarrying, rock caverns, tunnels and shafts. Methods, equipment, ventilation, rock support. Capacities, time and cost calculation. Landscaping.
Course material: Textbooks and project reports published by the Department. Product information.
CE4309B Energy Efficiency in Buildings 5.5 cr.
33028 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu + 1D Professor Jan Vincent Thue
The course gives a multidisciplinary approach to energy management in buildings. The main goal of the course is to build up the right attitude to the use of energy in buildings considering also environmental consequences. Topics: Indoor environment requirements, interaction between building, installations and environment, thermal performance and energy balance of a building, assessment of energy conservation potential, energy supply and prices, automatic controls, energy management systems, economic optimization, choice and evaluation of energy conservation measures in new and retrofitted buildings.
Course material: Enøk - effektiv energibruk i bygninger, (Energy efficency in buildings) (in Norwegian), Universitetsforlaget.
CE4310GB Construction Engineering, Advanced Course 7.5 cr.
33056 Spring: 3F + 4Øu + 2D Assistant Professor Amund Bruland
A group of 1 - 3 students, assisted by one of the staff members, work with a specific subject. The subject of the study may be to develop or improve design and calculation models within a branch of construction engineering, or a topic related to current construction projects.
Course material: Textbooks etc. adapted to each group. Project reports and PC programs developed by the Department.
The number of students may be limited.
CE4311B Building and Construction Engineering, Project Work 8.5 cr.
33062 Spring: 12Øs + 2D Professor Jan Vincent Thue
Professor Reidar Hugsted
Professor Odd Johannessen
Coord.: Professor Jan Vincent Thue
The project work in Building and Construction Engineering is a problem-oriented task taken as a supplement to any of the advanced courses offered by the Department. The task may be oriented towards research and development work within a number of areas presently being worked at at the Department or towards other issues within the field of Building and Construction Engineering. A list of suggested topics is available at request.
Course material: To be decided for each project.
CE4401B Highway Planning, Basic Course 5.5 cr.
34026 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu + 1D Professor Asbjørn Hovd
Introduction to highway planning: Geometric design, alignment computation, mass- and cost-computations and cross-section design. Also a short introduction to the formalities of public road and highway planning.
Course material: Textbook and software programs.
CE4402B Highway Technology and Construction, Basic Course 5.5 cr.
34027 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu + 1D Associate Professor Helge Mork
Frost related problems, pavement materials and pavement design. Included are: climatic data and analyses, traffic loading, material parameters, design of pavement structures for roads and airfields, aging and distress mechanisms and elements of railway tracks.
Course material: Compendium.
CE4403B Construction and Roadway Management, Advanced Course 7.5 cr.
34040 Spring: 3F + 4Øu+ 2D Professor Ivar Horvli
Construction, quality assurance, bearing capacity and roadway management which includes: Road construction process, construction planning, work operations, production of material stabilization, control of work operations, road condition surveying, distress analysis, rehabilitation and strengthening, maintenance planning and operations, snow and ice problems.
Course material: Compendium and software programs.
CD4404B Highway Design, Advanced Course 7.5 cr.
34041 Spring: 3F + 4Øu + 2D Adjunct Professor Jan Erik Engstrøm
Detailed planning of roads and highways with main themes: highway design process, road network planning, geometric design, alignment- and mass-calculations, economic evaluation of road investment and environmental issues.
Course material: Compendium and software programs.
CE4405B Railway Engineering, Advanced Course 7.5 cr.
34045 Spring: 3F + 4Øu + 2D Professor Asbjørn Hovd
Geometric design, track planning, cost estimates, station planning, capacity, subgrade and track construction, train control systems and high speed rail systems.
Course material: Compendium.
CE4406B Highway and Railway Engineering, Project 8.5 cr.
34050 Spring: 12Øs + 2D Professor Asbjørn Hovd
The project will usually be carried out as part of research and development work in connection with the planning of a highway, railway or airfield. The project can be carried out individually or by a group of two or three students.
Course material: Selected for each project.
CE4407B Road and Traffic Environmental, Basic Course 5.5 cr.
34028 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu + 1D Professor Knut Selberg
Important issues will be road and street design, environmental definitions and problems related to the road and traffic environment. There will be a range of topics varying from quantitative factors as noice and air pollution to qualitative factors such as the social and visual environment. The course will empasize a holistic planning. In addition the course will cover themes like analysis of problem zones and environmental consequences, road service stations, design of retaining walls, tunnel entrances and bridges.
Course material: Handouts.
CE4408B Solid Waste Management, Advanced Course 7.5 cr.
34544 Spring: 3F + 1Øu + 3Øs + 2D Adjunct Professor Aage Heie
Amount and composition of waste. Collection, transfer and transport. Biological and thermal decomposition. Land-filling, incineration, RDF production, composting, anaerobic treatment and recycling. Planning and operation. Hazardous waste. Hygiene, workers environment and environmental effects. Acts and regulations.
Course material: Various literature distributed at lectures.
CE4409B Water Engineering in Fish Farming 6 cr.
34537 Spring: 2F + 2Øu + 2Øs + 2D Adjunct Professor Bjørnar Eikebrikk
A comprehensive presentation is given of the most relevant water quality issues and water treatment technologies applied in closed fish production systems. The most important items are:
1) Historical background of fish farming in Norway.
2) Introduction to different types of farms and production strategies.
3) Water quality criterias.
4) Water consumption.
5) Water polution.
6) Water treatment technologies.
Water recirculation systems and technologies is presented, and it is demonstrated, how data on specific rates of consumption/excretion of different substances can be applied in the design of water treatment systems.
Course material: R.Gebauer et al.: Oppdrettsteknologi. Vannkvalitet og vannbehandling i lukkede oppdrettsanlegg, Tapir Forlag, 1992.
CE4501B Foundation Engineering 5.5 cr.
33564 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu + 1D To be decided
Soil exploration and geotechnical reports. Influence on surroundings. Open cuts. Supporting walls. Footing foundations. Piles. Stabilizing methods, soil strengthening. Seepage, earth and rockfill dams. Selecting foundation method, costs of foundations. Controlling methods. Offshore foundations. Environmental geotechnics.
Course material: (1) Erik I. Hjeldnes: Kompendium i Fundamentering, 1992
(2) Erik I. Hjeldnes: Fundamentering - utfyllende kommentarer til kompendium, -eksamensoppgaver m/løsning 1994/93. Both (1) and (2) are sold at the Department of Geotechnical Engineering.
CE4502B Experimental Soil Mechanics, Advanced Course 7.5 cr.
33565 Spring: 3F + 4Øu + 2D Associate Professor Rolf Sandven
Determination of classification and identification parameters for soils. Triaxial and oedometer tests for determination of strength- and deformation parameters. Compaction and permeability tests, model testing. Field investigations, including sampling, pore pressure measurements, penetration tests, advanced field tests and planning of site investigations. Computer-assisted investigation techniques are demonstrated in laboratory and field exercises.
Course material: Compendium
CE4503B Theoretical Soil Mechanics, Advanced Course 7.5 cr.
33566 Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 2Øs + 2D Professor Steinar Nordal
Restrictions: Exam pass in course 33525 Soil Mechanics 2 (G2) is required to follow this course.
The course forms a theoretical basis for application of modern design methods in geotechnical engineering. Modelling of soil as an engineering material is essential in the course. Theory of elasticity is presented with examples of available solutions and application. Plastic limit load calculations are studied using upper and lower bound theorems. Discussion of solutions obtained through stress fields in course 33525 are made. An elasto-plastic soil model is presented using Critical State Soil Mechanics. The theoretical model is used to simulate laboratory tests. Development of settlements with time are studied using both analytical and numerical methods. The finite element method is briefly presented and applied for stress calculations, seepage- and consolidation-analysis. Creep and cyclic effects are briefly covered, together with some aspects of probability of failure.
Course material: Course notes available from the Department of Geotechnical Engineering.
CD4504B Geotechnical Engineering, Project 8.5 cr.
33570 Spring: 2Øu + 10Øs + 2D Teachers at the Department
Coord.: Professor Kåre Senneset
The project work may include topics of research or it can be carried out as geotechnical design of given practical problems. Project tasks with a research profile can include literature studies, experimental test programs, development and evaluation of design methods or development and testing of computer programs. Geotechnical design topics are often chosen from ongoing projects and carried out in co-operation with geotechnical consultant firms and institutions. These tasks may involve planning of site and laboratory investigations, geotechnical design, comparison between different foundation concepts and cost evaluations.
Course material: None, apart from material already used by the student for other courses at the Department.
CE4602B Geodesy 2, Basic Course 5.5 cr.
36038 Autumn: 3F + 1Øu + 1Øs + 1D Assistant Professor Terje Skogseth
Reference ellipsoid, spherical calculations, projections, geoid, datums, satellite geodesy, transformation of GPS-vectors to a map projection, conformal projections of the ellipsoid, gyro-theodolite, elements of astronomy, datums.
Course material: Compendia published by the Department. Hoffman-Wellenhof and others: GPS, Theory and Practice.
CE4601B Photogrammetry 1, Basic Course 5.5 cr.
36041 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu Associate Professor Oddgeir Øfsti
Professor Ingolf Hådem
Coord.: Associate Professor Oddgeir Øfsti
Identical with first semester of course36042 Photogrammetry 1 and 2.
Course material: Textbook containing extracts from: Øystein Andersen: Fotogrammetri grunnkurs (Photogrammetry, basic course), volumes 1 and 2, (in Norwegian). Kraus/Øfsti: Fotogrammetri (Photogrammetry) (in Norwegian). Lillesand and Kiefer: Remote Sensing.
CE4603B Photogrammetry 3, Basic Course 5.5 cr.
36043 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu + 1D Professor Ingolf Hådem
Digitalization of conventional aerial photos. Digital cameras, function, image resolution and calibration. Image processing for exstraction and measurement of features in digital images. Digital aerotriangulation and block-adjustment (the bundle method), desig, performance, and accuracy evaluation; application of GPS during flight. Generation of digital terrains models (DTM´s) in the basis of digital image measurement. Production of orthophotos and orthophoto maps on the basis of DTM´s and digital images. Photogrametry as a data capture procedure for geographical information systems (GIS´s).
Course material: Notes.
CE4604B Remote Sensing and Information Systems, Basic Course 5.5 cr.
36047 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu + 1D Professor Ingolf Hådem
Associate Professor Oddgeir Øfsti
Coord.: Professor Ingolf Hådem
Radiation, acquisition. Image quality, geometry of remote sensing imagery. Earth resource satellite programs. Digital image processing of remotely sensed imagery for automatic pattern recognition, interpretation and classification, and integration with GIS.
Course material: John A. Richards: Introduction to Remote Sensing and Digital Image Analysis. An Introduction, Springer-Verlag 1993.
CE4605B Digital Cartography 2, Basic Course 5.5 cr.
36055 Autumn: 2F + 2Øu + 2Øs + 1D Professor Jan Terje Bjørke
Visual models of geographic objects. Methods for representation of cartographic knowledge and methods for using this knowledge for automatic cartographic generalization. Modelling geographic objects and relations between these. Spatial interpolation. The relational data model and object oriented methods used in a GIS. Animation and multimedia GIS packages. The course will focus on trends and research on the subjects.
Course material: Notes and papers.
CE4606B Photogrammetry and Remote Sensing 7.5 cr.
36058 Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 2Øs + 2D Professor Ingolf Hådem
Digital image processing within remote sensing, aerial photogrammetry and close-range photogrammetry, and cobining these techniques with geographical information systems. Design and execution of close-range and aerial photogrammetric tasks, may also use remote sensing, including the integration with geographical information systems, with application in particular fields like architecture, industry, mapping. Digital matching techniques to generate digital object/terrain models. Digital rectification/orthophoto generation and visualization by using computer graphics. Combination of digital imagery (orthophotos or rectified images) and digital terrain/object models with geographical information systems.
Course material: Notes.
CE4607B Applied Geodesy, Advanced Course 7.5 cr.
36067 Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 2Øs + 2D To be decided
Methods of estimation, statistical analysis of observations and results, data snooping, GPS-satellite-system applied for geodesic purposes, accuracy of theodolite and distance measuring devices, adjustments, mathematical statistics.
Course material: Compendia published by the Department, external compendia (King and others, Espelund and others, Danielsen, Andersen) available at the Department. Hofmann-Wellenhof and others: GPS, Theory and Practice.
CE4608B Global Geodesy, Advanced Course 7.5 cr.
36068 Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 2Øs + 2D To be decided
Principles and applications of global techniques in geodesy. History of geodesy, physical geodesy (gravity field, reference surfaces, gravity measurements, height systems), coordinate systems, satellite geodesy (dynamic and geometric, including GPS), inertial geodesy, marine geodesy (positioning, charting, tidal theory, etc).
Course material: Compendia published by the Department.
CE4609B Mapping and Surveying, Project 7.5 cr.
36080 Spring: 4Øu + 8Øs + 2D Associate Professor Terje Midtbø
Experimental , theoretical or data related work connected to geodesy, photogrammetry or cartography.
Course material: Depends on the subject.
CE4701B Buckling and Vibration, Basic Course 5.5 cr.
37021 Autumn: 3F + 3Øu Professor Svein N. Remseth
The course is predominantly about the Displacement Method for analysis of frames, trusses and cable structures when the effect of displacement, axial force or acceleration is of importance. With few exceptions, the emphasis is on linear elastic performance. Geometric stiffness and mass matrices at different levels of accuracy are established. System matrices for static second-order problems. Solution strategies, Convergence, Buckling. Axial stiffness. Displacement functions and -vectors for buckling and natural vibration problems. Eigenvalues. Calculation methods. Generalized and Modal System Matrices and revised loading vector. Use of Normal Coordinates for free vibration as revised degree of freedom. Frequency Response. Numerical calculation of motion trajectories by time-stepping algorithms. Damping.
Course material: Compendium by the lecturers, or, alternatively a selection from two of the following works: Pål G. Bergan, Per Kr. Larsen and Egil Mollestad: Svinging av konstruksjoner, Tapir.
Pål G. Bergan, Tor. G. Syvertsen: Knekning av søyler og rammer, Tapir (all in Norwegian).
CE4702B Computer Programming in Structural Analysis, Basic Course 5.5 cr.
37023 Autumn: 2F + 3Øu + 2Øs Associate Professor Bjørn Haugen
Principles and techniques for development of structural analysis (finite element based) software: Specification, deign, coding, testing/verification and documentation. Central themes are: data storage and handling, data structures, standard (library) software and reuse of code. The course is centred around the development (by groups) of a complete structural (frame)analysis program.
Course material: Various notes and reports.
CE4703B Concrete Structures 2, Basic Course 5.5 cr.
37041 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu + 1D Adjunct Professor Erik Thorenfeldt
Design of prestressed concrete structural components. The principles of pre- and post-tensioning. Design of "precast concrete" structures including dimensioning and detailing of reinforced and prestressed elements and structural joints. Brief introduction to composite concrete structures.
Course material: Lecture notes.
CE4704GB Concrete Technology, Basic Course 5.5 cr.
37042 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu + 1D Professor Erik J. Sellevold
Types of concrete and practical concreting. Cement types and properties, additives. Cement paste structure, aggregate properties and admixture types and uses. Mix design. Fresh concrete rheology, curing technology. Hardened concrete: mechanical and durability properties. Rehabilitation of concrete structures.
Course material: Compendium.
CE4705B Steel Structures 2, Basic Course 5.5 cr.
37058 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu + 1D Associate Professor Einar N. Strømmen
This course comprises topics regarding design of steel structures which have not been covered in course 37056 (Steel Structures 1), such as buckling strength of stiffened and unstiffened plates, elastic buckling of frames, and calculation of the ultimate capacity of frames.
Course material: Per Kr. Larsen: "Design of Steel Structures", Tapir 1990. Bernt Skjeggestad: "Ultimate Strength of Steel Structures", vol. 2 Buckling, Tapir, 1995.
CE4706B Costal Engineering, Basic Course 5.5 cr.
37073 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu + 1D Adjunct Professor Alf Tørum
Higher order wave theories. Wave statistics. Changes of waves in shallow water due to refraction, diffraction, reflection and breaking. Radiation stress and long waves. Harbour resonance. Wave forces on different types of structures: vertical cylinders, pipelines, different types of breakwaters, moored ships. Scour and scour protection.
Course material: Compendium.
CE4707B Environmental Loads, Basic Course 5.5 cr.
37074 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu + 1D Professor Geir Moe
The course deals with the effects of flow in water and air on structures. Some basic hydromechanics is included, e.g. forces calculated by means of potential theory, and derivation and applications of the Navier Stokes equations. Scaling: Froudes and Reynolds number, Empirical Expressions for forces in separated flows (Morison's formula, etc.). Earthquake loading and effect of natural wind by Davenport`s method. Summary of snow-loading. Use of statistical and spectral approaches is emphasized, in description of wind, current and waves, earthquakes, and in loading descriptions. Experimental approaches, and environmental loading in rules and regulations.
Course material: Compendium.
CE4708B Object-oriented Methods in Structural Engineering, 7.5 cr.
Advanced Course
37007 Spring: 3F + 3Øu + 1Øs + 2D Professor Tor G. Syvertsen
The course is aimed at digital product modelling and object-oriented techniques for modelling and design. Subjects included are structural design as an information process, the product model concept; integration of various aspects like geometry, structural system, loads and responses; principles, methods and tools for modelling. Emphasis is put on applications related to structural systems.
Course material: James Rumbaugh et al.: Object-oriented modelling and design, Prentice-Hall 1991. Documentation for relevant computer software. Recent research reports.
CE4709B Structural Engineering, Project 8.5 cr.
37033 Spring: 2Øu + 10Øs + 2D Teachers at the Department
Coord.: Professor Svein Ivar Sørensen
The project work will be experimental, theoretical, computational, or a literature survey, normally combined with advanced courses at the Department. The project topics are aluminium structures, concrete structures, concrete technology, structural analysis, structural informatics, structural materials, structural mechanics, port and coastal engineering, marine technology, safety and reliability, steel structures, applied oceanography, timber structures and wind engineering. Some of the problems are preparatory to diploma work, but in general the projects are not linked to diploma work.
Course material: Literature, computer programs etc. adapted to the individual projects are provided if necessary.
CE4710B Finite Element Methods, Advanced Course 7.5 cr.
37034 Spring: 3F + 3Øu + 1Øs + 2D Professor Kjell Magne Mathisen
Mathematical aspects of the finite element method, including variational principles, convergence rates, discretization errors, error estimates and error norms. Generalized principles for establishing element stiffness matrices and consistent element nodal loads for beams, plates, shells and three-dimensional structures, with emphasis on displacement-based elements. Topics covered also include: Numerical integration, reduced integration, shear-locking, iso-parametric elements, hierarchical elements, high-performance elements and substructuring. The course also provides an introduction to classification of errors, including modelling errors, discretionary errors and numerical errors. An introduction to adaptive finite element methods with discussion of feedback approaches for reduction and control of errors of discretization is also provided.
Course material: R.D. Cook, D.S. Malkus and M.E. Plesha: Concepts and Applications of Finite Element Analysis, 3rd edition, Wiley 1989. Auxiliary course notes will also be provided.
CE4711B Thin-walled Structures, Advanced Course 7.5 cr.
37035 Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 2Øs + 2D Associate Professor Thor Erik Hals
The course gives primarily the necessary basics for the determination of elastic displacements and stresses in simple, thin-walled structures (tanks, tubes, vessels and other shell types); beam theory for bending and torsion; elastic stability problems. The contents may change from one course to the other.
Course material: I. Holand: Bjelker på elastisk underlag. Beholdere, hvelvdammer, compendium. T.E. Hals: Tynnveggede staver, Tapir 1981, (both in Norwegian). Reference literature: Timoshenko - W. Krieger: Theory of Plates and Shells, McGraw-Hill. Timoshenko - Gere: Theory of Elastic Stability, McGraw-Hill.
CE4712GB Concrete Technology - Properties of Hardened Concrete, 7.5 cr.
Advanced Course
37045 Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 2Øs + 2D Professor Erik J. Sellevold
Chemical composition, physical structure and pore structure. Interaction with moisture and moisture transport. Volume stability and cracking sensitivity. Mechanical properties, composite models and fracture mechanics. Durability properties and analysis of damage.
Course material: Compendium.
CE4713B Design of Concrete Structures, Advanced Course 7.5 cr.
37046 Spring: 3F + 3Øu + 1Øs + 2D Associate Professor Audun Hofsøy
Design models and design methods. Horizontal stiffness of structures. Yield-line theory and strip methods for concrete slabs. Design of flat slabs, deep beams and foundations. Design for durability. Structural details. Cracks. Detailing of reinforcement.
Course material: Compendium.
CE4714B Reinforced Concrete, Fundamentals of Theory and Design, 7.5 cr.
Advanced Course
37047 Spring: 3F + 4Øu + 2D Professor Svein I. Sørensen
Analysis and design of reinforced concrete panels and shear walls, axi-symmetric shells and slender columns in frames. Numerical and analytical methods. Short introduction to the fatigue limit state.
Course material: S.I. Sørensen: Reinforced concrete, fundamentals of theory and design, advanced course. Lecture notes, 1991.
CE4715B Maintenance and Repair of Concrete Structures, Advanced Course 7.5 cr.
37048 Spring: 3F + 4Øu + 2D Associate Professor Øystein Vennesland
Mechanical, physical and chemical deteriorating processes. Planning and execution of condition control. Evaluation of condition control data with respect to safety and serviceability. Load testing. Evaluation of need for maintenance or repair. Service life concept. Maintenance materials and methods. Repair materials and methods. Strengthening. Basic data, models and methods for design and calculation of damaged structure, repair and strengthening. Quality control of repair works.
Course material: Compendium.
CE4716B Inelastic Design of Structures, Advanced Course 7.5 cr.
37061 Spring: 3F + 3Øu + 1Øs + 2D Associate Professor Kjell Arne Malo
Introduction to the theory of plasticity, inelastic analysis of structures, the principle of virtual work is used to establish simple models for the modelling of structural response. Applications to transient load effects due to impact, explosions and earthquakes.
Course material: Lecture notes.
CE4717B Fatigue Design of Structures, Advanced Course 7.5 cr.
37068 Spring: 3F + 3Øu + 1Øs + 2D Professor Per J. Haagensen
Basic concepts of linear elastic and elastic plastic fracture mechanics. Stress intensity factors. Defects and their effect on strength. Relations between fracture and fatigue strength and tensile properties. Environmental and temperature effects. Random load-time histories, statistical analysis and load spectra. Stress analysis of planar and tubular joints. S-N data for welded, cast and forged components. Bolts and bolted joints. Methods for life extension and repair. Cumulative damage and life predictions based on crack initiation or crack propagation. Fatigue design based on design rules or codes (e.g. NS 3472 and Eurocode 3).
Course material: Course notes, A. Almar-Næss: Fatigue Handbook, Tapir 1985.
CE4718B Reliability of Structures, Advanced Course 7.5 cr.
37078 Spring: 4F + 2Øu + 2D Professor Arvid Næss
Safety of structures. Measures of structural safety. Analysis of uncertainty. Calculation of reliability. Nominal failure probability. Transformations. Sensitivity analysis. Modelling of loading, loading effects and strength/capacity, calibration of loading, loading effects and strength/capacity. Calibration of design rules. Use of the computer program PROBAN in exercises.
Course material: Compendium
CE4719B Environmental Loads and the Environment, Advanced Course 7.5 cr.
37083 Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 2Øs + 2D Associate Professor Øivind Asgeir Arntsen
The course treats aspects of tides, current, waves, winds and ice which affect both coastal and offshore structures. Measuring principles and techniques and time series analysis of field data, in terms of time, frequency and wave number space, are studied to the degree necessary to compute design conditions (extreme values), operation windows (duration analysis) and operational conditions (forecasting waves and current). Analyses of transport and dispersion of oil spills and submerged ocean outfall are included in the course.
Course material: Compendium (in Norwegian). D.E. Newland: An Introduction to Random Vibrations, Spectral & Wavelet Analysis, 3rd edition Longman, 1993, Tapir.
CE4720B Port Engineering, Advanced Course 7.5 cr.
37084 Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 2Øs + 2D Professor Eivind Bratteland
This course gives a general background related to port types, ships and ocean transportation and relations to other transport modes. Port functions and necessary input data for planning and design of commercial ports are included. Methods and techniques such as network and queuing theory are applied. Criteria and dimensions of approach channels, port entrances and harbour basins are covered. The berthing structures represent key elements in the course, where types, principles and areas of application and shown and discussed. Mooring and fendering are also included, and rehabilitation as well as maintenance and repair are of increasing importance. Dredging and possible underwater blasting are often important elements in a port development, physical and numerical models as common tools in the general port planning and design are discussed.
Course material: Norske Sivilingeniørers Forening: Anvisninger for havnebygging (Port Manual), Parts 1 and 2, Tapir, 1988 (In Norwegian). Lecture notes and various articles.
CE4801B Transportation Planning 1, Basic Course 5.5 cr.
34216 Autumn: 3F + 1Øu + 1Øs + 1D Professor Tore Sager
The course deals primarily with prediction. Keywords are forecasting the demand for public transit, forecasting freight transport, and traffic estimation. The obligatory exercises deal with four-stage traffic estimation applying a PC-based model.
Course material: Mainly textbook material published by the Department.
CE4802B Transport Economics, Basic Course 5.5 cr.
34240 Autumn: 3F +1Øu + 1Øs + 1D Professor Tore Knudsen
The course deals primarely with the teoretical basis for cost-benefit-analysis and how the theory is transferred to an operational calculation method for use in the field of transportation. In addition one discusses and shows methods to treat conditions which are difficult to include in the cost-benefit-analyses, but which still can be important to the decisionmaker. The course also takes up subjects such as toll roads / road pricing, parking, deregulation of transport, the econpmic competition between different modes and logistics and commercial transports.
Course material: Håndbok 140 konsekvensanalyser fra Vegdirektoratet and notes published by the Institute.
CD4803B Transportation Planning 2, Advanced Course 7.5 cr.
34264 Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 2Øs + 2D Professor Tore Sager
The course helps to answer the question of how to arrange for reasonable, (optimal) solutions to traffic problems given predictions of demand, traffic, and impact. Main themes are transport economics, public transit, and environmental issues including traffic safety.
Course material: Mainly notes published by the Department.
CE4804B Traffic Engineering 2, Advanced Course 7.5 cr.
34265 Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 2Øs + 2D Professor Stein Johannessen
The course is based on course 34225 and discusses the use of different traffic engineering means and methods to improve flow, safety and environment, mainly in cities and built up areas. Main points are traffic flow and controlling networks and intersections, including coordinated traffic signals and other traffic engineering devices. Supply and demand expressed as the balance between increase capacity and traffic restraint efforts are treated. Problems of special interest at the time are addressed. Relevant theories and methods, like the theory of traffic flow, queuing theory and computer programs for traffic analyses are stressed.
Course material: Notes published by the Department.
CE4805B Transportation Engineering, Project 8.5 cr.
34270 Spring: 3Øu + 9Øs + 2D Assistant Professor Arvid Aakre
The project subjects may include any item within transportation engineering, e.g. planning of transport systems and implementation and evaluation of traffic management schemes. The work may be practically or theoretically based. Studies of literature, use of computers and other equipment will normally be included. In addition to transportation engineering, the students will get experience in project planning, project management, oral and written presentation.
Course material: None.
CE4901B Hydrology, Basic Course 5.5 cr.
34512 Autumn: 3F + 1Øu + 1Øs + 1D Associate Professor John Tveit
Introduction to methods for observation and use of basic observation data to estimate water resources, introduction to calculation conditions for monitoring and utilizing the resources, and giving basic knowledge of water conservation.
Course material: " Engineering Hydrology 1994" (in Norwegian), John Tveit. For supplement and help for English speaking: Elizabeth M. Shaw: Hydrology in Practice, 3rd ed. Chapman & Hall 1994
CE4902B River Hydraulics, Basic Course 5.5 cr.
34518 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu + 1D Assistant Professor Yngve Robertsen
Repetition of central parts of fluid mechanics for free surface flow. Uniform flow, calculation of water profiles. Control sections and channel transitions. Unsteady flow. Diffusion, mixing of waters, stratified flow. Scaling laws and models.
Course material: R.H. French: Open-Channel Hydraulics and other texts.
CE4903B Municipal Environmental Technology, Basic Course 5.5 cr.
34528 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu + 1D Professor Hallvard Ødegaard
Description of quantity and composition of drinking water, municipal waste-water and solid waste, including the standards set by the environmental authorities. Treatment of waste-water including treatment and use of waste-water sludge. Treatment of drinking water. Water and waste-water handling in remote areas (on-site treatment). Collection, transport, treatment, recirculation and final disposal of municipal solid waste. Handling of hazardous waste. The course may be regarded as comprehensive enough for those who wants to have an overview in municipal environmental engineering and it will act as an introduction for those who want to specialize more in environmental engineering both in municipalities and in industry.
Course material: H. Ødegaard/Aa. Heie: Kommunal miljøteknologi (Municipal environmental technology) (in English), (three parts). Department of Hydraulic and Environmental Engineering.
CE4904B Sanitary Engineering, Advanced Course 7.5 cr.
34545 Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 2Øs + 2D Associate Professor Sveinn T. Thorolfsson
Planning, analysis and design of systems for water and wastewater including water intakes, recipients and environmental issues. Use of simulation models. Storm-water management. Materials for water pipes and sewers. Rehabilitation and renewal. System management, operation and maintenance. Economical and pollutant optimization. Financial and legal considerations.
Course material: Compendia, div. publications, regulations etc.
CE4905BGK
Water and Wastewater Treatment, Advanced Course 7.5 cr.
34546 Spring: 4F + 2Øu + 2D Professor Hallvard Ødegaard
A more comprehensive presentation of the theoretical basis for the different water and wastewater treatment methods dealt with in course 34528 Municipal environmental technology is given in this course. It deals with unit processes for improving drinking water quality, treatment of wastewater from municipalities and industries, water in aquaculture etc. The most important items are: Process-technical basis (reaction kinetics, reactors and material balances). Coagulation (destabilization, precipitation and flocculation). Particle separation (sedimentation, flotation, filtration). Sorption processes (adsorption, ion exchange). Chemical oxidation and disinfection. Gas transfer. Biological unit processes (aerobic and anaerobic). Practical use of unit processes for design and construction of municipal and industrial treatment plants.
Course material: H. Ødegaard: Fjerning av næringsstoffer ved rensing av avløpsvann, Tapir Publ. 1992 and H. Ødegaard: Kompendium i vannrenseteknikk, Department of Hydraulic and Environmental Engineering.
CE4906B Hydraulic Structures, Advanced Course 7.5 cr.
34547 Spring: 4F + 2Øu + 2D Professor Dagfinn Kåre Lysne
Choice of design of "hydraulic structures" (dams, spillways, tunnel systems etc.) with reference to hydrological analyses, costs and cost/benefit assessment, safety guidelines, physical (landscape) and other environmental aspects, including conflict of interests.
Course material: Lecture notes, publications, regulations etc.
CE4907B Water Resources Planning, Advanced Course 7.5 cr.
34548 Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 2Øs + 2D Professor Ånund Killingtveit
The course gives an introduction to multiple-purpose water resource planning, with emphasis on the use of computer models. Major topics include: User interests in rivers, common or competing user interests. The planning process. Water law. Data base for planning: Hydrological data, GIS-systems. Precipitation-Runoff models: The HBV-model, structure, processes, data requirements. Model calibration and use. Hydropower simulation models: The ENMAG model, structure, use results. Environmental effects of river regulation: Modelling system (RIMOS) for study of fish habitat in rivers. Flood problems: Flood frequency analysis, models for design flood computations. A short introduction to the River System Simulator, an integrated system for computer models used in water resources planning.
Course material: To be decided.
CE4908B Hydraulic and Environmental Engineering, Project Assignment 8.5 cr.
34549 Spring: 3Øu + 9Øs + 2D Teachers at the Department
Coord.: Professor Dagfinn K. Lysne
The project assignment is normally directed towards planning and design and will cover theoretical, computer, laboratory and/or field aspects.
Course material: The supervisor will work out the assignment outline and provide relevant reference material.
CE4909B Water Chemistry, Basic Course 5.5 cr.
34535 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu + 1D Associate Professor Liv Fiksdal
General water chemistry in relation to water quality, water and wastewater treatment, corrosion of metal, concrete and cement mortar linings of pipelines. Introduction to general microbiology; classification, metabolism and growth. Principles of water quality analysis.
Course material: L. Fiksdal: Water chemistry (in Norwegian) compendium.
CE4910B Solid Waste Management, Advanced Course 7.5 cr.
34544 Spring: 3F + 1Øu + 3Øs + 2D Adjunct Professor Aage Heie
Amount and composition of waste. Collection, transfer and transport. Biological and thermal decomposition. Land-filling, incineration, RDF production, composting, anaerobic treatment and recycling. Planning and operation. Hazardous waste. Hygiene, workers environment and environmental effects. Acts and regulations.
Course material: Various literature distributed at lectures.
FACULTY OF CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY
CH1001M(MA)(BE)
General Chemistry 4 cr.
50505 Autumn: 2F + 2Øu Professor Martin Ystenes
Introduction to: Thermochemistry: Enthalpy, entropy, free energy, spontaneity criteria and equilibrium. Chemical kinetics: Rate laws, reaction mechanisms, catalysis, temperature dependence. Electrochemistry: Galvanic cells, electrolysis, corrosion of metals.
Course material: Steven S. Zumdahl: Chemical Principles, D.C. Heat and Comp., Lexington 1992. G.H. Aylward and T.J.V. Findlay: SI Chemical Data, 2nd edition, Wiley, Sidney 1974.
CH1002GF General Chemistry A 5 cr.
50516 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu Professor Georg Hagen
Stoichiometry, ideal gas law, solutions, chemical equilibrium, acids and bases, red-ox processes. Electrochemistry. Basic thermodynamics, enthalpy, entropy, free energy, spontaneity criteria and chemical equilibria. Chemical kinetics, rate laws, reaction mechanisms, catalysis and temperature dependence.
Course material: J.C. Bailar, Th. Moeller, J. Kleinberg, C.O. Guss, M.E. Castellion and C. Metz: Chemistry with Inorganic Qualitative Analysis, International Edition. 3rd edition, Hartcourt Brace Jovanovich Published 1989.
Aylward & Findlay: SI Chemical Data 3rd edition, Wiley 1994.
CH1003G General Chemistry A, Laboratory Course, Project Work 4 cr.
50521 Autumn: 6Øu Associate Professor Dagfinn Bratland
The chemical principles taught in course 50516 are illustrated through laboratory work. The course also teaches elements of quantitative chemical analytical methods, and the use of pH- and red/ox electrode in analytical work.
Course material: Laboratoriekurs i kjemi (Laboratory course in chemistry) (in Norwegian), Institutt for uorganisk kjemi.
CH1004GF General Chemistry B 5 cr.
50517 Spring: 3F + 2Øu Professor Jan Lützow Holm
Phase equilibria. Atomic structure, electronic structure. Quantum theory. Atomic orbital. The chemical bond. Ionic bonding. Covalent bonding. Properties of molecules. Molecular orbital theory. Properties of main group elements. The d-block element. Environmental chemistry. Organic chemistry. Organic polymers. Biochemistry.
Course material: T. Moeller, I.C. Bailar Jr., J. Kleinberg, C.O. Guss, M.E. Castellion and C. Metz: Chemistry, International Edition. 3rd edition, Hartcourt Brace Jovanovich Published 1989.
Aylward & Findlay: SI Chemical Data 3rd edition, Wiley 1994.
J. Williams and C. Metz: Student Solution Manual to the third Editions of Chemistry, HBJ 1989.
CH1005G General Chemistry B, Laboratory Course, Project Work 2.5 cr.
50522 Spring: 4Øu Associate Professor Dagfinn Bratland
The chemical principles taught in course 505517 are illustrated through laboratory work. Determining a phase diagram. The chemistry of main group elements. Some methods in organic chemistry: Extraction, geometric isomerism, chromatography. Treatment of hazardous chemical waste accumulated during the course.
Course material: Laboratoriekurs i kjemi (Laboratory course in chemistry) (in Norwegian), Institutt for uorganisk kjemi.
CH1007GF General Chemistry, Laboratory Course, Project Work 2.5 cr.
50520 Spring: 4Øu Associate Professor Dagfinn Bratland
The chemical principles taught in course 50517 are illustrated through laboratory work. Determining a phase diagram. The chemistry of main group elements. Some methods in organic chemistry: Extraction, geometric isomerism, chromatography. Treatment of hazardous chemical waste accumulated during the course.
Course material: Laboratory course in chemistry (in Norwegian), published by the Department.
CH1008B General Chemistry 4 cr.
50508 Autumn: 2F + 2Øu Associate Professor Kjell Wiik
Introduction to: Thermochemistry: Enthalpy, entropy, free energy, spontaneity criteria and equilibrium. Chemical kinetics: Rate laws, reaction mechanisms, catalysis, temperature dependence. Electrochemistry: Galvanic cells, electrolysis, corrosion of metals.
Course material: Steven S. Zumdahl: Chemical Principles, D.C. Heat and Comp., 2nd ed., Lexington 1995. G.H. Aylward and T.J.V. Findlay: SI Chemical Data, 3rd edition, Wiley, Sidney 1994.
CH1101K General Chemistry and Chemical Equilibria 8 cr.
50525 Autumn: 5F + 3Øu Professor Harald A. Øye
The structure of atoms and molecules, the chemical bond. Solids, liquids and solution chemistry, gas laws. Chemical equilibrium, acid-base-, complex-, precipitation- and red-ox-equilibria. Chemical thermodynamics, kinetics and electrochemistry.
Course material: Steven S. Zumdahl: Chemical Prinsiples, 2nd ed., D.C.Heat and Company, Lexington, 1995.
K.S.Førland: Kjemisk likevekt, Tapir 1978.
H.A.Øye: Kjemisk likevektslære, Tapir 1991, kompendium.
G.H.Aylward and T.J.V.Findlay: SI Chemical Data, 3rd ed., Sidney, 1994.
CH1102K General and Analytical Chemistry Laboratory, Project Work 10 cr.
50510 Autumn: 8Øu, Spring: 8Øu Associate Professor Roger Næumann
Autumn: In the first two weeks of the first semester (integrated with 50525 General Chemistry) some basic concepts in chemistry and safety practice in the laboratory are treated. The course continues with qualitative and quantitative experiments in the laboratory. Central topics are gas laws and determination of molar mass, calorimetry, chemical equilibrium with the law of mass action, acids and basis, the solubility of salts, complex ions, oxidation and reduction, electrochemical cells and a kinetic study of a chemical reaction. Spring: The course starts in the second semester with ball and stick models of crystal structure and molecular geometries, and continues with an introduction to qualitative and quantitative analytical methods. Exercises in analysis of some real materials and in inorganic synthesis are included in this part of the course.
Course material: K.S. Førland: Laboratorikurs generell kjemi, Tapir 1988. K.S. Førland: Kvantitativ analyse, 2. utg., Tapir 1989, K.S. Førland: Sikkerhet og førstehjelp i laboratoriet, 8.utg. Tapir 1995. Printed handouts cover special topics.
CH1103K Basic Inorganic Chemistry 5.5 cr.
50526 Spring: 3F + 3Øu Professor Martin Ystenes
Bonding theory. Orbitals in atoms and molecules. Crystals. Non-aqueous solutions. Hard and soft acids and bases. Complexes. Ligand field theory. Selected topics in organometallic chemistry and catalysis. Radioactivity, causes and effects. Descriptive inorganic chemistry concentrated on resources, application and environmental issues.
Course material: M. Ystenes: Compendium "Uorganisk kjemi for kjemikere", Tapir. In addition the textbook from course 50525 will be used. Text book title will be given by the lecturer.
CH2001G Thermodynamics 5 cr.
50513 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu Associate Professor Dagfinn Bratland
Thermodynamics. First Law: Work, heat, energy. Enthalpy balances for industrial processes. Second Law: Entropy. Cycles. Efficiency of heat engines and heat pumps. Statistical interpretation of entropy. Specific heat and thermodynamic data. Equations of state for real gases. Gibbs' energy, equilibria. Mixtures. Phase equilibria solid/liquid and condensed/gas. Phase diagrams. Phase transformations and pressure.
Course material: K. Motzfeldt: Termodynamikk (in Norwegian), reprint 1994. Worked examples, 1994 (in Norwegian).
CH2101K Organic Chemistry, Basic Course A 5 cr.
51011 Autumn: 3F + 1Øu + 1Øs Professor Synnøve Liaaen Jensen
Chemical structure and structural formulae, Stereochemistry. Isomerism. Functional groups and compound classes. Thermodynamic and kinetic control of reactions. Energy profiles. Resonance stabilization. Reaction mechanisms for polar and radical reactions. Synthesis, including industrial synthesis,. Environmental aspects. The following compound classes are covered: Alkanes, alkenes, alkynes, alkyl halides, aromatic compounds, alcohols, and addition polymers.
Course material: J.McMurry: Organic Chemistry. 3rd edition, Books/Cole, California 1992 (Chapters 1-11, 14-18, 31). Molecular models. Handout notes.
CH2102K Basic Physical Chemistry A 6 cr.
51502 Autumn: 4F + 2Øu Professor Bjørn Hafskjold
First a description of the properties of ideal and real gases is given. The fundamental laws of thermodynamics that concern the different forms of energy transformation are then examined. In many processes chemical reactions take place, therefore chemical equilibria are treated. The thermodynamics of mixtures without chemical reaction, colligative properties, equilibrium between phases are discussed in the final part of the course.
Course material: Tormod Førland and Katerine Seip Førland, og Signe Kjelstrup Ratkje: Laboratoriekurs i Fysikalsk Kjemi (in Norwegian), Tapir, 1991.
P.W. Atkins: Physical Chemistry, 5th ed. Oxford Univ. Press, Oxford, 1994.
CH2103K Organic Chemistry Laboratory 7 cr.
51018 Autumn: 5Øu,Spring: 6Øu Associate Professor Eva Mørkved
Assistant Professor Terje Bruvoll (for computer exercises))
Introduction to word processing and other simple computer programs. Experimental organic chemistry. Safety, basic laboratory techniques, simple organic syntheses and identification experiments in both macro- and micro scale. Spectroscopic, MS, IR, NMR i.d. of unknowns. Introduction to literature search. Use of SANDRA (Beilstein database) and on-line search separate projects.
Course material: Kenneth L. Williamson: Macroscale and Microscale Organic Experiments, 2nd ed., D.C. Heath & Co. 1994.
CH2104K Physical Chemistry Laboratory, Project Work 5.5 cr.
51563 Autumn: 2Øu ,Spring: 7Øu Professor Bjørn Hafskjold
Assistant Professor Terje Bruvoll (for computer exercises)
The projects include calorimetry, partial molar volume, liquid-gas equilibria, determination of electrode potentials, and conductivity experiments. Computer software is demonstrated and applied to text-editing, matrix algebra, and regression calculations of experimental data obtained.
Course material: T. Førland, K.S. Førland and S.K. Ratkje: Laboratoriekurs i fysikalsk kjemi (In English), 3rd edition, Tapir 1991.
CH2105K Organic Chemistry, Basic Course B 6 cr.
51014 Spring: 4F + 2Øu Professor Synnøve Liaaen Jensen
For general topics see course 51011. This course covers ethers, carbonyl chemistry, the chemistry of amines and a further treatment of aromatic chemistry. An introduction is given to applied spectroscopy (UV, IR, 1H NMR, 13C NMR and mass spectroscopy) and to the interpretation of spectra. The following compound classes are treated: Ethers, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids and their derivatives, condensation polymers, amines, fenols, amino acids/proteins, carbohydrates and lipids. The final exam also covers course 51011.
Course material: J. McMurry: Organic Chemistry, 3rd edition, Brooks/Cole, California 1992 (Chapters 12-14, 19-28, 31) Molecular models. Handout notes.
CH2106K Basic Physical Chemistry B 5 cr.
51503 Spring: 3F + 2Øu Professor Signe Kjelstrup Ratkje
The theory of electrolyte solutions and electrochemical cells constitute the main parts of the course. Conductivities, dissociation degrees and related properties are discussed. The basic equations for conversion of chemical to electrical energy is given. Practical applications to batteries and electrolysis are shown. The last part of the course covers kinetic gas theory for ideal and real gases.
Course material: Tormod Førland and Katerine Seip Førland, og Signe Kjelstrup Ratkje: Laboratoriekurs i Fysikalsk Kjemi (in Norwegian), Tapir, 1991.
P.W. Atkins: Physical Chemistry, 5th ed. Oxford Univ. Press, Oxford, 1994.
CH3001F Biochemistry Laboratory, Basic Course, Project Work 2.5 cr.
54020 Spring: 4Øu Professor Sverre M. Myklestad
Laboratory exercises include protein chemistry, charbohydrates, enzymology, and enzymatic analysis, biochemical separation techniques, and the application of tracers. Laboratory manuals available.
Course material: To be decided.
CH3002EM(BE)
General Chemistry 4 cr.
50509 Spring: 2F + 2Øu Professor Georg Hagen
Thermochemistry: Enthalpy, entropy, free energy. Kinetics: Rate laws, rate mechanisms, temperature dependence. Electrochemistry: Chemical equilibrium, electrolysis, electrode-potentials, batteries, corrosion of metals.
Course material: Steven S. Zumdahl: Chemical Principles, D.C. Heath and Comp., Lexington 1992.
G.H. Aylward and T.J.V. Findlay: SI Chemical Data, 3rd edition, Wiley, Sidney 1994.
CH3101K Instrumental Analysis, Introductory Course, Project Work 5.5 cr.
51536 Autumn: 9Øu Associate Professor Oddvin Herstad
Assistant Professor Terje Bruvoll (for computer exercises)
The course gives a brief survey of methods and instruments for chemical analysis. Special emphasis is put on the practical application of analytical instruments within the main fields: Spectroscopy (IR; UV), Voltametry and Chromatography. Introduction to computer aided data handling in laboratory work.
Course material: Lecture notes and textbook: G.D. .Christian and J.E. O'Reilly: Instrumental Analysis, 2nd edition, Allyn and Bacon Inc. Boston London Sydney Toronto.
CH3102K Separation Technology 5 cr.
52022 Autumn: 2F + 4Øu Professor Jørgen Løvland
Basic mass transfer with applications to distillation, absorption, extraction, leaching, cooling towers, drying, crystallization, adsorption, membrane separation.
Course material: C. Geankoplis: Transport Processes and Unit Operations, 3rd ed., Alleyn and Bacon Inc., Boston 1993.
CH3103K Process Chemistry 5 cr.
52521 Autumn: 2F + 4Øu Assistant Professor Bjørn Jenssen
Principles of mass and energy balance calculations. Manual and machine methods.
Course material: Bjørn Jenssen: Masse og energiberegninger, likevektsberegninger (in Norwegian) Department of Industrial Chemistry, 1994.
CH3104K Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer 5 cr.
52011 Associate Professor Hallvard Svendsen
Spring: 2F + 4Øu = 8Bt
Pressure drop calculations, flow measurements, dimensional analysis and model laws, pumping, compressible flow, compression and expansion. Particle and drop mechanics, sedimentation theory, centrifuges, filtration theory and filters. Heat transfer, conduction, convection and radiation, heat exchangers and exchanger design.
Course material: C. Geankoplis: Transport Processes and Unit Operations, 3rd edition, Alleyn and Bacon Inc., Boston 1993. A. Nybraaten and H. Svendsen: Kort innføring i prosessregulering (in Norwegian), compendium.
CH3105KE Chemical Reaction Engineering 6 cr.
52052 Spring: 4F + 2Øu Professor Gunnar Thorsen
Assistant Professor Olav Tronstad
Coord.: Professor Gunnar Thorsen
The general mole balance. Rate laws and stoichiometry. Batch, semi-batch and continuous flow reactors. Plug flow and stirred tank reactors. Reactor design for homogeneous and heterogeneous reactions. Isothermal and non-isothermal operations. Diffusion and reaction in porous catalysts. Multiphase reactors.
Course material: H. Scott Vogler: Elements of Chemical Reaction Engineering, Prentice-Hall, Inc., Second Edition 1992.
CH3301K Materials Technology 5 cr.
53505 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu Professor Reidar Tunold
Solid state structures, Phase equilibria, Defects and dislocations, Diffusion, Interfacial properties. Mechanical properties, elastic and plastic deformation, strength. Metals, Iron/Carbon phase diagram, structures, properties, heat treatment. Alloys, corrosion resistant steel. Light metals. Cerams and glasses, composition and properties. Polymers, polymerization, properties, chemical and thermal stability. Corrosion and corrosion control. Electrochemical background, choice of materials.
Course material: William D. Callister Jr.: Materials Science ans Engineering, an Introduction, 3rd ed., paperback 1994, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
CH3302KG Electrochemistry, Basic Course 4.5 cr.
53510 Spring: 2F + 2Øu + 1Øs Associate Professor Åsmund Sterten
Aqueous electrolytes. Potential pH-diagram. Concentration cells. Membranes. Applications of thermodynamic data. Reaction steps, electrode kinetics and overvoltage. Current and mass transport. Concentration overvoltage, charge transfer overvoltage and reaction overvoltage. The hydrogen and oxygen evolution reaction. Potential step and cyclic voltametry. Polarography.
Course material: Compendium
CH3401KF Biochemistry, Basic Course 6 cr.
54015 Autumn: 5F To be decided
Structure of biomolecules. Proteins: amino acid sequence; primary, secondary, tertiary, and quaternary structure. Kinetics and reaction mechanism of enzymatic reactions. Metabolic energy. Degradation and biosynthesis of carbohydrates, fatty acids, and amino acids. Photosynthesis. Nucleic acids: replication, transcription. Biosynthesis of proteins. Membrane transport.
Course material: L. Stryer: Biochemistry, 4th edition, W.H. Freeman 1995.
CH3402K Biopolymers 5.5 cr.
54010 Spring: 4F + 1Øu Professor Olav Smidsrød
Chemical structure and conformation of biopolymers, especially technologically important polysaccharides. Molecular weight distribution and averages. Gaussian coils, compact spheres and stiff rods. Radius of gyration. Solutions of macromolecules, viscosity, thermodynamics, polyelectrolytes, Donnan equilibria, osmometry, light scattering, analytical ultra-centrifugation, gel filtration, gel electrophoresis, and conformational analysis.
Course material: Hans Grasdalen: NMR spektroskopi (in Norwegian), Department of Biotechnology, compendium. Olav Smidsrød and Størker T. Moe: Biopolymerkjemi. Tapir 1995.
CH3403K Biochemistry, Advanced Course 5 cr.
54017 Spring: 4F Professor Gudmund Sjåk-Bræk
Biosynthesis of amino acids, nucleotide, triacyl-glycerols, phospholipid and isopentenyl-derived lipids. Regulation of metabolism; catabolite repression, retro-inhibition, covalent modification of enzymes, amplification cascades; energy charge. Manipulation of regulatory mechanisms, signal transduction. Protein targeting. Replication, transcription, recombination, control of gene expression.
Course material: L. Stryer: Biochemistry, 3rd edition, W.H. Freeman 1988.
CH3404K Biochemistry Laboratory, Basic Course, Project Work 5.5 cr.
54021 Spring: 9Øu Professor Sverre M. Myklstad
Laboratory exercises include polysaccharides, protein chemistry, enzymology and enzymatic analysis, membrane transport, determination of molecular weight, biochemical separation technique, and application of tracers. Laboratory manuals available.
Course material: To be decided.
CH3405K Food Chemistry, Introduction 6 cr.
54042 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu + 2Øs To be decided
Properties and function of the components in food: Carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, water, etc. A more detailed description of important foodstuffs. Quality degrading processes in food, microbiology, food hygiene, additives, preservatives. Quality, sensory analysis.
Course material: Information will be given at the start of the course.
CH3406KG Biological Chemistry and Environment 4.5 cr.
54025 Spring: 3F + 1Øu To be decided
Examples of transformation of chemicals in nature and of effects on living organisms and ecosystems are treated on the basis of our insight into the chemistry of biological entities. This basis is provided in the biochemical part of the course and involves the structure and composition of cells, properties and function of biomolecules, enzymatic catalysis, metabolism and energy provision, as well as genetic apparatus of living cells.
Course material: A. Jensen: Biokjemisk Prossessgrunnlag, compendium (in Norwegian).
CH3501K Applied Thermodynamics 1 4.5 cr.
50556 Spring: 2F + 3Øu Associate Professor Tor Grande
How to use thermodynamic data. Phase equilibria. Gibbs phase law. Multi-component systems. Thermodynamics of solutions. Mixtures of electrolytes and nou-electrolytes. Molten salts. Polymer solution. Gases.
Course material: Terje Østvold and Jørgen Løvland: Applied Chemical Thermodynamics, Tapir 1992.
CH3601K Intermediate Organic Chemistry 5 cr.
51026 Spring: 3F + 1Øu + 1Øs Associate Professor Eva H. Mørkved
The prerequisite for this upper-level undergraduate course, is introductory organic chemistry (courses 51011 and 51014). Basic prinsiples, e.g. kinetics, structure, mechanism and stereochemistry are reviewed briefly. Chemical reactions such as pericyclic, photochemical and radical reactions, are treated more thoroughly and set into a wider perspective. Organometallic reagents, the formation of carbon-nitrogen bonds, and heterocyclic chemistry are additional topics of this course.
Course material: Informations will be given later.
CH3602K Spectroscopic Methods in Organic Chemistry 4.5 cr.
51027 Spring: 2F + 3Øu Associate Professor Helge Kjøsen
The principles behind ultraviolet/visible (UV/VIS) and infrared (IR) light absorption spectra as well as nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) and mass spectra (MS) are treated in lectures, while exercises and semester projects concentrate on the interpretation of spectroscopic date for the identification of organic compounds. Voluntary exercises. Compulsory semester project.
Course material: Lecture Notes; Silverstein, Bassler, Morrill: Spectrometric Identification of organic Compounds, 5th edition, Wiley, 1991.
CH3701K Quantum Chemistry 5 cr.
51520 Spring: 3F + 2Øu Professor Sven J. Cyvin
Quantum-mechanical basic principles. Description of the solutions of the Schrödinger equations for the stationary states of some quantum-mechanical systems: particle in a box, harmonic oscillator, rigid rotator, hydrogen-like atoms. Variation method. Elementary introduction to the vibration-rotation spectroscopy. Atomic orbitals and the basis for the construction of the periodic system. Diatomic molecules. Polyatomic molecules: Simple theories for directed valence and hybridization, non-localized orbitals for conjugated systems. In the theory of chemical bonds the molecular orbital theory is emphasized: orbitals for diatomic molecules, hybridized orbitals and Hückel orbitals are treated.
Course material: S. Cyvin: Elementær kvantekjemi (Elementary Quantum Chemistry) (in Norwegian).
CH3702K Computer Assisted Chemical Instrumentation 5 cr.
51540 Spring: 2F + 4Øu Assistant Professor Terje Bruvoll
An introduction to the principles of computer assisted chemical measurements. The fundamentals of analog and digital data processing. Microelectronics and microcomputers applied to instrumentation for chemical laboratory and process measurements. Instrument interfacing. Communication protocols for data transfer.
Course material: Selected material from textbooks and articles.
CH3801K Industrial Process Chemistry and Chemical Engineering, 5.5 Cr.
Laboratory, Project Work
52586 Spring: 9Øu Associate Professor Edd A. Blekkan (Industrial Chemistry)
Associate Professor Arne Grislingås (Chemical Engineering)
Process chemistry and chemical engineering, laboratory, project. Laboratory, project work with emphasis on experimental planning, data treatment (statistics, experimental errors) and scientific reporting. Two separate projects. (1) Process chemistry: Chemical kinetics investigation, reaction rates, rate parameters, reaction mechanisms. (2) Chemical engineering: Unit operations, including fluid flow and heat transfer, separation processes with emphasis on distillation. Students work in groups of two.
Course material: Compendium
CH3802KG Surface and Colloid Chemistry 5 cr.
52560 Spring: 3F + 2Øu Professor Preben C. Mørk
Colloidal systems. Definition, classification, kinetic properties. Surface- and interfacial tensions. Curved interfaces. Surfactant. Adhesion, spreading, wetting, contact angles. Adsorption isotherms, capillary condensation, monolayers. Charged interfaces, Gouy-Chapman and Stern Theory. Stability of dispersions, flocculation and coagulation. Emulsions and foams.
Course material: P.C. Mørk: Overflate- og kolloidkjemi. Grunnleggende prinsipper og teorier (in Norwegian), Department of Industrial Chemistry, NTH, 4th edition 1994.
CH4201K Reactor Modelling 6 cr.
52035 Spring: 2F + 6Øs Professor Hallvard Svendsen
Description and overview of the various types of reactors used in the chemical industry. The structure of reactor models; kinetics; flow structure- and transport parameter models. Development of homogeneous and heterogeneous flow models for fixed bed, fluidized bed and multiphase reactors. Non-ideal flow patterns and population balance models.
Course material: G.F. Froment, K.B. Bishoff: Chemical Reactor Analysis and Design.
CH4202K Process Control 7 cr.
52041 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu + 1Øs + 2D Professor Sigurd Skogestad
Modelling, Linearization, Laplace transforms, Transfer functions, Dynamic behaviour of linear systems including inverse response, Feedback control, Poles, Zeroes, stability, block diagrams, Frequency response, Nyquist and Bode Plot. Stability in frequency domain including gain and phase margins, Tuning rules for PID control (ZN, etc.), Model-based control (Smith Predictor, IMC), Cascade, selective and split-range control, Feedforward control, Multivariable Control, Decouplers, RGA-analysis, Controllability analysis.
Course material: D.E. Seborg, T.F. Edgar, D.A. Mellichamp: Process Dynamics and Control, Wiley, 1989.
CH4203K Plant Design Fundamentals 4.5 cr.
52065 Autumn: 2F + 2Øu + 1D Professor Norvald Nesse
Introductory course to process design projects, covering the following topics: What is a project? Project development phases and their contents. Economy: Investment, operating cost, rentability. Plant design: Mass and heat balances using computer programs, flowsheets and other process documentation. Selection and sizing of plant equipment. Standards and construction codes. Process safety, pollution control, environmental protection.
Course material: Max S. Peters and Klaus D. Timmerhaus: Plant Design and Economics for Chemical Engineers, 4th edition, McGraw-Hill, N.Y. 1991. or J.M. Coulson, J.F. Richardsson, R.K. Sinnott: Chemical Engineering. Vol. 6 Design, Pergamon Press Oxford 1983. or J.M. Douglas: Conceptual Design of Chemical Processes, McGraw-Hill, N.Y. 1988.
CH4204K Absorption Processes 6 cr.
52036 Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 2D Professor Olav Erga
Gas absorption with chemical reaction, including design of reactors (towers) with emphasis on treatment of natural gas (CO2, H2S), and industrial gases (HF, SO2, etc.). Dehydration of gases by absorption.
Course material: O. Levenspiel: Chemical Reaction Engineering, 2nd edition, Wiley 1972 Chapter 13. O. Levenspiel: The Chemical Reactor Omnibook, OSU Book Stores Inc. Corvallis Oregon 1989. Selected chapters. G. Astarita et al.: Gas Treating with Chemical Solvents, Wiley 1983, Selected chapters. O. Erga: Tower Packings for Destillation, Absorption and Extraction Columns. Notes. Selected papers.
CH4205K Chemical Engineering Laboratory, Project Work 8 cr.
52075 Autumn: 13Øu Professor Gunnar Thorsen
A research project related to ongoing research activities (process modelling, separation processes, reaction engineering, etc.). The students work in groups of two and emphasis is put on the groups' ability to work independently, carrying out the four phases in the project work, problem definition, planning, execution and evaluation. The evaluation of the work is based on the technical report written by the group.
Course material: Part I: Individually adapted material, depending on the actual project.
Part II: Textbook from courses 52041 and 52052.
CH4206K Chemical Engineering, Plant Design 14 cr.
52073 Spring: 1Øu + 21Øs Professor Norvald Nesse
Project work during which the students use a given product or a process function to do the following: Decide on a process on the basis of preliminary feasibility studies. Develop process design basis and prepare a process flow diagram. Calculate material- and energy balances. Discuss safety factors and environment control aspects. Estimate investment, operating cost and process rentability.
Course material: Textbooks, general manuals, scientific journals etc.
CH4207K Mass and Heat Transfer 6 cr.
52034 Professor Hallvard Svendsen
Autumn: 2F + 4Øu + 2 Øs
Diffusion in dilute and concentrated fluids, the Fick and Stefan-Maxwell equations, shell balances velocity and concentration profiles, dispersion. Generalized equations of change for mass and momentum. Unsteady diffusion in porous materials, laminar and turbulent boundary layers, mass transfer modes. Simultaneous heat- and mass transfer, transfer analogies.
Course material: Cussler, E.L.: Diffusion Mass Transfer in fluid systems.
CH4208K Wood Pulping Chemistry and Fibre Physics 6 cr.
52006 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu + 2D Professor Torbjørn Helle
The course gives background for understanding the chemical processes used in the pulping industry. It covers the constitution of wood and fibres in relation to their use as raw materials in the pulp industry, the detailed chemical and physical properties of the constituents of wood, viz. cellulose, semi-cellulose, lignin and extractive, the chemical processes in the different cooking methods (sulphite, sulphate, semi-chemical, semi-mechanical), the chemical basis for the bleaching of pulps, the production of viscose rayon and cellulose derivatives.
Course material: P.K. Christensen, L. Hegbom, P.J. Houen: Compendia.
CH4209KE Process Synthesis 6 cr.
52057 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu + 2D Professor Kristian Lien
Systematic methods for developing process flowsheets (choice of unit operations, their interconnection and the most important process conditions) for new processes as well as the retrofit of existing plants. Subtopics are reactor and separation synthesis, heat integration and design of heat exchanger networks, optimal utility systems, heat pumps, power production, economic trade-offs, operability, method (Pinch Technology), use of Mathematical Programming and heuristic rules for design.
Course material: J.M. Douglas: Conceptual Design of Chemical Processes, McGraw-Hill, New York 1988. B. Lindhoff et al.: A Users Guide on Process Integration for the Efficient Use of Energy, The Institution of Chemical Engineers (IChemE), Rugby, UK 1982. T. Gundersen: The Use of Mathematical Programming in Process Synthesis 2nd edition, Chem. Eng. Dept., NTH, September 1991.
CH4210K Paper Technology, Advanced Course 6 cr.
52015 Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 2D Professor Torbjørn Helle
Stock preparation and technical refining of stock blends. The principles and practical layouts for process water systems to achieve process stability and minimize discharge of effluent. The unit operation of making paper; the approach flow and headbox; the forming section, the press and dryer sections, and the finishing of paper. Wet end chemistry. Additives and their effects on process and products. Fibre recovery and process water treatment. Control systems.
Course material: G.A. Smook, ed.: Handbook for pulp and paper technologists. T. Helle: Compendia.
CH4211K Wood Pulping Chemistry and Technology, Advanced Course 6 cr.
52017 Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 2D To be decided
The course consists of further study of the morphology and chemistry of wood with special reference to pulp industry processes: Sulphite, sulphate, semi-chemical, chemi-mechanical, thermo-mechanical and groundwood pulping and bleaching, the technology of these processes, screening and further treatment of the pulp, recovery of the cooking chemicals and properties of papermaking pulps, with special reference to the raw material and the pulping process. Pollution and environmental protection. One semester.
Course material: G.A. Smook: Handbook for pulp and paper technologists. P.K. Christensen, compendium. P.J. Houen, compendium.
CH4212K Selected Separation Processes in Gas- and Liquid Systems 6 cr.
52023 Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 2Øs Professor Norvald Nesse
The course will mainly focus on membrane separations and adsorption: Separations in multicomponent systems in general. Membrane separations: Membranes and membrane-based processes. Transport in membranes. Concentration polarization and fouling. Types of membrane separation plants. Microfiltration, ultrafiltration, reverse osmosis, gas separation and other membrane separation techniques. Adsoption: Adsorbents and adsorption mechanisms. Adsorption kinetics. Diffusion in microporous media. Adsorption and desorption in packed beds. Industrial adsorption processes.
Course material: Marcel Mulder: "Basic principles of membrane technology", Kluwer Acad. Publishers, Dordrecht 1991. Parts of: Motoyuki Suzuki: Adsorption engineering, Elsevier, Amsterdam 1990. and/or: Douglas M. Ruthven: Principles of adsorption and adsorption processes, John Wiley & Sons, N.Y., 1984. Selected journal articles.
CH4213KE Process Calculations 6 cr.
52045 Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 2D Professor Terje Hertzberg
Process modelling, conservation principles, constitutive relations from thermodynamics, transport phenomena and reaction kinetics. Solution of non-linear equations, Solution of dynamic systems. Analyses of structures to facilitate solutions. Flowsheet computations.
Course material: To be decided.
CH4301KG Corrosion Basics and Engineering 6 cr.
53523 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu + 2D Professor Kemal Nisancioglu
The course gives theoretical background in principal corrosion processes, protection methods, and selection of materials with practical applications. The course includes the following topics: Thermodynamics: Potential-pH diagrams. Kinetics: Mixed potential theory, passivity, effect of mass transfer. High temperature corrosion and oxidation. Types of corrosion, causes, and mechanisms. Electrochemical, fracture-mechanical and biological aspects of localized corrosion. Environmental factors. Corrosion protection: Electrochemical methods, surface treatment, use of inhibitors, and design against corrosion. Properties and selection of materials. Corrosion measurement and monitoring.
Course material: Compendium.
CH4302KG Electrolytic Processes 6 cr.
53541 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu + 2D Professor Jomar Thonstad
The theoretical basis for electrolytic processes, principles of cell design, material selection, energy balances, properties of molten salts. The major electrolytic processes in aqueous media and in molten salts are described, as well as electroplating and batteries. The aluminium process is described in some detail.
Course material: Compendium.
CH4303K Electrochemistry Laboratory Course, Project Work 9 cr.
53565 Autumn: 2Øu + 12Øs Associate Professor Åsmund Sterten
Application of electrochemical methods in the study of electrode reaction. Important areas: Metal deposition and dissolution reactions, gas evolving reactions and various types of corrosion reactions. Impurities. Current and mass transport. Limiting currents.
Course material: Compendium.
CH4304K Electrochemical Engineering 4.5 cr.
53524 Spring: 2F + 2Øu + 1D Professor Kemal Nisancioglu
The course gives an introduction to mechanisms of transport in electrochemical systems with applications aimed towards the design of electrolysis cells, batteries and fuel cells, and cathodic protection systems. The following topics are covered: Properties of electrolytes: Dilute solution theory, concentrated solution theory. Current distribution and mass transfer in electrochemical systems: Convective diffusion, primary-, secondary- and tertiary-current distribution, implications to electrode and cell design and to corrosion processes and their control. Introduction to relevant numerical methods.
Course material: Handouts - lecture notes.
CH4305K Electrochemical Kinetics 7 cr.
53546 Spring: 3F + 3Øu + 2D Professor Reidar Tunold
The electrical double layer, interfacial tensions, adsorption. Electrode kinetics, charge transfer, mechanisms. Solid state electrochemistry, semiconductor electrochemistry. Electro-crystallization, Electrocatalysis; The hydrogen- and oxygen - electrode. Fuel cells, energy transformation. Transport properties, non-stationary diffusion. Measuring methods, AC-impedance and transient methods, rotating disc electrode.
Course material: R. Tunold: Electrochemical Kinetics, Kompendium 1993.
CH4306K Industrial Electrochemistry, Student Project 12 cr.
53571 Spring: 2Øu + 17Øs Teachers at the Department
Coord.: Professor Kemal Nisancioglu
Group projects related to the design and economical evaluation of electrochemical and corrosion control processes including selection of materials.
Course material: Depends on the type of project work.
CH4401K Biochemistry and Microbiology Laboratory, Project Work 7.5 cr.
54084 Autumn: 1F + 8Øu + 2Øs Professor Sverre Myklestad
During the first couple of weeks lectures will be given and demonstrations carried out. Then there is independent project work comprising current methods in microbiology and biochemistry.
Course material: Laboratory manuals available.
CH4402K Biotechnology Laboratory, Project Work 7 cr.
54087 Spring: 10Øu + 1Øs Teachers at the Department
Coord.: Professor Hans Grasdalen
Experimental methods in biotechnology with a specific focus on techniques that pertain to biochemistry/ microbiology, biopolymers, molecular genetics, biochemical engineering, food chemistry, and aquaculture.
Course material: Laboratory manuals available.
CH4403KF Microbiology 6 cr.
54028 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu + 1Øs + 1D Professor Arne Strøm
Eucaryotic and prokaryotic cell. Nutrition; growth and environmental effects. Ecological analysis. Microbial genetics and mutagenesis. Virus. Eubacteria and archaeibacteria in fermentation, aerobic and anaerobic respiration. Photosynthetic, chemolithotrophic and nitrogen-fixing bacteria. Aspects of fungi, algae, protozoa. Microbial ecology. Compulsory laboratory exercises in microscopy, enrichments and isolation of microorganisms.
Course material: Thomas D. Brock and Michael T. Madigan: Biology of microorganisms, Prentice-Hall Int., 7th edition 1994.
CH4404K Biochemical Engineering 7.5 cr.
54046 Autumn: 3F + 4Øu + 2D Professor David W. Levine
Fermentation technology, food technology, enzymes and downstream processes: Oxygen transfer, material balances, metabolic control, scale-up. Immobilized biocatalyst reactors and transport phenomena, unit operations in product recovery. Laboratory exercises with relevant laboratory and pilot scale equipment. Due to limited capasity, the course can only be taken with permission from the Department.
Course material: David W. Levine: Selected Topics in Biochemical Engineering, NTH 1979 (revised). Enfors and Häggström: Bioprocess Technology, Fundamentals and Applications.Class handouts. In addition information will be given at the start of the course.
CH4405KF Molecular Genetics 7 cr.
54055 Spring: 3F + 3Øu + 1Øs + 1D Professor Svein Valla
Transformation, conjugation and transduction, plasmid, bacteriophages and mobile genetic elements. Gene mapping. DNA damage and mutations. Gene expression and gene regulation. Recombinant DNA technology: Principles and applications with special emphasis on plasmid, vector constructions and gene expression in recombinant organisms.
Course material: James D. Watson et al. "Recombinant DNA: A Short Course" 2nd edition W.H. Freeman and Company. Selected parts of other textbooks.
CH4406K Biochemical Engineering, Plant Design 10 cr.
54086 Spring: 8Øu + 8Øs Professor David W. Levine
Design of plant for and economic analyses of biochemical process. Students choose basic process elements from the literature and develop flow diagrams, choose and dimension major equipment. Mass and energy balances, capital cost estimating, process internal rate of return calculations, sensitivity analyses. Group work, 2-4 students.
Course material: Class handouts.
CH4407K Environmental Biotechnology 6 cr.
54032 Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 1Øs + 1D Professor Kjetil Østgaard
Basic subjects include microbial growth and metabolism, important biological processes and microbial ecology. Applied subjects concentrate on biological water and wastewater treatment; including wastewater, ecological wastewater systems, activated sludge, biofilm systems, anaerobic systems, nutrient (N and P) removal, toxic and xenobiotic compounds, mathematical modelling. Additional subjects include biological gas cleaning, solid wastes and biomass, biogas, S removal, oil, land treatment, biosensors and bioassays, new products and processes, future trends.
Course material: K. Østgaard: Miljøteknologi (in Norwegian).
CH4408K Microbial Physiology 6 cr.
54029 Spring: 4F + 2D Professor Arne Strøm
Energy/assimilation metabolism of photosynthetic, chemolithotrophic, fermentative bacteria related to anaerobic respiration, some special aerobic bacteria, physiological basis for thermophily, halophily, acido- and alkalophily, storage polymers (polyhydroxyalkansates). Carbonhydrate metabolism and synthsis of secondary metabolites in fungi. Biomass production, successions and exudation in certain groups of algae.
Course material: Thomas D. Brock and Michael T. Madigan: Biology of microorganisms, Prentice-Hall Int., 7th edition 1994. D.R. Berry, ed.: Physiology of Industrial Fungi, Blackwell Sci. Publ., 1988. Hand-out material.
CH4409K Food Chemistry 6 cr.
54040 Spring: 4F + 2D To be decided
The components of food: Carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, colours, flavours, vitamins and water. A more detailed study of some important foodstuffs: Meat, fish, milk and milk products. Fruit and vegetables. Quality degrading processes in foods, food hygiene, additives, preservatives and food preservation. Sensory analysis. Diet and nutrition.
Course material: A. Skulberg: Næringsmiddelteknologi, Landbruksforlaget 1988. Sensorisk studiegruppe: Sensorisk Analyse, Univ.forlaget 1977. Viggo Mohr: Muskelvevet i kjøtt og fisk. (All in Norwegian.) T.P. Coultate: Food, The Chemistry of its components, The Royal Society of Chemistry, Second edition 1988.
CH4410KB Marine Production 6 cr.
54060 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu + 2D To be decided
Introduction to marine environment. Primary production, food chains, marine raw materials. Cultivation of plants and animals in the sea. Marine fish-farming. Farming of Atlantic salmon, technology, feed, breeding programs, diseases, pollution, research.
Course material: T. Gjedrem: Fiskeoppdrett med Fremtid. A. Jensen and T. Strømgren: Det Marine Miljø. Compendium. (Both in Norwegian.)
CH4501K Heterogeneous Equilibria and Phase Diagrams 6 cr.
50533 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu + 2D Professor Jan Lützow Holm
Thermodynamics and Phase Equilibria. The Phase Rule. One-component systems. Solid Phase Transitions. Two-components systems. Ternary systems. Quaternary systems. Phase diagrams for ceramists: Theories applied on technical important oxide-nitride- and silicate systems.
Course material: H. Flood: Høytemperaturkjemi 1 (in Norwegian), Tapir 1980, and printed handouts.
CH4502KG Refractories 5.5 cr.
50542 Spring: 2F + 3Øu + 2D Associate Professor Kjell Wiik
Raw materials. Fired refractories. Monolithic. Mechanical properties at high temperatures. Slag resistance. Oxidation and reduction. Thermomechanical spalling. Influence of impurities on different properties. Mineral phase composition. Testing methods. Thermal conductivity and heat loss.
Course material: As above.
CH4503K Structure of Inorganic Materials 7.5 cr.
50544 Autumn: 4F + 2Øu + 2D Associate Professor Mari-Ann Einarsrud
Bonding models, electron and atom structure in metals, ionic compounds, molecular compounds (symmetry and stereochemistry) and glass. Non-stoichiometry and defect structures. Phase transition. Relations between structure and the properties of materials. Chemical, mechanical, thermal, electrical, magnetic and optical.
Course material: To be decided.
CH4504K Experimental Techniques in Inorganic Materials Science 12.5 cr.
50570 Autumn: 2F + 6Øu + 10Øs Associate Professor Tor Grande
The attainment and control of high temperatures. Vacuum technique. Experimental methods for the characterization of solid phases and heterogeneous equilibria. Experimental methods in ceramic science.
Course material: Compendium.
CH4505KG Ceramics 7.5 cr.
50537 Spring: 4F + 2Øu + 2D Associate Professor Mari-Ann Einarsrud
There are two main subjects: Materials properties and processing to obtain these properties. Types of materials: Silicates, oxides, carbides, nitrides, sialons, composite materials. Properties: Hardness, wear resistance, tensile strength and fracture toughness in relation to phase composition and microstructure (grain size, secondary phase, porosity), thermal, electrical, magnetic and optical properties. Processing: Synthetic powders, powder technology, green body forming by pressing, slip casting etc., sintering processes.
Course material: D.W.Richerson: Modern Ceramic Engineering, Marcel Dekker Inc., New York, 1992.
In addition comes other litterature to be decided.
CH4506K Applied Thermodynamics 2 5.5 cr.
50558 Autumn: 2F + 3Øu + 2D Professor Harald A. Øye
Application of thermodynamics on real gases, liquids, non-ideal mixtures and metallurgical equilibria. System examples: Non-polar liquids, molten salt mixtures. Emphasis on use of computer programs.
Course material: H.A. Øye: Applied Thermodynamics II, compendium.
CH4507K Inorganic or Solid State Chemical Processes, Research Project 16.5 cr.
50577 Spring: 1Øu + 25Øs Professor Harald A. Øye
Experimental, theoretical or industrial project. Often related to on-going research within the fields light metal production, material science, inorganic chemistry, catalysis, spectroscopy or radio ecology. Emphasis on oral and written presentation.
Course material: None.
CH4601K Physical Organic Chemistry 5.5 cr.
51052 Autumn: 3F + 1Øu + 2D Associate Professor Per Carlsen
The purpose of this course is to provide a deeper understanding of the basic principles of structures and mechanisms in organic reactions and physical organic chemistry. Included in the curriculum is the elementary MO-theory, physical organic methods and principles, acid-base and elimination-substitution and rearrangement reactions.
Course material: F.A. Carey and R.J. Sundberg: Advance Organic Chemistry, Part A, Structure and Mechanisms, 3rd edition, Plenum 1990.
CH4602K Nuclear Magnetic Resonance in Organic Chemistry 5.5 cr.
51028 Autumn: 3F + 1Øu + 1Øs + 1D To be decided
The aim of this course is to provide an overview of the fundamental principles and methods applied in practical NMR studies of structural and dynamic properties of organic molecules.
Course material: H. Friebolin: Basic One-and Two-Dimensional NMR Spectroscopy, Sec. ed. VCH 1993. E.Brutmaier: Structure Glucidation by NMR in Organic Chemestry.
CH4603K Natural Products Chemistry, Basic Course 5 cr.
51035 Autumn: 3F + 1Øu + 1D Associate Professor Helge Kjøsen
The course expands on the chemistry and biochemistry of natural products beyond that of the basic organic chemistry courses (nos. 51011 and 51013). The following classes of compounds are treated: Carbohydrates, Shikimates, Polyketides, Terpenes and Steroids, Amino acids and Proteins, Alkaloids, Nucleic acids, and Tetrapyrroles.
Course material: Lecture notes.
CH4604K Chromatography in Organic Chemistry 7 cr.
51051 Autumn: 3F + 4Øu + 1D Associate Professor Anne Fiksdahl
The course will give a theoretical and practical introduction to the principles and methods of chromatographic separation. Chromatographic theory, adsorption and partition chromatography will be discussed and the course covers the most usual chromatographic techniques; thin layer chromatography (TLC), column chromatography, gas chromatography (GC), high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) as well as other special techniques.
Course material: Greibrokk, T., Karlsen, J. and Rasmussen, K.E.: Kronmatografi (chromatography) (in Norwegian), 2nd edition, Universitetsforlaget, Oslo 1992.
CH4605K Applied Organic Spectrometric Analysis, Project Work 7.5 cr.
51082 Autumn: 2Øu + 10Øs Associate Professor Helge Kjøsen
Purity criteria by HPLC and/or GC are recorded for unknown compounds which are to be identified by means of self-registered UV/VIS-, IR-, 1H and 13C-NMR, CD/ORD-, and mass spectra. The results are reported.
Course material: Handouts.
CH4606K Organic Synthesis, Laboratory 11.5 cr.
51074 Spring: 15Øu + 3Øs Associate Professor Per Carlsen
The goal in this laboratory course is to teach the student the practical skills required in modern organic synthetic chemistry. The student is required to perform a number of syntheses including some multi-step preparations. Products must be analysed and evaluated using modern analysis techniques. Reports are written for each synthesis.
Course material: L.M. Harwood, C.S. Moodey: Experimental Organic Chemistry, Principles and practice, Blackwell, Oxford 1989.
CH4607K Organic Synthesis, Advanced Course 8 cr.
51076 Spring: 4F + 1Øu + 2Øs + 2D Professor Jan Bakke
The course will give an overview of important synthetic methods in organic chemistry. Special emphasis will be given to reactions which have not been treated in detail before and which are important for the design of organic molecules. Syntehsis architecture and strategy will be the subject of tutorials.
Course material: F.A. Carey and R.J. Sundberg: Advanced Organic Chemistry Part B, Reactions and Synthesis, 3rd edition, Plenum 1990. S. Warren: Designing Organic Syntheses, Wiley 1978.
CH4608K Industrial Organic Chemistry, Research Projects 10.5 cr.
51091 Spring: 1Øu + 16Øs Associate Professor Per Carlsen
The purpose of this course is training the student in evaluating industrial organic chemical processes, and is thus relevant for organic chemist planning to work in an industrial environment. A proposal must be produced evaluating the synthesis of a given product, taking into account product purities, costs, hazards, environmental considerations etc. Alternative routes may be evaluated in order to propose the most effective synthesis. The project will usually be relevant for industrial purposes.
Course material: Lecture notes and literature references.
CH4701K Chemical Environmental Analysis 5 cr.
51544 Autumn: 2F + 4Øu Associate Professor Oddvin Herstad
Sampling methodology, selection of methods for various investigations, analytical monitoring and supervision, chemical speciation. Bio-sensors, immuno-techniques, radiochemical methods, indicator-organisms. Examples of environmental poisons and their analysis. The experimental exercises comprise selected methods applied to environmental measurements (GC-MS, ion chromatography, potentiometric and voltametric methods, spectrophotometry).
Course material: To be decided.
CH4702K Irreversible Thermodynamics 5.5 cr.
51508 Autumn: 2F + 1Øu + 4D Professor Signe Kjelstrup Ratkje
The coupled transport of charge, mass and heat is described, Liquid junctions and membrane transport phenomena are central. Electric potentials are calculated.
Course material: K.S. Førland, T. Førland and S.K. Ratkje: Irreversible thermodynamics. Theory and application, Chichester Wiley 1988.
CH4703K Chemometrics 6 cr.
51542 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu + 2D To be decided
Chemometrics is the chemical discipline that applies mathematical and statistical methods for design and optimization of measurements and experimental procedures and for optimally providing relevant chemical information from observed data. This course comprises e.g. multivariate calibration, cluster analysis, selected optimization methods, principal component analysis with applications.
Course material: To be decided.
CH4704K Physical Chemistry and Instrumental Analysis, 5 cr.
Advanced Laboratory Course, Project Work
51582 Autumn: 4Øu + 4Øs Assistant Professor Terje Bruvoll
The laboratory exercises illustrate selected topics in irreversible thermodynamics, theoretical chemistry, chemometrics, process analytical chemistry or environmental analysis.
Course material: None.
CH4705K Physical Chemistry and Instrumental Analysis, 14 cr.
Advanced Research, Project
51572 Spring: 4Øu + 18Øs Associate Professor Oddvin Herstad
This research project is based on participation in a research project or part of a research programme in the areas: Classical and statistical thermodynamics applied to solutions. Irreversible thermodynamics applied to transport processes. Molecular and structure analysis. Computer assisted instrumental analysis; chemical sensors, measurement processes, instrumentation problems and applications. Analytical methods; development, optimization and applications, in particular for process and environmental analytical chemistry. Chemometrics (application of information technological tools for obtaining relevant information from observed data). Studies of multicomponent systems, in particular coupled equilibria.
Course material: None.
CH4801K Polymer Chemistry 1 5 cr.
52553 Autumn: 3F + 1Øu + 1D Professor Arvid Berge
The intention is to give an introduction to the chemistry and methods of preparation of polymers and a description of their physical properties. Important items are: polymerization kinetics, step growth polymerization, radical polymerization, structure, intermolecular forces, methods of characterization, physical properties.
Course material: F.W. Billmeyer: Textbook of Polymer Science, 3rd edition 1984.
CH4802K Polymer Chemistry 2 8.5 cr.
52554 Spring: 4F + 2Øu + 2Øs + 2D Professor Arvid Berge
Adjunct Professor Erling Rytter
Coordinator: Professor Arvid Berge
Different types of polymerization processes, their kinetics, mechanisms and thermodynamics are treated. Radical and ionic polymerization, polymerization with complex catalyst systems, co-polyolefines. Suspension and emulsion polymerization. Thermodynamics of polymer blends and solutions. Polyolefines, Ziegler-Natta catalyzis, description of commercial reactors and processes including modelling/simulation, physical properties, specialty products.
Course material: Compendia in copolymerization, emulsion polymerization, thermodynamics, polyolefin chemistry (in Norwegian).
CH4803K Reaction Kinetics and Catalysis (Heterogeneous Systems) 6 cr.
52535 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu + 2D Professor Anders Holmen
Catalyst preparation and characterization. Adsorption, desorption, surface area and porosity. Adsorption isotherms. Kinetics of adsorption, desorption and reaction. Langmuir-Hinschelwood, Eley-Rideal and the theory of absolute reaction rates. Particle-interior and exterior mass and heat transfer. Influence of diffusion on kinetics. Geometric factors, electronic factors. Mechanisms of catalysis. Characterization of catalysts.
Course material: Compendium.
CH4804K Industrial Process Chemistry, Plant Design 15 cr.
52571 Autumn: 1Øu + 23Øs Assistant Professor Bjørn Jenssen
Industrial process chemistry, plant design. Process design. Mass, energy and equipment calculation. Cost estimates, investment analysis. Groups of 3 students.
Course material: None.
CH4805K Reaction Kinetics and Catalysis (Homogeneous Systems) 6 cr.
52532 Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 2D Associate Professor Egil Haanæs
Reaction kinetics and catalysis (homogeneous systems). Theories of reaction rates: collision theory, transition state theory. Elementary gas-phase reactions. Chain reactions. Reactions in solution. Solvent effects on reaction rate. Homogeneous catalysis. Acid/base catalysis. Multifuctional catalysis. Transition metal complex catalysis. Phase transfer catalysis. Reaction mechanisms.
Course material: Compendium.
CH4806K Industrial Process Chemistry, Laboratory, Project Work 9 cr.
52580 Spring: 12Øu + 2Øs Assistant Professor Olav Tronstad
Industrial process chemistry, laboratory, project work. Technical-chemical analysis in connection with research being done at the Department of Industrial Chemistry. Groups of 2 - 3 students.
Course material: None.
CH4807K Petrochemistry 1 (Raw Materials to Basic Feedstock) 6 cr.
52591 Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 2D Adjunct Professor Odd A. Rokstad
Raw materials to fuels and petrochemicals. Basic building block processes for petrochemicals. Refinery processes. Pyrolysis. Steam reforming. Catalytic cracking. Isomerization. Alkylation. Catalytic reforming. Production and use of hydrogen. Hydrotreating. Hydrocracking. Ammonia synthesis. Application of chemical principles is emphasized in the production of important chemicals from petroleum.
Course material: Compendium.
CH4808K Natural Gas as Chemical Feedstock/Petrochemistry 2 5 cr.
52594 Spring: 1F + 5Øs + 1D Professor Olav T. Onsager
Natural gas as chemical feedstock/Petrochemistry 2. A survey of natural gas resources in the Norwegian part of the North Sea and the potential use of natural gas as a chemical feedstock. Use of the lower olefins, ethene and propene, in the chemical industry.
Course material: K. Weissermel/H.J. Arpe: Industrial Organic Chemistry, Verlag Chemie. Compendium.
FACULTY OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING AND COMPUTER SCIENCE
EE1101E(BE)
Digital Design 5 cr.
44048 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu Assistant Professor Tormod Njølstad
Introduction to analysis and design of combinational and sequential digital circuits. Boolean algebra, methods of simplification, number systems, coding, binary arithmetics, arithmetic circuits, combinational circuits, sequential circuits, flip-flops, counters, shift registers, memories, state machines.
Course material: M. Morris Mano: Digital Design, Prentice Hall, Inc., 2nd edition 1991.
EE1102E(BE)
Electric Circuit Laboratory 1 2.5 cr.
40013 Spring: 4Øu Professor Asgaut Rein
Senior engineer Tønnes Pedersen
Coord.: Senior engineer Tønnes Pedersen
Practical use of equipment and methods for measuring on electrical and electronic circuits.
Course material: Compendium. Instrument descriptions and component data.
EE1103E(BE)
Electric Circuits 12 cr.
40050 Autumn: 2F + 2Øu,Spring: 4F + 5Øu Professor Arne Rønnekleiv
Associate Professor Olve Mo
Coord.: Professor Arne Rønnekleiv
Introduction to basic circuit analysis, circuit elements and microelectronic components. Kirchhoff laws, resistive circuits,. Capacitance, inductance. Natural and step response of RC-, RL- and RLC-circuits. Resonance, frequency response. Sinusoidal analysis, phasor diagrams. Operational amplifiers, basic operation and use. Semiconducters, diodes and transistors (field effect and bipolar junction), description based on simple semiconductor models, simple circuit models and application in rectifiers, transistors as a switch, amplifiers, inverters and other port circuits.
Course material: James W .Nilsson: Electric Circuits, Addison-Wesley, Fourth Edition, 1993. Adel S. Sedra, Kenneth C. Smith: Microelectronic Circuits, Third edition, 1991, Saunders College Publishing.
EE1104E(BE)
Information Technology, Introduction 5 cr.
45005 Autumn: 1F + 2Øu + 4Øu Assistant Professor Roger Midtstraum
ENGLISH COURSE DESCRIPTION MISSING!
Course material: To be decided.
EE 1501AGBMEKF(MA)(BE)
Programming 10 cr.
45001 Autumn: 3F + 3Øu, Spring: 2F + 3Øu Assistant Professor Roger Midtstraum
The main parts of a computer system. Word processing, spreadsheet, computer graphics. The concept of an algorithm. Programming in PASCAL. Data-types, variables, expressions and assignments, simple input and output, control structures, procedures and functions, static and dynamic data-structures, use of secondary memory and program libraries. Advanced data-structures: stack, list, binary tree. Recursive problem specification and programming, documentation, testing and debugging.
Course material:
Walter J. Savitch: Turbo Pascal 7.0 , 4th ed. An Introduction to the Art and Science of Programming, The Benjamin/Cummings Publishing Company. Inc., 1993. Compendium, Grunnkurs databehandling (in Norwegian) 1996/97 Tapir.
EE1502E(BE)
Programming 7.5 cr.
45006 Spring: 2F + 2Øu + 6Øs Assistant Professor Roger Midtstraum
ENGLISH COURSE DESCRIPTION MISSING!
Course material: To be decided.
EE2101E Electric Circuit Laboratory 2 5 cr.
40021 Autumn: 4Øu, Spring: 4Øu Professor Asgaut Rein
Practical use of equipment and methods for measuring on electrical and electronic circuits. Computer with A/D- and D/A- converters is used to automate measurements and control.
Course material: Compendium. Instrument description and component data.
EE2102E Electric Power Supply 9 cr.
41212 Autumn: 2F + 2Øu ,Spring: 2F + 4Øu Professor Arne T. Holen
Course topics: The power system: generation, transmission, distribution and consumption of electric energy. Real and reactive power. Symmetric three-phase systems. Equivalent diagrams for transformers (two and three winding) and transmission lines. Rated values and per unit values. Node admittance description of power systems. Voltage and power balance, power flow analysis based on Newton-Raphson. Voltage and current measurements. Graphic documentation of components and systems. Drawings by manual and CAD methods.
Course material: Compendia.
EE2103EF Control Engineering 5.5 cr.
43012 Spring: 3F + 3Øu Assistant Professor Trond Andresen
An introduction to the theory and practice of control systems: Mathematical description of continuous, dynamic systems by means of differential equations. State space analysis with vector differential equations. Block diagrams. The Laplace transformation and frequencey response analysis. Stability of feedback systems. Design of control systems with compensation, feedforward and cascade control. The methods are illustrated with examples from process control and servo mechanisms. Briefely on descrete control of continuous systems.
Course material: Notes (in Norwegian) from the Department.
EE2104E Electromagnetics 8.5 cr.
44015 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu ,Spring: 2F + 2Øu Professor Sayan D. Mukherjee
Electrostatics. Capacitance. Electrostatic energy. Magnetostatics. Inductance. Transmission line theory. Electrodynamics. Quasi-static phenomena. Magnetic forces. Electromotive force in moving systems. Maxwell's equations. Wave propagation in dielectries. Elementary guided wave theory.
Course material: L.O.Svaasand: Forelesningsnotater i Elektromagnetisme. S.V. Marshall, G.G. Skitek: Electromagnetic Concepts & Applications, Prentice Hall, Inc.
(The course will be given in English)
EE2105E(BE)
Analog Electronic Circuits 4.5 cr.
44032 Autumn: 2F + 3Øu Associate Professor Jon H. Torp
Analyses and construction of analog electronic circuits. Use of diodes, transistors and operational amplifier. Models and equivalent circuits. Small-signal theory and amplifiers. Simulation by computer programs.
Course material: Sedra/Smith: Microelectronic Circuits. Third Edition 1990. Saunders College Publishing.
EE2106E Computers, Basic Course 4.5 cr.
45023 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu Assistant Professor Jan Anders Mathisen
The course gives an introduction to understanding the inner workings of computer systems. Historical foundation of modern computers. Computer design on the gate-, register- and processor levels. Information representation, instructionsets and coding, addressing modes. Processor architectures, RISC/CISC. Data processing unit: architecture, control points and implementation. Control unit -behaviour, microprogrammed and hardwired implementation. Training on a simulated microprogrammed computer. Arithmetic - fixed point and floating point. Memory technology and -systems (virtual memory and cache). I/O - systems with DMA and interrupts. General introduction to assembly language programming using 80x86/MSDOS as an example. Interaction between high level programs and assembly language motives.
Course material: To be decided.
EE2107E Electric Circuit Laboratory 2 4.5 cr.
40022 Autumn: 4Øu, Spring: 4Øu Senior engineer Tønnes Pedersen
Practical use of equipment and methods for measuring on electrical and electronic circuits. Computer with A/D- and D/A-converters is used to automatize measurements and control.
Course material: Compendium. Instrument descriptions and component data.
EE2108E(BE)
Electric Circuit Laboratory 2 2.5 cr.
40023 Autumn: 4Øu Professor Peder J. Emstad
Practical use of equipment and methods for automatized measurements of digital and analog electronic circuits. i.e. operational amplifiers, sequential circuits, A/D- and D/A-converters, transistors. Interrupt handling, display of signal variations with time.
Course material: Orientation and exercises published by the Department.
EE2109E Theory of Electromagnetic Fields, Basic Course 3.5 cr.
44014 Autumn: 2F + 2Øu Professor Lars O. Svaasand
The fundamental principles for electric circuit components such as resistors. Capacitors and inductor are presented together with a discussion on wave propagation in cables and radiation from dipole antennas.
Course material: Printed lecture notes; information about supplementary literature will be given at the start of the course.
EE2110EBMF(BE)
Algorithms and Datastructures 4.5 cr.
45011 Autumn: 2F + 3Øu Professor Arne Halaas
The course gives an introduction to methods for analysing and realizing general datastructures and algorithms. Methods for analysing time-efficiency of algorithms, in particular for recursive problems, abstract data-types, sorting and searching, tree structures and networks, shortest-path problems, network flow and dynamic programming Selected algorithms for geometric problems and text searching. Introduction to NP-complete problems.
Course material: Cormen, Leiserson, Rivest: Introduction to Algorithms, The MIT Press. (Selected parts)
EE2111EBF(BE)
Programming Methods 5 cr.
45012 Spring: 2F + 4Øu Professor Reidar Conradi
Introduction of C and C++, specification, and construction of programs, object-oriented programming abstract data types, modules with separate specification (interface) and implementation part. Techniques for program and system development. The course also includes quality assurance and maintenance. Compulsory project work is required.
Course material: Marco Cantú and Steve Tendon: "Borland C++ 4.0 Object-oriented Programming. Random House, 1994, 576p. Internal compendium.
EE2112E Computer Laboratory 2 2 cr.
45053 Autumn: 2Øu ,Spring: 2Øu Assistant Professor Jan Anders Mathisen
Based on 45023 Computers, basic course. The practical aspects of hardware design and low-level programming are introduced. Assembly language programming on PCs, and low-level programming using standard high-level languages is presented. Basic computer hardware design is carried out using field programmable logic.
Course material: Course material prepared by the teaching staff.
EE3001M Basic Electrical Engineering 5 cr.
41315 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu Professor Lars Norum
The purpose of the course is to present the basic theory of practice in electrical engineering to students with many different types of backgrounds. The material is presented to give students an understanding of the theory of electric circuits and systems for use in broad range of applications, the following specific topics are covered: Fundamental electrical circuit theory and definition of ideal circuit elements. Analyses of stationary AC-circuits. Electronic components and circuits. Power electronic circuits. Electro-mechanics. Electrical motor drives.
Course material: Lars Norum: Elektroteknikk. Kurskompendium Inst. for elkraftteknikk. (in Norwegian).
EE3002GM(BE)
Control Engineering 6 cr.
43021 Spring: 3F + 3Øu Assistant Professor Trond Andresen
An introduction to the theory and practice of control systems: Mathematical description of continuous, dynamic systems by means of differential equations. State space analysis with vector differential equations. Block diagrams. The Laplace transformation and frequencey response analysis. Stability of feedback systems. Design of control systems with compensation, feedforward and cascade control. The methods are illustrated with examples from process control and servo mechanisms. Briefely on descrete control of continuous systems. The course is slightly less mathematically demanding than the corresaponding course no. 43012.
Course material: Finn Haugen: Regulering av dynamiske systemer, Tapir, 1995 (in Norwegian). Also separate booklet with exercises.
EE3003(BE)M
Data Communication in Engineering 5.5 cr.
45353 Autumn: 2F + 3Øu + 2D Professor Steinar Andresen
Professor Ola Westby
Coord.: Professor Steinar Andresen
The course covers essential principles and standards of information management, concurrent engineering and information (knowledge) interchange between project participants, with special emphasis on large projects (e.g. large offshore projects in the North Sea). It also covers general principles of electronic data communications including the Open System Interconnection model, functional standards and local area networks.
Course material: Compendium and lecture notes. William Stallings, Richard van Slyke: Business Data Communications, second edition, MacMillan.
EE3004(BE) Laboratory 4 cr.
40033 Spring: 6Øu Associate Professor Olav B. Brusdal
For students in the 3rd year from Faculty of Economics and Industrial Management. Introduction to UNIX, tools for program development. Control of traffic lights by microcomputer. Data communication, protocols.
Course material: Compendium and various manuals.
EE3005B Electronics 8 cr.
42010 Spring: 3F + 2Øu Associate Professor Arnfinn Hage
Fundamentals and laws in Electronics: Ohms law, Kirchoffs laws. Amplitude and phase, wavelength and frequency, amplitude- and effect spectra etc. Electronic circuits: Impedances, filters, amplitude, oscillators, integrated circuits and logical circuits. Measuring instruments: Measuring of current and voltage. Measurement of time-variable signals. Communication channels: Lines, radio, optical fibres. Channel modification: Modulation of analog and digital signals, line codes, Radiation and wave extension: Antennas.
Course material: Arnfinn Hage: Compendium.
EE3201EF(BE)
Signal Processing 5.5 cr.
42033 Autumn: 3F + 3Øu Professor Tor A. Ramstad
Description of analog and discrete time signals through Fourier representations. Analog-to-digital-conversion. Linear systems: analog and digital filters, convolution, s-plane- og z-plane representations, frequency response. Applications and simulations.
Teaching format: Lectures, theoretical and computer simulation assignments.
Course material: To be decided
EE3202E Electronics Laboratory 5 cr.
42006 Autumn: 4Øu, Spring: 4Øu Associate Professor Kjell Aamo
Through measurements and experimental work on simple electronic circuits this course will elucidate important concepts in telecommunications like - amplitude- and phase responses, positive- and negative feedback, A/D and D/A conversion, encoding, analog- and digital filtering and modulation, phase-locked loops, synchronizing.
Course material: Compendium published by the Department.
EE3203E(BE)
Communication Theory 5.5 cr.
42035 Spring: 3F + 3Øu Professor Tor A. Ramstad
Stochastic prosesses, noice, information theory, signal compression, analog modulation and digital baseband transmitssion.
Course material: Simon Haykin, Communication Systems, 3e, John Wiley & sons, 1994
EE3301E(BE)
Monovariable Control Systems 5 cr.
43030 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu Assistant Professor Trond Andresen
Mathematical description of continuous and discrete stochastic processes. Description, analysis and control of monovariable linear systems excited by stochastic processes. Discrete representation of continuous signals and systems. Discrete control of deterministic and stochastic systems. Discrete Fourier Transform, spectral estimation. Filtering and elementary signal processing.
Course material: Notes published by the Department.
EE3302E(BE)
Modelling and Simulation of Continuous Time Systems 7.5 cr.
43045 Autumn: 2F + 2Øu ,Spring: 2F + 2Øu Professor Rolf Henriksen
Conservation laws. Constitutive equations. Thermodynamics. Dimensional analysis. Dynamic models. Process modelling. Lagrange mechanics. Mechanical systems. Systems modelling. System analysis. Linear difference equation. Runge-Kutta methods. Adams methods. Error analysis. Predictor-Corrector methods. Stiff systems methods. Ordinary differential equations. Partial differential equations. Weighted residual methods. Finite difference methods.
Course material: Compendia published by the Department.
EE3303E(BE)
Multivariable Control Systems 5 cr.
43110 Spring: 3F + 2Øu Professor Bjarne Foss
Design and analysis methods for multivariable control systems. Background which is necessary: Control synthesis and analysis based on the Laplace domain, and the time domain for monovariable systems. Topics: Systems theory for multivariable systems including frequency domain methods. Control structure selection in multivariable systems. Decoupling techniques. Multivariable loop-shaping. Optimal control including linear quadratic control.
Course material: Anderson / Moore: Optimal Control - Linear quadratic methods, Prentice-Hall. Compendia published by the Department.
EE3304E(BE)
Servomechanisms 5 cr.
43034 Autumn: 2F + 4Øu Professor Olav Egeland
Controllers for DC motors and hydraulic actuators. Feedback structures and controller design for servomechanisms. Feedback and feed-forward. Filtering. Trajectory generation and tracking of programmed trajectories. Control of systems with poles and zeros in the right half-plane. Root locus. Active damping of vibrations. Passivity.
Course material: O. Egeland, Servoteknikk, Tapir 1993.
EE3305E(BE)
Computerized Control in Industrial Systems 5 cr.
43037 Spring: 2F + 2Øu + 2Øs Professor Odd Pettersen
Structures in computerized industrial control systems. Digital and analog I/O. Filtering, sample and hold, quantization. Logic control, sequence control and interlock. Controller implementation: Scaling, saturation, soft transfer, hysteresis, dead-band. Documentation of control systems. Methods for system design and implementation. Programming of industrial control systems. Operator interfaces.
Course material: Gustav Olsson, Giaguido Piani: Computer Systems for Automation and Control, Prentice Hall 1992. Supplementary lecture notes available during the course.
EE3401E Semiconductor Physics and Electronic Devices, introduction. 7 cr.
44028 Autumn: 4F + 2Øu + 1Øs Professor Tor A. Fjeldly
Introduction to semiconductor device physics, based on elementary quantum mechanics, statistical mechanics and classical charge carrier transport theory. p-n junctions and bipolar transistors. Field effect transistors. Simple device models.
Course material: B.G. Streetman: Solid State Electronic Devices. Fourth edition, Prentice Hall 1995.
EE3402E(BE)
Digital Electronic Circuits 6 cr.
44050 Spring: 3F + 3Øu + 1Øs Professor Oddvar Aaserud
Introduction to VLSI-design. Basic properties of MOS-transistors. CMOS processes. Basic circuit concepts, logical functions. Synthesis and analysis. Subsystem design and layout. Scaling of CMOS circuits. PLAs and finite state machines. Memories, registers, VLSI system design. Testability. Design methodology.
Course material: To be decided.
EE3403E(BE)
Electromagnetic and Acoustic Waves 7 cr.
44061 Spring: 4F + 3Øu Professor Helge Engan
Transmission line equations. Characteristic impedance. Reflection and transmission coefficients. Harmonic time variation. Dispersion. Phase and group velocities. Free space propagation of electromagnetic and acoustic waves. Planar, cylindrical and spherical waves. Field equations in waveguides. TEM, TM, and TE modes. Antennas.
Course material: S.V. Marshall, G.G. Skitek: Electromagnetic Concepts and Applications, Prentice Hall.
EE3501E(BE)
Communications Networks 5 cr.
45307 Spring: 3F + 2Øu Professor Steinar Andresen
The subject is intended to provide basic knowledge of terms, principles and methods for information transfer. Topics from the lower stack of the OSI-model are included: Transmission media and their characteristics. Modulation, multiplexing addressing (both for stationary and for mobile purposes), switching, routing, signalling and protocols. Data security and definition techniques for transfer syntax is also included
Course material: William Stallings: Data and Computer Communications, Macmillan Publ Co, 4th edition, 1994.
EE3502E Operating Systems 5 cr.
45090 Autumn: 2F + 2Øu + 2Øs Associate Professor Mihhail Matskin
Overall design of operating systems. Synchronization and concurrent programming. Processor and storage management. Virtual memory. Secondary storage and file systems. Protection and security. Distributed systems. Case study: Microkernel (MACH), UNIX.
Course material: Compendium.
EE3503E Computer Systems 5 cr.
45205 Autumn: 2F + 2Øu + 2Øs Associate Professor Olav B. Brusdal
Virtual memory systems. Cache systems. Pipelining. Multi-processor systems. Parallel processing. Databuses, standards, SCSIbus, VMEbus, Multibus, SCI, PCI. Workstations and PC, resource sharing via Ethernet. Fault-tolerant systems. 32-bit microprocessors. RISC-architecture and 64-bit processors. Programmable Logic Devices. Brief presentation of Supercomputers.
Course material: Barry Wilkinson: Computer Architecture, Design and Performance, Prentice Hall 1991. Compendium published by the Department, 1995.
EE3504EBF(MA)(BE)
Database Systems 5 cr.
45056 Spring: 2F + 2Øu + 2Øs Assistant Professor Roger Midtstraum
The classical data models: The relational data model, the network and hierarchic data models and the Entity Relationship model. High level database languages. The choice of data model. Design of data base schemes. Data base systems and concurrency, the notion of a transaction, concurrency control mechanisms, blocking and deadlocks. Logging and recovery methods.
Course material: Elmasri and Navathe: Fundamentals of Database Systems (second edition), The Benjamin/Cummings Publishing Company 1994. Supplementary material: Oracle: A Beginner´s Guide, McGraw-Hill, 1995.
EE3505E Programming Languages 5 cr.
45092 Spring: 2F + 2Øu + 2Øs Associate Professor Øystein Nytrø
The course starts with an introduction to the syntax and syntax analysis of programming languages. The structure and implementation of imperative, functional, object oriented and logic programming languages are then discussed and compared. The semantics and interpretation of programming languages are reviewed. A discussion of the various principles of composisition found in programming language introduces the area of software architecture.
Course material: Specified at start of course.
EE3506EBF(MA)(BE)
Information Systems Engineering 1 5 cr.
45160 Spring: 2F + 2Øu + 2Øs Professor Arne Sølvberg
Principles for systems design. Information representation. Information systems analysis techniques. Methods for the specification of process logic. Methods for the design of Data Processing systems (modularity, data base design). Configuration control. System maintenance. Organization of system development projects. Performance evaluation.
Course material: Sølvberg & Kung: Information Systems Engineering Springer 1993.
EE3601E Laboratory 5.5 cr.
40031 Autumn: 4Øu, Spring: 4Øu + 1Øs Professor Odd Pettersen
Associate Professor Olav B. Brusdal
Coordinator: Associate Professor Olav B. Brusdal
For students in the 3rd year in computer science, telematics and engineering cybernetics. Operating systems, data communication, control of external hardware, programmable logic controller. In the spring the students are divided in two groups, one doing control experiments and the other programming.
Course material: Compendium published by the Department and various manuals.
EE3701E Electric Circuit Laboratory 3 5 cr.
41025 Autumn: 4Øu, Spring: 4Øu Professor Erling Ilstad
Highlights of subject covered by courses in power engineering. Electric machinery. Travelling waves. Light. Power electronics. High voltage impulse voltages. High voltage breakdown. Ground current compensation.
Course material: Exercises and guidelines published by the Department.
EE3702E High-Voltage Technology I 5 cr.
41116 Spring: 3F + 2Øu Professor Morten U. Anker
Lightning overvoltages. Travelling waves. Behaviour of windings under transient conditions. Switching and temporary overvoltages. Overvoltage protection. Insulation coordination.
Course material: Lecture notes.
EE3703E(BE)
Power Systems Analysis 8.5 cr.
41206 Autumn: 2F + 2Øu, Spring: 3F + 2Øu Professor Hans H. Faanes
State estimation and optimal load flow in power network. Calculation of symmetrical and unsymmetrical faults. Power system, Protection system, calculation of Inductance and Capacitance of Transmission Lines, Cables and Bus-bars.
Course material: Todnem, Holen, Faanes: El.forsyning (Electrical supply), part 2. Faanes: El. kraftsystemer (electrical power systems), part 1. Arnesen, Faanes, Klevjer, Olsen: El.kraftsystemer (Electrical power systems), part 2.
EE3704E Electrical Machines and Semiconductor Power Converters 8.5 cr.
41306 Autumn: 2F + 2Øu, Spring: 3F + 2Øu Professor Odd W. Andersen
In electrical machines and transformers, magnetic fields, induced voltages, forces, etc. are analysed. The performance characteristics of the machines are explained, with the main emphasis on stationary conditions and with description of applications. In power electronics, the most important circuits for AC/DC conversion are presented, with emphasis on their use in connection with motor drives.
Course material: Mohan, Undeland, Robbins: Power Electronics, John Wiley & Sons 1989. Fitzgerald, Kingsley, Umans: Electric Machinery, McGraw-Hill, 5th edition. In addition, copies of notes.
EE3705(BE)E
Power Electronic Motor Drives 5.5 cr.
41307 Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 1Øs Professor Lars Norum
System components in electrical drives. Mathematical model of mechanical system components. Magnetic field theory and ferromagnetic materials. Transformers. Basic principles for electro mechanical energy converters. DC and AC machines - mathematical models and static characteristics. Power Electronic components and circuits. DC motor drives. AC motor drives.
Course material: Lars Norum: Kraftelektroniske motordrifter, NTH 1993 (in Norwegian). Alternative litterature: Mohan, Underland, Robbins: Power Electronics-Converters, Applications and Design. John Wiley & Sons, second edition, 1994.
EE4201E Acoustics, Term Project 12.5 cr.
42190 Autumn: 1Øu + 2Øs,Spring: 2Øu + 10Øs + 5D Teachers from the Acoustics section
Coord.: Professor Asbjørn Krokstad
Independent, or in groups of two, project work on problems in acoustics, or in fields of interest for acoustics, such as electronics, signal processing, data handling and economics. Supervisor from the Acoustics section or from SINTEF DELAB.
Course material: None.
EE4202E Signal Processing, Project 12.5 cr.
42590 Autumn: 1Øu + 2Øs,Spring: 2Øu + 10Øs + 5D Teachers at the Department
Coord.: Professor Tor A. Ramstad
For students majoring in Signal Processing. The type of work can encompass literature studies, programming, simulations, laboratory explorations or construction tasks relevant to signal processing. Typical topics are speech coding, synthesis and recognition, image processing, applications of digital signal processors, digital and adaptive filtering, error control coding, encryption, modulation theory and transmission systems. The project work is concluded by a written report and a brief oral presentation.
Course material: None.
EE4203E Radio Communication Systems, Project 12.5 cr.
42690 Autumn: 1Øu + 2Øs,Spring: 2Øu + 10Øs + 5D Teachers from the Radio technology section
Coord.: Professor Gunnar Stette
The autumn semester is used for literature study and a course in presentation techniques. During the spring semester each student has an individual project, which could be analysis, construction, literature studies or experiments. The total work load corresponds to 160 hours.
Course material: To be decided.
EE4204E Electroacoustics 7 cr.
42121 Autumn: 3F + 3Øu + 2D Professor Asbjørn Krokstad
Acoustical waves, propagation and radiation; Hearing, Vibrations and electrical analogies, Room-acoustics, Loudspeakers, Microphones, Analog and Digital Recording, Public Address Systems and Sound Reinforcement.
Course material: A. Krokstad: Electroacoustics, compendium (in Norwegian)
EE4205E Hydro and Geoacoustics 7.5 cr.
42125 Autumn: 4F + 2Øu + 2D Professor Jens M. Hovem
Underwater acoustics with application to sonar systems, underwater communication and navigation. Propagation models, normal modes and ray tracing. Noise and reverberation. Transducers. Seismic propagation in marine sediments, waves in layered media. Marine seismic propagation in marine sediments, waves in layered media. Marine seismic measurements.
Course material: Jens M. Hovem: Hydro og Geoakustikk, compendium published by the Department. (In Norwegian).
EE4206E(BE)
Digital Signal Processing 8.5 cr.
42532 Autumn: 4F + 2Øu + 2Øs + 2D Associate Professor Magne Hallstein Johnsen
Course prerequisite: 42033 Signal processing or equivalent. The course gives an introduction to the most commonly used methods and algorithms in signal processing. Among the subjects are: Linear time-invariant systems. Analysis, synthesis and realization of digital-filter. Discrete (and Fast) Fourier transform. Correlation and spectral analysis and estimation. Multirate systems.
Course material: J.D. Proakis & D.G. Manolakis: Introduction to Digital Processing, MacMillan 1982.
EE4207E Speech and Music Technology 6 cr.
42123 Spring: 3F + 3Øu + 1D Professor Asbjørn Krokstad
Speech production and perception. Speech Coding, Synthesis and Recognition. Music psychology. Musical Instruments. Computer music. MIDI.
Course material: A. Krokstad: Speech Technology (notes) A. Krokstad: Musical Instruments. J. Tro: Computer Music.
EE4208E Theory of Information and Coding 5.5 cr.
42521 Autumn: 3F + 1Øu + 1Øs + 1D Associate Professor Arnfinn Hage
Information sources. Entropy. Redundancy. Mutual information, Channel capacity, Entropy coding. Linear error control codes. Block codes. Convolutional codes. Encoding and decoding.
Course material: A. Hage: Informasjon og kodingsteori (in Norwegian).
EE4209E(BE)
Telecommunication Transmission Systems 10 cr.
42411 Autumn: 2F + 1Øu + 2Øs + 1D ,Spring: 2F + 1Øu + 2Øs + 1D Professor Nils Holte
The course gives an introduction to principles and systems for transmission of analog and digital signals, with main emphasis on digital methods. Central topics are baseband transmissions, line codes, digital modulation methods, eye curve, detection, noise and error probability, transmission systems for pair cables, coaxial cables and optical fibres, adaptive equalization, timing and carrier recovery, time multiplex systems.
Course material: To be decided.
EE4210E Transmission Systems, Laboratory 2.5 cr.
42412 Spring: 1Øu + 2Øs + 1D Professor Nils Holte
This is a lab course linked to course 42411 and it can only be chosen together with this course. The course content is computer simulations and measurements of digital transmission systems.
Course material: Notes and exercises published by the Department.
EE4211E Signal Processing, Laboratory 2.5 cr.
42531 Spring: 1Øu + 2Øs + 1D Associate Professor Magne Hallstein Johnsen
The course includes most of the steps involved in a practical signal processing task i.e. mathematical formulation, simulations in C, signal processor architecture, assembly programming, assembly debugging using a simulator and finally real time testing on hardware. A laboratory report is to be produced.
Course material: Laboratory manuals.
EE4212E Digital Coding of Analog Signals 7 cr.
42535 Spring: 3F + 1Øu + 2Øs + 2D Associate Professor Andrew Perkis
Course prerequisites: 42032 Signal processing and communications and 42532 Digital Processing or equivalent. Methods for digital representation and compression of analog signals and applications in speech and image coding. Topics: Redundancy and irrelevancy in signals. Characterization of waveforms. Principles of quantization. Differential and predictive coding. Vector quantization. Transform and sub-band coding. Compulsory computer project.
Course material: To be determined.
EE4213E Microwave Engineering 6 cr.
42240 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu + 1Øs + 1D Associate Professor Kjell Aamo
Analysis of coaxial lines, waveguides and planar transmission lines. Analysis of networks containing such lines - as for instance power splitters, directional coupler and hybrids. The use of Schottky-varactor and PIN-diodes in microwave signal processing.
Course material: Not decided.
EE4214E Microwave, Laboratory 2.5 cr.
42242 Autumn: 1Øu + 2Øs + 1D Associate Professor Kjell Aamo
Laboratory exercises in the measurement of attenuation, reflaction coefficient, impedance and scattering parameters. Fundamental use of an Automatic Network Analyzer (ANA) is included in the course.
Course material: Exercise information to be handed out.
EE4215E Antennas and Radiation 6 cr.
42261 Autumn: 3F + 1Øu + 1Øs + 2D Associate Professor Jon A. Aas
General topics are: General field theory, radiation from sources in free space, fundamental properties of antennas, array antennas, theory of cylindrical dipoles, radiation from apertures, geometrical optics and diffraction.
Course material: J.A. Aas: Antenneteknikk (Antenna technology), lecture notes (in Norwegian).
EE4216E Antenna Measurements Laboratory 2.5 cr.
42262 Autumn: 1Øu + 2Øs + 1D Associate Professor Jon A. Aas
Laboratory exercises in measuring important properties, e.g. radiation patterns and impedance, of some typical antennas.
Course material: Written information, to be handed out.
EE4217E Radio Communications, Laboratory 2.5 cr.
42446 Autumn: 1Øu + 2Øs + 1D Associate Professor Håkon Hanebrekke
The course is an exercise in practical laboratory work in relation to radio communication systems. Analysis, design and experiments are done with emphasis on system components for radio systems. Important properties for system considerations are emphasized.
Course material: None.
EE4218E Microwave Integrated Circuits 6 cr.
42248 Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 1Øs + 1D Associate Professor Kjell Aamo
Main subjects for the course are: Microstrip transmission lines. Generalized scattering parameters. Matching networks. Signal-flow diagram. Microwave transistors. Stability. Design of amplifiers and oscillators. Low-noise design and non-linear effects. Hybrid- and monolithic integrated circuits. Computer Aided Design. Measurement techniques. Automatic network analyser.
Course material: Peter C.L. Yip: High Frequency Circuit Design and Measurements, Chapman & Hall 1991. Additionally, some material published by the Department.
EE4219EB Radar and Radio Navigation Systems 8.5 cr.
42276 Autumn: 2F + 1Øu + 1Øs + 1D, Associated Professor Jon Anders Aas
Spring: 2F + 1Øu + 1Øs + 1D
Hyperbolic and terrestrial navigation systems as Decca, Loran-C, Omega, direction finding systems, autonomous system including inertial navigation systems, the satellite navigation systems Transit, GPS and GLONASS, radar principles and methods, and systems for aircraft navigation and landing.
Course material: B. Forssell: Radio Navigation Systems, Prentice Hall 1991 (reproduced by Tapir). Compendia on radar, available at the Department, journal articles.
EE4220E Remote Sensing 6 cr.
42280 Spring: 3F + 1Øu + 2Øs + 1D Adjunct Professor Jens Hjelmstad
EM waves (in the band ranging from HF radio via microwaves to optical and infrared waves) also acoustic and other wave phenomena. Radar design and architecture. Resolution and ambiguity properties of various modulation schemes (pulse, CW chirp and various digital codes). Overview and introduction to imaging methods used in engineering and mathematics. Special emphasis on Synthetic Radar Processing and diffraction tomography. Implementation in digital architectures. Principle of imaging in time-, wavenumber, space and Doppler domains.
Course material: Compendium.
EE4221E(EB)
Radio Communications 8.5 cr.
42445 Autumn: 2F + 1Øu + 1Øs + 1D, Spring: 2F + 1Øu + 1Øs + 1D Professor Gunnar Stette
Contents: The subject will initially deal with generic technology for radio systems, radio propagation, noise, analog and digital modulation, multiple access technique, together with the properties of error correcting codes and an elementary introduction to traffic theory. Part 2 covers three important radio communication system categories, cellular mobile systems, satellite systems and microwave line-of-sight systems. A complete satelitte system will be treated in more detail. Additional topics are reliability, standardization and regulations in the radio communication field.
Course material: Lecture notes and parts of Haykein; Communication Systems, 3. ed., J. Whiley & Sons.
EE4222E Acoustics of materials 4.5 cr.
42127 Spring: 2F + 3Øu Professor Jens M. Hovem
The interaction between acoustics properties and the composition and structure of materials with application sonic and ultrasonic measurements and diagnoses. Acoustic wave propagation and absorption in solids, multi phase media and porous media. Reflection and scattering from particles and bubbles. Waves in plates, layered and laminated structures, vibrations and sound radiation.
Course material: Lecture notes, articles and excerpt from books.
EE4223E Numerical Methods in Acoustics 6 cr.
42130 Spring: 3F + 4Øu Professor Ulf Kristiansen
Finite element methods, finite difference methods and spectral methods to solve relevant wave equations. Sound in air, water and plastic materials. Geometrical methods in room acoustics.
Course material: U. Kristiansen: Numeriske metoder i akustikk, Compendium.
EE4224E Fundamentals of Navigation 7.5 cr.
42271 Autumn: 2F + 1Øu + 1Øs, Spring: 2F + 1Øu + 1Øs Associate Professor Jon Anders Aas
Geophysical and geodetic fundamentals of navigation and positioning are presented, e.g. the shape and physics of the Earth, reference and coordinate systems, maps and map projections. Calculations for navigation on the Earth's surface, fundamentals of satellite orbits and satellite navigation, error calculation and optimized utilization of navigational data, particularly Kalman filtering, are treated.
Course material: B. Forssell: Radionavigation Systems, Prentice Hall 1991 (reproduced by Tapir). R. Grover Brown, P.Y.C. Hwang: Introduction to Random Signals and Applies Kalman Filtering, 2nd ed. J. Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1992. (paperback). Lecture notes.
EE4301E Engineering Cybernetics, Term Projects 10.5 cr.
43190 Spring: 8Øu + 4Øs + 5D Teachers at the Department for Engineering Cyberneticss
Coord.: Assistant Professor Trond Andresen
One or two students are to work on projects that result in an oral presentation and written report for each project. Possible fields for the project are optimization theory, modelling, estimation, analysis and synthesis of control systems, instrumentation, software, hardware, etc. The stipulated size of the project is 220 man-hours per student.
Course material: Literature recommended by the teacher and/or obtained by the student.
EE4302E(BE)
Nonlinear Systems and Stability Theory 5 cr.
43113 Autumn: 2F + 3Øu + 1D Professor Jens G. Balchen
When analysing dynamic systems it is often found that a linear description is not satisfactory because there are dominating nonlinear phenomena. The course therefore contains the following topics: Mathematical modelling of nonlinear systems. State space analysis with a study of singular points, limit cycles and harmonic balance. Stability analysis encompassing Liapunov's second method, the Popov criterion, the circle criterion, and describing functions. Approximation of the frequency response of a nonlinear feedback system by means of describing functions. Synthesis of nonlinear controllers by nonlinear compensation, nonlinear decoupling (feedback linearity) and optimal control.
Course material: Jens G. Balchen: Nonlinear systems. Stability theory, Department of Engineering Cybernetics 1992.
EE4303E(BE)
Stochastic and Adaptive Systems 8.5 cr.
43117 Autumn: 4F + 4Øu + 2D Professor Rolf Henriksen
Multivariable stochastic systems, model forms, Kalman filtering, optimal control of stochastic systems, the separation theorem, identification and parameter estimation. Adaptive control, (generalized) minimum variance control, pole-placement methods, generalized predictive control.
Course material: Compendia published by the Department.
EE4304EF Instrumentation and Measurements 5.5 cr.
43310 Autumn: 2F + 4Øu + 1D Professor Tor Onshus
Accuracy, failure sources, dynamic failures, amplifiers, converters, filtering, modulation, indirect measurements, noise and earthing, information theory, channel capacity. Measuring principles: resistance, capacitance, light, magnetism, radioactivity position, velocity, acceleration, force, momentum, pressure, flow, level, temperature, density, viscosity, consistence, humidity, electro-chemical methods, gas analysis, optical methods. Actuators: Control valves, sizing and characteristics, positioner, magnetic valves, dosing, pumps, compressors, electric actuators, hydraulic, pneumatics.
Course material: Odd Arild Olsen: Instrumenteringsteknikk, (in Norwegian) Tapir 1989.
EE4305E Instrumentation Systems 5.5 cr.
43312 Spring: 2F + 4Øu + 1D Professor Tor Onshus
Engineering, quality control, organization, specification, documentation, man-machine interfaces, control room lay-out, control systems, industrial communication, Fieldbus, protocols, net load, Programmable Logical Controllers (PLC), configuring, interlock, safety systems, Fire and Gas Detection systems, Emergency Shutdown systems, availability, robustness, voting, redundancy, self-test, test frequency, Ex-protection, corrosion, cabling, installation, maintenance.
Course material: Compendium published by the Department.
EE4306EF Medical Cybernetics 5.5 cr.
43135 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu + 1D Professor Bjørn A.J. Angelsen
Overview of the anatomy, physiology, pathophysiology of the cardiac system. Diagnostic problems from the technical point of view. Noninvasive examinations based on x-rays, ultrasound, and magnetic resonance. Physics of waves, diffraction, geometrical beam propagation. Imaging systems, signal models, algorithms and image processing. Visualization of the velocity distribution in blood. Mathematical models of the cardiac system. Combination of models and measurements to estimate the state and the parameters of the cardiac system.
Course material: Compendium issued during the lectures.
EE4307EF Waves and Signal Processing in Ultrasound Diagnosis 5 cr.
43137 Spring: 3F + 1Øu + 1D Professor Bjørn A.J. Angelsen
Propagation of ultrasound in tissue and blood. Ultrasonic transducers, radiation field, beam steering, Signal models and information content of signals. Characterization of biological tissue and estimation of the velocity distribution of blood from back scattered ultrasound. Diagnostic information in ultrasonic signals from tissue and blood flow. Analysis of velocity distributions, edge detection and pattern movement in image sequences of the heart. Real-time signal and image processing.
Course material: Compendium will be handed out during the lectures.
EE4308E(BE)
Systems for Guidance and Control 7.5 cr.
43441 Spring: 4F + 3Øu + 1D Professor Thor Inge Fossen
Modelling and control of ocean vehicles in 6 degrees of freedom (DOF) with emphasis on ship steering and positioning, rudder-roll damping and autopilots for underwater vehicles. Kinematic and dynamic equations of motion, hydrodynamics and modelling. Linear quadratic control and estimator design, adaptive feedback linearization and passivity-based adaptive control theory. Linear and nonlinear stability theory. Design of autopilots and dynamic positioning (DP) systems. Navigation and sensor systems.
Course material: Thor I. Fossen: Guidance and Control of Ocean Vehicles, John Wiley and Sons Ltd. 1994. Thor I. Fossen: Estimator-Based Navigation, lecture notes published by the Department. (In Norwegian).
EE4309EF Real Time Computing 10 cr.
43554 Autumn: 2F + 2Øu + 1D, Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 1D Professor Odd Pettersen
Principles and design of computer systems for industrial real time applications. Real time programming, real time programming languages, real time operating systems, state model, synchronization. Consistency, hard real time specifications, resource distribution, scheduling, sizing. Distributed systems. System design, development systems, tools and design methods. Expert systems for real time. Exception handling. Computer architecture for real time, parallel systems, pipelining, RISC/CISC, memory management. Industrial computer networks and busses, computer communication. Performance evaluation. Design for fault tolerance, safety and security, use of redundancy.
Course material: Textbook: Odd Pettersen: Sanntidsdatateknikk (Real Time Computing), Vol. 2, Tapir. Compendia and supplementary material published by the Department.
EE4310E Engineering Cybernetics, Laboratory 11 cr.
43180 Autumn: 8Øu + 1D, Spring: 8Øu + 1D Professor Tor Onshus
The laboratory course contains experimental studies that illustrate the practical aspects of design and implementation of control systems, use of industrial equipment and implementation of real-time systems.
Course material: Documentation and exercises will be handed out.
EE4311E(BE)
Industrial Electronics 5 cr.
43314 Autumn: 2F + 3Øu + 1D Professor Kjell Malvig
Electronics in industrial environments. Components, op.amps, analog design, filters, noise; sources and suppression, high-power components, power control, motors, power supply, transmission line theory, data transmission, programmable components (PAL).
Course material: Compendium and supplementary material published by the Department.
EE4312E Ecological Cybernetics 5 cr.
43145 Spring: 2F + 3Øu + 1D Adjunct Professor Dag Slagstad
Main topics are modelling principles for ecological systems, stability of ecosystems (theoretical ecology), oceanography, numerical models of ocean current, vertical mixing, primary production, secondary production, population dynamics of zooplankton and fish, phycological models, fish behaviour, eutrophication and marine pollution and the role of the oceans to the global carbon cycle.
Course material: D. Slagstad: Økologisk kybernetikk, kompendium.
EE4313E Process Control Structures 5.5 cr.
43242 Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 1D Professor Jens G. Balchen
The course reviews the most essential results from control theory to be applied to process control. Important industrial process systems are described and mathematical models are developed for some of these processes to be used in the synthesis of control structures. Conventional and model-based control structures are developed from the most common unit processes and demonstrated with a large number of examples from processes common in large industrial complexes.
Course material: Jens G. Balchen, K.I. Mumme: Process Control. Structures and Applications Van Nostrand Reinhold Co., New York 1988.
EE4314E(BE)
User Communication in Process Automation 5 cr.
43321 Spring: 2F + 3Øu + 1D Adjunct Professor Arthur B. Aune
This course will give an introduction to the design of user communication as related to operation and maintenance of automated industrial processes. Relevant knowledge in process control and instrumentation is needed.
Central topics, which emphasize the principles of design of user communication in process automation, are: Organization of work, job allocation, system - theoretical description/modelling of systems, design of control rooms and work places, system ergonomics, job support systems, information presentation, human information processing, cognition and perception and design aids. Relevant laws, regulations and international standards will also be addressed.
Course material: Lecture notes to be handed out during the course.
EE4315E Robotic Manipulators 8 cr.
43411 Autumn: 4F + 2Øu + 1Øs + 2D Professor Olav Egeland
Kinematics, dynamics and control of robotic manipulators. Rigid body motion, forward and inverse kinematics, Jacobian, Euler-Lagrange and Newton-Euler formulations of manipulator dynamics, independent joint control, force control, feedback linearities, variable structure control.
Course material: M.W. Spong and M. Vidyasager: Robot dynamics and control, New York, John Wiley 1989. Lecture notes published by the Department.
EE4316E Electromagnetic Compatability 7.5 cr.
43316 Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 4Øs Professor Kjell Malvik
ENGLISH COURSE DESCRIPTION MISSING!
Course material: Compendium.
EE4401E Electrooptics, Term Projects 12.5 cr.
44092 Autumn: 3Øu,Spring: 2Øu + 10Øs + 5D Teachers at the Department
Coord.: Professor Helge Engan
Various projects defined within the electrooptics field. Written report and oral presentation.
Course material: None.
EE4402E Microelectronics, Term Projects 12.5 cr.
44093 Autumn: 3Øu ,Spring: 12Øu + 5D Teachers at the Department
Coord. Professor Einar J. Aas
Individual or group projects within microelectronics. Examples of topics: Design, measurements, modelling, analysis, verification, simulation, synthesis and test of integrated analog and/or digital circuits and systems, development of CAD programs, modelling of and technology for electronic and optic semiconductor components, molecular beam epitaxy, ferroelectronic and superconducting films, electron spectroscopy, SAW components, ultrasound.
Course material: Individual.
EE4403E Optical Communication 4.5 cr.
44038 Autumn: 2F + 1Øu + 1Øs + 1D Professor Lars O. Svaasand
The course presents a general discussion on optical sources, modulators, fibres, detectors and fibre-optic communication systems.
Course material: Printed lecture notes and selected topics from: John Senior, Optical Fibre Communication, Prentice Hall Inc, London 1992.
EE4404E Modelling of Electronic Devices 5.5 cr.
44122 Autumn: 3F + 1Øu + 1Øs + 1D Professor Tor A. Fjeldly
This is a course on modelling of electronic devices with emphasis on applications in circuit simulation. The main topics are: Physical foundation of semiconductor devices; charge control; threshold voltage; sub-threshold phenomena; mobility; velocity saturation; short-channel effects; parasitics; physically based modelling of common devices such as Si MOSFET (CMOS), GaAs MESFET, HEMT, and bipolar transistors; strength and weaknesses of the models; parameter extraction; application of the models in SPICE-type circuit simulators.
Course material: T.A.Fjeldly, T.Ytterdal and M.Shur: Introduction to Device Modeling and Circuit Simulation, bokk manuscript.
EE4405E Lasers 4.5 cr.
44037 Spring: 2F + 1Øu + 1Øs + 1D Adjunct Professor Dag Roar Hjelme
Interaction of radiation with matter. The lasing process: spectra, coherence, mode-locking and Q-switching. Noise. Practical laser systems and biological hazards. Semiconductor lasers. Applications in medicine, metrology, spectroscopy, materials processing, holography, communication, data processing and storage and nuclear fusion.
Course material: B.E.A.Saleh and M.C.Teich: Fundamentals of Photonics, John Wiley, 1991. Lecture notes.
EE4406E Electrooptics, Laboratory 2.5 cr.
44043 Spring: 3Øu + 1D Professor Helge Engan
Laboratory exercises illustrating topics lectured in courses within the electrooptics field. Four exercises required, one documented with an extensive report.
Course material: To be decided.
EE4407E Electrooptics 8.5 cr.
44082 Autumn: 2F + 1Øu + 1Øs + 1D, Spring: 2F + 1Øu + 1Øs + 1D Professor Kjell Bløtekjær
Waves in isotropic media. Plane waves. Planar optical waveguides. Gaussian beams. Optical fibres. Plan waves in anisotrop media. Birefringence. Retardation plates. Electrooptic effect. Faraday effect and optical activity. Acoustal waves and acousooptic effect. Application in modulators and couplers. Nonlinear optics. Optical detectors. Photodiodes. Noise in optical systems.
Course material: B.E.A.Saleh, M.C.Teich: Fundamentals of Photonics, Wiley, 1991.
EE4408E Circuit Laboratory 2.5 cr.
44044 Autumn: 3Øu + 1D Assistant Professor Tormod Njølstad
The laboratory course is a case study of an electronic system, an audio sampler. The system comprises a single-chip microprocessor, state machines, RAM, a sigma-delta A/D converter etc. The system will be explored from different views, from detail construction to system test. The course will give practical experience with programmable logic devices and single-chip microprocessors, and tools for computer-aided design, simulation, programming and test of such components.
Course material: T. Njølstad, compendium
EE4409E Analog CMOS 6 cr.
44143 Autumn: 3F + 1Øu + 2Øs + 1D Professor Nils Haaheim
Design and simulation of analog CMOS circuits. Analog and switched-capacitor circuits, operational amplifiers, S/H-circuits, A/D-converters etc. Use of simulation programs: SPICE, SWITCAP etc.
Course material: Nils Haaheim: Analog CMOS (in Norwegian)
EE4410E Electronic Technology, Laboratory 2.5 cr.
44042 Spring: 3Øu + 1D Professor Arne Rønnekleiv
Field-effect, Hall-effect, pn-junctions, superconductors, surface acoustic waves.
Course material: Exercise description is available from the Department.
EE4411E(BE)
Computer-aided Design and Test of Electronics 10 cr.
44071 Autumn: 2F + 2Øu + 1Øs + 1D, Spring: 2F + 2Øu + 1Øs + 1D Professor Einar J. Aas
Digital realization: gate array, standard cell, full custom VLSI circuits. Schematic capture, VHDL, logic simulation and verification, synthesis and optimization, multi-level simulation. Layout of VLSI and PCB systems. Design for testability, self test, test generation, test quality, test equipment, economics of test, test standards. Design quality and verification. Integrated CAD/CAM systems.
Course material: Compendium (in Norwegian), user’s guides for software and lecture notes.
EE4412E Selected Electronic Devices 5.5 cr.
44123 Spring: 3F + 1Øu + 1Øs + 1D Professor Tor A. Fjeldly
Introduction to electronic applications of surface acoustic waves (SAW), phototonic and other semiconductor devices, superconductivity and superconducting devices. Main topics: Devices based on surface acoustic waves; filters, dispersive delay lines, elastic covolvers, chirp Fourier transform. Photonic devices; LED, diode lasers, photodetectors, integrated optoelectronics. Microwave devices; Gunn diode, IMPATT diode, TRAPATT diode. Switching devices; tyristor, switching diode, IGBT. The superconducting state; zero electric resistance. Meissner effect, the London equations, dc and ac conductivity, tunneling, flux generation, Josephson contacts, SQUID
Course material: B. Streetman: Solid State Electronic Devices, 3rd edition, Prentice Hall 1990. A. Rønnekleiv: Lecture notes. A.C.Rose-Innes and E.H.Rhoderic: Introduction to Superconductivity, 2nd ed., Pergamon, Oxford, 1978 (reprinted 1988)
EE4413E(BE)
Electronics Manufacturing 4.5 cr.
44130 Spring: 2F + 2Øu + 1D Adjunct Professor H. Markus Bayegan
Technologies for electronic - realization, criteria for selection of technologies, components for electronic systems, substrate, thermal design, design rules, production processes, factories, CIM, logistics.
Course material: Leif Halbo: Electronic Component. Packaging and Production, Strandberg og Nilsen, 1993. Copies of research reports and articles will be handed out.
EE4414E Analog System Components 5.5 cr.
44141 Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 1D Associate Professor Jon Torp
Broadbanding. Noise, distortion and intermodulation in amplifiers. Phase locked loops, PLL. Oscillators and VCO, detectors and mixers. Power amplifiers. Frequency generating circuits. Some elements from electromagnetic compatibility, EMC.
Course material: Robert B. Northrop: Analog Electronic Circuits, Addison-Wesley 1990.
EE4415E Network Synthesis 6 cr.
44145 Spring: 3F + 1Øu + 2Øs + 1D Professor Nils Haaheim
Synthesis of passive and active networks. Approximation, realization of RC, LC and RLC one-port and two-ports, active realizations based on operational amplifiers, switched-capacitor circuits.
Course material: Nils Haaheim,: Syntese av passive nettverk. Nils Haaheim: Syntese av aktive nettverk. (Both in Norwegian).
EE4501E Software Engineering, Projects 12 cr.
45170 Autumn: 2Øu + 12Øs + 5D Professor Arne Sølvberg
All stages of an information system development project are covered: Information systems analysis, design, and implementation.
Course material: Necessary information material will be handed out.
EE4502E Computer Science, Projects 12.5 cr.
45073 Spring: 2Øu + 13Øs + 5D Teachers at the Department
Coord.: Professor Arne Halaas
A project is chosen from a list of subjects proposed by the Department.
Course material: None.
EE4503E Software Program Systems, Project Work 12 cr.
45075 Autumn: 2Øu + 12Øs + 5D Professor Reidar Conradi
The Project work will be done in connection with the other courses in the study combination Program Systems (PS), and done by groups of 5 - 7 students. The problems will vary from theory to design and programming exercises. They encompass the full life-cycle system analysis, design, implementation and assessment. A final report must be written and a demonstration held at the end of the course.
Course material: Compendium and distributed materials.
EE4504E Computer Projects 18 cr.
45220 Autumn: 1F + 1Øu + 9Øs + 2D, Spring: 2Øu + 10Øs + 3D Professor Olav Landsverk
The projects are given in connection with the computer courses and use the knowledge from these in designing realistic hardware and supporting software. In the autumn semester a working knowledge of the design tools and development environment in the computer laboratory is given, and the project is done in the spring semester.
Course material: Manuals etc.
EE4505E Telecommunication Switching Systems, Term Project 13 cr.
45390 Spring: 2Øu + 14Øs + 5D Teachers at the Department
Coord.: Professor Peder J. Emstad
Selected problems within the fields of traffic analysis and -evaluation, networks, protocols, information security, service integrated systems, telematic systems, mobile communications, etc.
Course material: Problem formulation provided.
EE4506EB Image Processing 5.5 cr.
45032 Autumn: 2F + 2Øu + 2Øs + 1D Professor Richard Blake
The course will present methods for image processing: Histogram methods, filtering in the space domain convolutions, image arithmetic, Fourier transform, FFT algorithm, filtering in the frequency domain, mathematical morphology, Hough transform, simulated annealing, neural networks, introduction to recognition methods.
Course material: R. Conzales and R. Woods: Digital Image Processing, Addison Wesley. Compendium.
Language of instruction: English
EE4507EF(BE)
Discrete Simulation 5.5 cr.
45081 Autumn: 2F + 2Øu + 2Øs + 1D Associate Professor Boning Feng
Basic concepts of SIMULA/DEMOS. Brief presentation of other simulation languages. Methodology: Concepts of modelling, random numbers, queues, time sequencing, problem analysis, model construction, model testing, model translation, analysis of results, statistical aspects, and problems during all stages of the simulation process.
Course material: G.M. Birthwistle: DEMOS - A System for Discrete Event Modelling on SIMULA.
EE4508E(BE)
Logic Programming 7 cr.
45135 Autumn: 2F + 3Øu + 2Øs + 2D Professor Jan Komorowski
The course begins with an introduction to predicate logic: syntax, semantics, proofs and models. The logical foundations of logic programming and its applications in computing are then presented. The basic concepts such as data structures, algorithms, syntactic analysis, interpretation and compilation, software engineering and databases, are then studied. This subject is a required prerequisit for course no. 45136 Knowledge-based methods.
Course material: U. Nilsson & J. Maluszynski: Logic Programming and Prolog, Wiley, and forelesningsnotater.
EE4509E Computer Design 5 cr.
45210 Autumn: 2F + 2Øu + 1Øs + 1D Professor Olav Landsverk
A thorough treatment of computer design is given, including hierarchical design,alternative realizations, division in subsystems and microprogramming. A small computer is designed and built as an exercise.
Course material: Mead and Conway: Introduction to VLSI Systems. Compendium published by the Department.
EE4510E Telematics, Laboratory 5.5 cr.
45317 Autumn: 2Øu + 6Øs + 1D Teachers at the Department
Coord.: Associate Professor Boning Feng
Use of traffic simulators, traffic measurement and -analysis, specification of systems based in finite-state-machines, use of development tools, experiments on local networks, line- and network-study, and information security.
Course material: Exercises made by the Department.
EE4511E(BE)
Teletraffic Theory 6 cr.
45320 Autumn: 2F + 2Øu + 2Øs + 2D Professor Peder J. Emstad
Introduction to teletraffic problems. Traffic variations. Distributions and transforms. Arrival and service processes. Markovian models for delay and loss systems. Overflow traffic, equivalent random theory. Open and closed networks. Some classical Non-Markovian queuing models. Case studies.
Course material: Willy Bæk Iversen: Data- og teletrafikkteori (in Danish). Inst. for Teleteknikk, Danmarks tekniske universitet.
EE4512E Communication in Distributed Systems 5.5 cr.
45356 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu + 1D Professor Steinar Andresen
The course provides a survey of the communication protocols and functions needed to implement coordinated distributed computing. The syllabus is based on architecture and mechanisms found in the upper layers of the OSI model. Sample implementation platforms are also treated: ISODE (ISO-Development Environment) and TINA (established by Telecommunications Information Networking Architecture Consortium).
Course material: Textbook and lecture notes.
EE4514E Computer Architecture 8.5 cr.
45214 Autumn: 2F + 1Øu + 1Øs, Spring: 2F + 2Øu + 2D Associate Professor Lasse Natvig
The first semester of the course gives an overview of parallel processing, memory systems, vector processing, pipelining, SIMD-computers, a selection of central multi-computers and multiprocessors. The second semester gives a more thorough description of in computer architecture. The course includes important recent developments and research in the field. Selected topics are: Models for parallel computation and computers, dataflow machines, distributed shared memory, and artificial neural networks. Several examples of new important computer architectures are given.
Course material: Information about the course material is given at the start of each course-semester.
EE4415E(BE)
Telematic Networks 10 cr.
45315 Autumn: 2F + 1Øu + 2Øs + 1D, Spring: 2F + 1Øu + 2Øs + 1D Professor Tore Riksasen
Components and principles for building telematic networks. Coding, multiplexing, transmission and switching of different communication forms. Network synchronization. Signalling. ISDN. High capacity ISDN using Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM). Mobile communications. Intelligent networks. Reliability and redundancy. Network management.
Course material: Tore Riksaasen: Telematic networks (in Norwegian), Universitetsforlaget, Oslo, 1995.www: http://www.idt.unit.no/~telenett/
EE4516E Data Communication Networks 5.5 cr.
45351 Spring: 2F + 2Øu + 2Øs + 1D Associate Professor Boning Feng
The course provides knowledge about specific topics within the data and computer communication field. Topics and emphasis may vary from year to year. With this in mind, the following samples can be given: Thorough treatment of functional profiles covering the lower layers of the OSI hierachy: the profiles may be based on the Internet suit of protocols or OSI protocols. Cooperation between Internet and OSI based applications, how to build gateways. Sample network operating systems. Sample protocols: X-Window, Gopher, Mosaic.
Course material: Textbook and material handed out.
EE4517E(BE)
Information Systems Engineering 3 5.5 cr.
45162 Autumn: 2F + 2Øu + 2Øs + 1D Professor Arne Sølvberg
Computer supported cooperative work, groupware, group dynamics, hypertext, multimedia, electronic networks, coordination technology, workflow, office systems, intelligent software agents, electronic conference systems, application sharing, electronic meeting rooms, business process reengineering.
Course material: Compendium issued by the Department.
EE4518E(BE)
Knowledge Based Methods 8.5 cr.
45136 Spring: 3F + 3Øu + 3Øs + 2D Associate Professor Tore Amble
Knowledge representation: Logic, rules, frames. Reasoning: Deduction, abduction, and induction. Reasoning with uncertainties: CF-model, Bayes model, Dempster-Shafer, Fuzzy sets. Inductive reasoning, machine learning. Planning: The situation calculus, the frame problem. Expert sysytems. Natural language systems.
Course material: Russel & Norvig: Artificial Intelligence, A Modern Approach, Prentice Hall, 1995.
EE4519E(BE)
Information Systems Engineering 2 5.5 cr.
45161 Spring: 2F + 2Øu + 2Øs + 1D Professor Arne Sølvberg
Computer assisted analysis and design of information processing systems. Specification languages. System models. Consistency testing. Reality modelling. Methods for modelling interactive systems. Conceptual systems modelling.
Course material: Selected papers.
EE4520E Performance Evaluation of Information Processing Systems 5.5 cr.
45166 Spring: 2F + 2Øu + 2Øs + 1D Adjunct Professor Peter H. Hughes
An introduction to quantitative methods for design, development and comparison of computer systems. Tools and techniques for measurement, modelling and workload characterization. Application to systems of hardware, software and human components, for processing, communication and storage of information. Performance considerations throughout the life-cycle.
Course material: Announced at the start of the course.
EE4521EBF Computer Graphics 1 5.5 cr.
45031 Autumn: 2F + 2Øu + 2Øs + 1D Assistant Professor Torbjørn Hallgren
Graphics hardware. User interfaces. Scan-converting lines and curves. Area filling. Clipping lines, curves and polygons. Geometrical transformations. Viewing in 3D. Methods and techniques for interaction. Hierarchical modelling.
Course material: Foley, van Dam, Feiner, Hughes: Computer Graphics. Principles and Practice, 2nd Edition, Addison Wesley 1990. Compendium including exercises.
EE4522E Compiler Construction 5.5 cr.
45040 Autumn: 2F + 2Øu + 2Øs + 1D Assistant Professor Øystein Nytrø
The course gives an introduction to syntax analysis, symbol tables, syntax-directed translation, intermediate representation of programs, code generation, register allocation, error analysis, optimalization, translation to special instruction sets, abstract machines, translation of specification languages and program generation.
Course material: Specified at start of course.
EE4523EB File Systems 5.5 cr.
45055 Autumn: 2F + 2Øu + 2Øs + 1D Professor Kjell Bratbergsengen
Mass storage media fundamentals. Controllers for peripheral units and standard interfaces and bus systems for mass storage peripherals. Basic file systems - their architecture and functions. Access methods with one key, random and index sequential access methods. Access methods for multi-dimensional keys. Functions and architecture of file and database systems. Internal mechanisms, buffer administration, resource control, locking, blocking and deadlock detection and control. Record structures and management. Operations on large matrices. Sorting of large data volumes in mono-and multi-computer systems. Relational algebra and sequential and parallel algorithms for doing relational algebra.
Course material: Kjell Bratbergsengen: "Lagring av store datamengder", compendium in Norwegian.
EE4524E Formal Definition Technics for Telematics Systems 6 cr.
45341 Autumn: 2F + 2Øu + 2Øs + 2D Professor Finn Arve Aagesen
Languages and methodology for the specification and description of the functionality of telematics systems. The considered mechanisms are state-machines, Petrinet, process algebra and algebraic data types. Important languages are SDL, ESTELLE, LOTOS and ASN1. A methodology based on SDL is presented.
Course material: To be decided.
EE4525EB Computer Graphics 2 5.5 cr.
45033 Spring: 2F + 2Øu + 2Øs + 1D Professor Richard Blake
Curves and surfaces. Solid modelling. Light and colours. Realism in graphics. Visible surface determination. Illumination and shading.
Course material: Foley, van Dam, Feiner, Hughes: Computer Graphics. Principles and Practice, 2. Edition, Addison Wesley 1990. Compendium with exercises.
EE4526E Systems Programming 5.5 cr.
45091 Spring: 2F + 2Øu + 2Øs + 1D Professor Reidar Conradi
The course will start with object-oriented system development, with use of OOram methodtool and the programming language C++. Thereafter technique for quality assurance and prcess improvement will be introduced, and used for e.g. OOram. A student project will be carried out, using OOram and quality techniques.
Course material: Gordon Blair et al: Object-oriented Language, System and Application, Pitman Publishing, 371p, 1991.
EE4527E Performance Evaluation of Telecommunication Networks 5.5 cr.
45325 Spring: 2F + 2Øu + 2Øs + 1D Professor Peder J. Emstad
Stochastic models for traffic sources, resource demand and user behaviour. Models for nodes, channels and networks. Simulation and analytical methods. Case studies of ISDN, LAN and networks for mobile users. Simulation models in SIMULA and Pascal. Measurement and statistical problems. Use of Mathematica.
Course material: P.J. Emstad: Modellering og måling av teletrafikk (in Norwegian), Department of Computer Systems and Telematics, 1993.
EE4528E Software Design for Telematics Systems 5.5 cr.
45360 Spring: 2F + 2Øu + 2Øs + 1D Professor Finn Arve Aagesen
Design and implementation of real-time software based on formal specifications. Alternative approaches are discussed. Functional properties as well as non-functional properties are considered, e.g. performance, response time, reliability. Introduction to CHILL and programming in CHILL. Documentation and testing.
Course material: Lecture notes. CHILL documentation. R. Bræk, Ø. Haugen (1993): Engineering Real Time Systems; Hemel Hempskal, Prentice-Hall ISBN 0-B-03448-6.
EE4529E Algorithm Construction, Advanced Course 5.5 cr.
45061 Spring: 2F + 2Øu + 2Øs + 1D Professor Bjørn Olstad
Techniques for problem solving with parallel machines. Topics covered include: searching, sorting, randomized algorithms, geometric problems, image analysis, string analysis and graph algorithms. Introduction to tools/languages for development of parallel algorithms. Complexity theory with limitations for serial and parallel algorithms. Case-based exercises which include topics such as genetic algoriths, dynamic programming, visualization and content based retrival in image and video databases.
Course material: To be decided.
EE4701E Electric Power Engineering, Term Project 11 cr.
41091 Autumn: 1F + 1Øu + 1Øs + 1D,Spring: 2Øu + 8Øs + 3D Adjunct Professor Odd Arnesen
Coord.: Senior Engineer Jan-Fredrik Grande
Projects and project management. Laws and regulations. Engineering and documentation. Project examples: Power stations, transmission lines, distribution networks, industrial plants.
Course material: Compendium.
EE4702E Electric Power Laboratory 6 cr.
41030 Autumn: 8Øu + 2D Associate Professor Astrid Petterteig
Design and testing of electric machinery drives. Phenomena in high voltage techniques. Analysis of electric power components such as transformers, relays. State estimation.
Course material: Exercises and guidelines published by the Department.
EE4703E High-Voltage Technology 2 8.5 cr.
41128 Autumn: 4F + 2Øu + 2Øs + 2D Professor Morten U. Anker
Insulating materials: Polarisation, conduction and loss mechanisms. Breakdown and deterioration mechanisms. Condition monitoring. The use of gaseous, liquid and solid dielectrics in insulation systems. Conducting materials: Conductivity. Skin effect. Contacts. Superconductivity. Semiconductors: Their use in sensors and solar cells. Interfaces between various materials.
Course material: Lecture notes.
EE4704E Practical Electronics 4.5 cr.
41335 Spring: 1F + 1Øu + 3Øs + 1D Professor Lars Norum
Given a functional requirement specification, the students have to design and build an electronic control system. The system is to be designed based on analog and digital electronic circuit components, including a microprocessor for digital control.
Course material: Lecture notes. Computer textbooks and manuals from electronic component producers.
EE4705E Power Electronics and Electrical Drives 8.5 cr.
41333 Autumn: 4F + 3Øu + 1Øs + 2D Professor Tore M. Undeland
Power electronic systems are described and analysed. Converters making use of power semiconductors analyse the interaction between the power source, the power converter and the load. Electrical motors are the most important load. Emphasis is put on a description of the industrial use of DC and AC motors. The role of power electronic in the electric energy supply system is covered by high voltage DC transmission and static var control.
Course material: Mohan, Underland, Robbins: Power Electronics, Converters, Applications and Design, 2nd edition John Wiley & Sons 1995 and lecture notes.
EE4706E(BE) Electric Power System Stability 8.5 cr.
41070 Autumn: 2F + 1Øu + 1D, Spring: 2F + 3Øu + 1D Professor Øyvin Skarstein
The course provides knowledge about physical phenomena, mathematical modelling and analysis relevant to power system stability. Specific topics: Synchronous machine modelling, transient and steady state. Voltage and turbine controllers. Penstock and turbine modelling. Steady state stability, linearity and eigenvalues. Transient stability and non-linear analysis. Voltage stability. Static Var Compensation. Control strategies in hydro-dominated systems.
Course material: Lecture notes, exercises and textbooks.
EE4707E High Voltage Equipment 8.5 cr.
41142 Autumn: 2F + 1Øu + 1D, Spring: 2F + 3Øu + 1D Professor Asgaut Rein
The course is concentrated on circuit breakers, gas insulated equipment and cables, but other types of equipment will also be covered briefly. Emphasis is laid on clarifying how electrical, mechanical and thermal stresses influence electrical equipment design, installation and service.
Course material: Compendium.
EE4708E(BE)
Energy Economics 8.5 cr.
41261 Autumn: 2F + 1Øu + 1D, Spring: 2F + 3Øu + 1D Professor Hans H. Faanes
The purpose of the course is to introduce and discuss a number of engineering, environmental and economic matters involved in planning and operation of energy systems. The costs of energy production, transmission and distribution in an interconnected energy system are discussed. Also, an overview of technical environmental and economic consequences of supplying energy to different consumers are debated.
Course material: Compendium.
EE4709E(BE)
Power System Reliability, Basic Course 5.5 cr.
41221 Autumn: 2F + 2Øu + 1Øs + 2D Professor Arne T. Holen
Course topics: Failure models. Reliability diagrams, structure function, fault trees, failure modes and effect analysis. Repairable systems and periodic testing. Markov models. Dependent failures. Power distribution systems, basic reliability terms and definitions. Frequency and duration method. Parallel paths, maintenance and modelling of weather effects. Time dependent parameters and interruption costs.
Course material: A.T. Holen, A. Høyland, M. Rausand: Pålitelighetsanalysie, (Reliability analysis) A.T. Holen, G.H. Kjølle: Pålitelighetsanalysie av fordelingsnett (Reliability analysis of distribution network), notes by the Department. (Both in Norwegian.)
EE4710E(BE)
Light and Lighting 5.5 cr.
41251 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu + 1D Associate Professor Eilif Hugo Hansen
Radiometric terms, the human eye's reaction to light, photometric terms and units, the photometric laws, the eye and the vision, production of light, colours, lamps, fittings, electrical systems, methods for calculations, computer programs, equipment and methods of measurements, lighting systems, lighting for good working environment, road lighting, tunnel lighting.
Course material: Hans-Henrik Bjørset: Lysteknikk, lys og belysning, last edition, and lecture notes.
EE4711E(BE)
Energy Management in Buildings 5.5 cr.
41270 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu + 1D Professor Øyvin Skarstein
Energy Management in Buildings is a multidisciplinary course, where the objective is to provide knowledge within the following fields of engineering: architecture, building, construction, electric power, heating and cooling, and automatic control, relevant to energy management and conservation measures in buildings. Subjects for the lectures are indoor climate and comfort, economics of energy management, energy pricing and tariffs, energy physics of buildings, heat losses and heat gains, technical installations, control systems, assessment of the use of energy, instrumentation and measurements, and finally, practical measures of energy management and conservation in non-industrial buildings.
Course material: A textbook titled "ENØK i bygninger" Universitetsfolaget, Oslo 1996. supplied by lecture notes, problems and laboratory exercises constitute the written material (in Norwegian) for the course.
EE4712E Field Analysis in Electric Power Engineering 6 cr.
41051 Spring: 3F + 3Øu + 1D Associate Professor Robert Nilssen
Formulation of partial differential equations to be solved numerically. Presentation of the Finite Element Method and the Boundary Element Method. Both basic theory and practical use of the methods are studied. Students are to use ready made program libraries to develop analysis programs which utilize graphical input of geometry and presentation of results. Commercially available programs are also used when solving practical problems.
Course material: P.P. Silvester & R.L. Ferrari: Finite Elements for Electrical Engineers. Programs:. FAMbuild, ELmade, NAG-FEM-library, and other programs based on the Finite Element Method.
EE4713E Industrial Electro-Heat 6 cr.
41242 Spring: 3F + 1Øu + 1Øs + 2D Associate Professor Robert Nilssen
General presentation of modern principles of industrial heating, which includes inductive-, dielectric- and conductive heating. The techniques are applied to industry oriented practical problems such as melting of steel, production of aluminium and heating.
Course material: To be decided.
EE4714E Electrical Installations 5.5 cr.
41255 Spring: 3F + 1Øu + 1Øs + 1D Associate Professor Eilif Hugo Hansen
Low voltage distribution systems (IT, TT, TN). Design of electrical installations; topology and topography. Safety in electrical installations: Human protection, protection against overload and short circuits. Discrimination, protection against overvoltages and undervoltages. Earthing systems. Installation and equipment: Locations and connections. Bus-systems. Planning of electrical installations; calculation of power demand for heating and lighting, rating of distribution systems, documentation. Education of electrotechnical personnel.
Course material: Eilif H. Hansen: Electrical Installations (lecture notes). Regulations for Electrical Installations in Buildings (FEB). All in Norwegian.
EE4715E Special Topics in Power Electronics 6 cr.
41336 Spring: 3F + 3Øu + 1D Professor Tore M. Undeland
Relevant topics based upon new research activities are covered. The goal is to give a background for design of power electronic equipment. Topics could be: Power semiconductor devices, drive circuits and snubbers. Converter topologies, resonant and low loss resonant-switch topologies. How to choose passive components: Design of high frequency transformers and inductors.
Course material: Mohan, Underland and Robbins: Power Electronics: Converters, Applications, and design, 2nd edition John Wiley & Sons, 1995, and lecture notes.
FACULTY OF APPLIED EARTH SCIENCE AND METALLURGY
GEO1001B Geology 3 cr.
21505 Autumn: 2F + 1Øu Associate Professor Bjørge Brattli
The course give an introduction to Physical Geology for Engineers. The following topics are covered: "minerals and rocks", the Earth's interior, earthquakes, volcanic activity, plate tectonics, crustal deformations, mountain building and evolution of continents, weathering, mass wasting, running water, ground water, glaciers and glaciation, deserts and wind, shorelines, geology of Norway.
Course material: Tarbuch/Lutgens: The Earth, 4th edition 1993. Sigmond E.: Berggrunnen i Norge med Norgeskart M 1:3 mill. 1986 (in Norwegian). R. Dahl: Kvartærtiden og dens avsettninger i Norge (in Norwegian).
GEO1101G Geology Introduction 5.5 cr.
20505 Autumn: 1F + 1Øu, Spring: 3F Professor Allan Krill
The Earth's place in the Solar System, its formation, and structure; minerals, rocks, and fossils, weathering, erosion, and landscape; ground water and the hydrologic cycle; sedimentary deposition by rivers, wind and glaciers; relationships between oceans, rocks, and atmosphere; magmatism and volcanism; magnetism; gravity and gravimetry; global plate tectonics; non-renewable resources; geology of Norway; the Earth´s geologic and biologic development through geologic time. Laboratory exercises include determination of minerals, rocks and fossils; use of geological maps and profiles. Included are 5 days of field trips with field exercises.
Course material: Monroe & Wicander: The Changing Earth. Exploring Geology and Evolution, West 1st edition 1994.
GEO1102G Literature Study in Metallurgy 5.5 cr.
23001 Autumn: 1Øu + 5Øs + 2D Associate Professor Arne Espelund
Introduction to literaturesearch in libraries. Application on a specific topic. Every student will get an individual task, to be presented in writing at the end of the autumn term and orally in the spring term.
Course material: General library guidelines for Bibsys, using computer, CD rom etc. Guidelines published by the Department.
GEO1103G Introduction to Metallurgy 5.5 cr.
23003 Autumn: 1F + 1Øu Spring: 2F + 1Øu + 1Øs Associate Professor Arne Esplund
Lectures, exercises and excursions to important metallurgical and materials technology plants in Norway. The systematic approach contains elementary extractive metallurgy and the basic of materials science and engineering.
Course material: Compendium and articles.
GEO2101G Rocks and Minerals 4.5 cr.
20501 Autumn: 2F + 2Øu + 1Øs Associate Professor Terje Malvik
Basic principles in crystallography and mineral chemistry. Classification and description of crystals. Identification and classification of minerals. Description of some important minerals. Physical properties of minerals. Examples of use of minerals. Genesis of rocks, mineral composition of rocks, and classification of rocks. Exercises include identification of rocks and minerals.
Course material: Compendium. Rock and mineral samples.
GEO2102G Resource Geology, Basic Course 4.5 cr.
21002 Spring: 3F + 1Øu Professor Terje Malvik
An introduction to the study of mineral resources in the Earth's crust, including metallic and non-metallic mineral deposits; building and ornamental stone; crushed aggregates, sand and gravel; petroleum and natural gas; ground water and geothermal energy. Discussion of concepts such as resources and reserves, geographical and geological distribution of resources, optimum use in relation to the environment, recirculation and conservation of resources.
Course material: Craig, Vaughan and Skinner, Resources of the Earth. Prentice Hall Inc.
Internal literature and notes.
GEO2103G Applied Geophysics 5.5 cr.
24010
Spring: 4F + 1Øu Associate Professor Ole Bernt Lile
Introduction to geophysical methods used in geological mapping of the underground and in exploration for geological resources like oil, water and ore bodies. Reflection and refraction seismics. Gravimetry and magnetometry. Electrical and electromagnetic methods. Radiometry.
Course material: P. Kearey and M. Brooks: An Introduction to Geophysical Exploration. Blackwell Scientific Publications. 2nd ed. 1991. In addition texts wich are distributed during lectures.
GEO2104G Flow in Porous Media 4.5 cr.
24073 Spring: 2F + 2Øu + 1Øs Professor Ole Torsæter
Practical applications within petroleum engineering, ground water hydrology, chemical engineering and environment engineering. Review of fundamental concepts of fluid mechanics. The fluid parameters density, viscosity and compressibility are discussed and the effect of basic rock characteristics (pore size distribution, grain size distribution and surface area) on the various types of porosity and permeability are specially emphasized. Permeability is further analysed from Darcy's law, Klinkenberg corrections, Kozeny-Carman equations and high velocity flow equations. The fundamental equations for single- and multi-phase flow are introduced.
Course material: R. Cossé: "Basics of Reservoir Engineering", Editions Technip, 1993.
GEO2105G Physical Metallurgy 1 6 cr.
23519 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu + 2Øs Professor Øystein Grong
Crystal structures of metals and alloys. Imperfections in crystals. Diffusion and phase transformations with emphasis on nucleation and growth. The elastic and plastic properties of metals and alloys with an introduction to dislocation theory. Strengthening mechanisms, and fracture behaviour.
Course material: M.F. Ashby, D.R.H. Jones: Engineering Materials I & II, Pergamon Press 1980/1986.
GEO2106G Metallurgical Engineering 1 8 cr.
23040 Spring: 4F + 2Øu + 3Øs Professor Jon Arne Bakken
The basics of heat transfer as applied to furnaces and other metallurgical equipment used in the production of metals and for heat treating purposes: Heat transport mechanisms. Steady heat transfer in various geometries. Transient heat transfer: Biot's number, negligible conduction resistance, Fourier's equation for large plates and semi-infinite bodies with surface heat transfer resistance, nomogram solutions for plates, cylinders and spheres. Radiation between surfaces: Grey bodies, adiabatic surfaces, electric analog solutions of multi-surface systems. Gas radiation.
Course material: Compendium published by Department of Metallurgy, 1993.
GEO2107G Phase Diagrams 5.5 cr.
23530 Spring: 3F + 1Øu + 2Øs Associate Professor Hans Jørgen Roven
The elementary, thermodynamic foundation for phase diagrams is given. One-component diagrams, including point defects in crystals. Two-component diagrams with emphasis on the P-C representation. Ordering and decomposition reactions in simple systems. The basic features of three-component diagrams.
Course material: R.A. Swaalin: Thermodynamics of Solids.
P. Gordon: Principles of Phase Diagrams in Material Science.
GEO3001B Engineering Geology of Soils, Basic Course 5 cr.
21526 Spring: 3F + 2Øu Professor Kåre Rokoengen
Quaternary geological processes with emphasis on glacial and glaciofluvial erosion, transport and deposition. Introduction to Norwegian Quaternary geology on the mainland and the continental shelf. Age, depositional history, distribution, normal stratigraphy, structures and mineral composition in Quaternary deposits. Erosion and slides. Engineering use of Quaternary sediments in construction and production.
Course material: Compendia from the Department. Morten Thoresen: Kvartærgeologisk kart over Norge. Tema: Jordarter. Norges geologiske undersøkelse. 64 p. and notes (In Norwegian).
GEO3002(MA)
Petroleum Technology, Introduction 5.5 cr.
24006 Autumn: 3F + 1Øu + 2Øs Associate Professor Hans J. Herfjord
Contents: Methods to determine the presence of hydrocarbons. Properties of rocks and fluids in reservoirs. Methods and procedures for drilling and completion. Concept description of production operations, fixed platforms, floating vessels and subsea production systems. Operation maintenance of platforms wells and subsea completed wells.
Course material: Compendium.
GEO3201G Mineralogy and Geochemistry 5.5 cr.
20502 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu + 1Øs Professor Tore Prestvik
Crystal chemistry and systematic mineralogy. Laws governing the distribution of elements in nature. Chemistry of natural waters. Isotope geochemistry, including both stable and radiogenic isotopes. Lab work includes the practical use of a polarizing microscope for mineral identification.
Course material: Prestvik: Mineralogi, Vett & Viten 1992, (in Norwegian). Lecture notes. Brattli: Polarisasjonsmikroskopi, Compendium (in Norwegian), NTH, 1991. Vokes: Elementært kurs i malm-mikroskopi, Compendium (in Norwegian) NTH.
GEO3202GB
Engineering Geology of Rocks, Basic Course 5 cr.
21515 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu Professor Einar Broch
Mechanical properties of rocks and rock masses. Drillability, boreability and blastability. Weakness zones in rocks. Gouge materials. Water in rock masses. Stresses in rock masses. Engineering geological investigations. Design of tunnels and underground openings. Stability of rock slopes. Factors influencing stability and choice of supporting methods for tunnels and caverns. Means and methods of support and lining. Classification of rock masses and design of support.
Course material: E. Broch and B. Nilsen: Engineering geology of rocks (in Norwegian).
GEO3203G Geographic Information Systems for Mineral Extraction 7.5 cr.
21654 Autumn: 1F + 2Øu, Spring: 2F + 4Øu Associate Professor Erik Ludvigsen
Computer based systems for collecting, storing and presentation of geographic data connected to mineral deposits.
Course material: Compendia.
GEO3204G Structural Geology 5.5 cr.
20527 Spring: 2F + 3Øu + 2Øs Professor Stephen Lippard
Geological structures, such as faults, joints, folds, foliations etc., are explained in terms of the basic concepts of stress and strain. The relations between these structures and tectonic events, such as mountain building and basin formation, are discussed. Exercises consist of the visualization and calculation of folded, faulted and rotated strata, especially how such strata are represented on geological maps.
Course material: McClay: Mapping of Geological Structures. Practical book and notes (in Norwegian) Park: Foundations of Structural Geology.
GEO3205G Engineering Geology of Soils, Basic Course 5 cr.
21525 Spring: 3F + 2Øu Professor Kåre Rokoengen
Quaternary geological processes with emphasis on glacial and glaciofluvial erosion, transport and deposition. Introduction to Norwegian Quaternary geology on the mainland and the continental shelf. Age, depositional history, distribution, normal stratigraphy, structures and mineral composition in Quaternary deposits. Erosion and slides. Engineering use of Quaternary sediments in construction and production.
Course material: Compendia from the Department. Morten Thoresen: Kvartærgeologisk kart over Norge. Tema: Jordarter. Norges geologiske undersøkelse. 64 p. and notes. (In Norwegian.)
GEO3206G Rock Mechanics 5 cr.
21616 Spring: 3F + 2Øu Professor Arne Myrvang
Three-dimensional stress analysis. Mechanical properties of rocks - rheological models, failure criteria and deformation characteristics. Classification of rocks and rock masses, fracturing. Rock stresses. Stress distribution around rock openings. Experimental stress analysis - strain gages, inductive gages, extensometers, in-situ rock stress measurements. Physical and numerical modelling. Rock support. Case histories on practical use of rock mechanic principles.
Course material: Lecture notes.
GEO3207GK
Mineral and Particle Processing 5.5 cr.
21725 Spring: 3F + 3Øu Professor Knut L. Sandvik
Particle technology, including particle size, bulk solids, silos and feeders, particles in fluids, mineral transportation and "comminution". "Separation methods" including sieving and "classification", "solid liquid separation", gravitative and magnetic separation and "flotation". Operation of solids treatment plants including drilling mud treatment. The laboratory exercises are mandatory.
Course material: Compendium in Mineral Technique (In Norwegian) published by the Department.
GEO3208G Petrology 6 cr.
20503 Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 2Øs Professor Tore Prestvik
Systematics of magmatic and metamorphic rocks, their modes of occurrence, their petrogenesis, and associated ore forming processes. The study of rocks by means of petrographic microscope.
Course material: To be decided.
GEO3209G Sedimentology and Stratigraphy 5 cr.
20548 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu Associate Professor Sverre Ola Johnsen
Formation and properties of sediments and sedimentary rocks. Structures, textures, mineral composition and classification of sedimentary rocks. Depositional environments and facies models, types of sedimentary basins. Introduction to diagenesis. Stratigraphic methods and classifications, principles of correlation.
Course material: S.Jr. Boggs: Principles of Sedimentology and Stratigraphy, Prentice Hall
GEO3210G Applied Geochemistry 4.5 cr.
21012 Autumn: 2F + 3Øs Professor Richard Sinding-Larsen
The course covers the geochemistry of the superficial environment and includes a description of dispersion processes and the resulting anomalous patterns, as well as statistical and non-statistical methods for the interpretation of data. Geochemical problems related to natural resources in their geological environment will be discussed.
Course material: A.W. Rose, H. Hawkes and J. Webb: Geochemistry in Mineral Exploration, Academic Press.
GEO3211G Petroleum Geology 5 cr.
20536 Spring: 3F + 2Øu Associate Professor Sverre Ola Johnsen
Different types of hydrocarbons, formation of source rocks, maturation, migration and accumulation of hydrocarbons. Reservoir rocks, classification and formation of hydrocarbon traps. The geological evolution of the North Sea and other areas of the Norwegian continental shelf.
Course material: S.O. Johnson: Geologien på norsk sokkel. (The geology of the Norwegian continental shelf) Department of Geology and Mineral Resources, compendium (in Norwegian). North, F. K.: Petroleum Geology, Allen & Unwik
GEO3212G The Geology of Mineral Deposits 6 cr.
21032 Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 2D To be decided
Distribution of economic mineral deposits both geographically and geochronological: Metallogenic provinces and epochs. Description of a selection of the more important metallic and nonmetallic mineral deposit types with emphasis on: paleotectonic and plate tectonic situation, lithostratigraphical associations, mineralogy and geochemistry, morphology and structural aspects. In addition to lectures, laboratory studies of specimens on both macroscopic and microscopic scales, studies of maps and other illustrative material.
Course material: Internal lecture notes. Selected reading from current literature - textbooks and journals.
GEO3213G Environmental and Geological Resource Engineering 4.5 cr.
21749 Autumn: 3F + 1Øu Professor Knut L. Sandvik
Technical analysis and solution of industrial pollution-problems. Mainly from oil industry, mining and metallurgical industry. Subjects: Basic physics/chemistry "environmental protection", pollution control. "Pollution control" and "environmental management" in industry and analysis of environmental consequences are important.
Course material: Compendium.
GEO3214G Biology for Environmental Engineering 5 cr.
21752 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu Professor Knut L. Sandvik
Cell biology, genetics, physiology, ecology, biodiversity, impact of pollution.
Course material: Will be stated at the beginning of the course.
GEO3215G Engineering Geology, Introduction 5 cr.
21527 Spring: 3F + 2Øu Professor Kåre Rokoengen
Professor Bjørn Nilsen
Coord.: Professor Kåre Rokoengen
Quaternary geological processes with emphasis on glacial and glaciofluvial erosion, transport and deposition. Introduction to Norwegian Quaternary geology on the mainland and the continental shelf. Age, depositional history, distribution, normal stratigraphy, structures and mineral composition in Quaternary deposits. Erosion and slides. Engineering use of Quaternary sediments and rock material in construction and production. Mechanical character of the rock mass. Properties of fractures and weakness zones. Ground water in rock. Pre-investigation and planning of underground excavations.
Course material: Compendia from the Department. Morten Thoresen: Kvartærgeologisk kart over Norge. Tema: Jordarter. Norges geologiske undersøkelse. 64 p. and notes (in Norwegian).
GEO3216G Working Environment and Safety in Heavy Industry 4.5 cr.
21670 Spring: 2F + 2Øu + 1Øs Adjunct Professor Tom Myran
General introduction to the state-of-the-art environmental engineering and safety aspects. Physical, chemical, safety and psychosocial environmental factors. Accidents, fires, explosion, radiation. Organizations, jobs and individuals in industrial safety. Sampling, control, analysis. Statutory regulations ventilation and air-conditioning.
Course material: Compendia.
GEO3217G Spreading of Pollution in Air and Water 5 cr.
21753 Spring: 3F + 2Øu Professor Knut L. Sandvik
"Transport in the sea", including tidal currents, wind induced current and coastal current. "Transport in the atmosphere", including geostrophic wind, vertical wind profile and topographic effects. Mixing processes: Shear spreading, turbulent diffusion, gravity plumes (entrainment). "Weathering processes", including evaporation, emulsion formation, dispersion, solubility in water, biological and photo-chemical degradation.
Course material: Compendium and selected papers.
GEO3301G Chemical Metallurgy 7 cr.
23020 Autumn: 3F + 3Øu + 2Øs Professor Johan Kristian Tuset
1st and 2nd laws of thermodynamics applied to metallurgical systems and problems. Material and enthalpy balances. Calorimetry. Chemical equilibria in gas mixtures and for gas/solid reactions. Thermodynamics of melts, solutions and phase diagrams. Activity relations in liquid steel and metal/slag equilibria. Elementary statistical thermodynamics applied on liquid alloys, molten salt mixtures and slag. Kinetics of heterogeneous reactions.
Course material: D. R. Gaskell: Introduction to Metallurgical Thermodynamics. Second ed. Hemisphere Publ. Corp. New York 1981. Lecture notes with calculations and suggested solutions.
GEO3302G Metallurgical Engineering 2 5 cr.
23042 Autumn: 2F + 2Øu + 2Øs Professor Jon Arne Bakken
Heat, mass and fluid flow as applied to metallurgical engineering problems: Dimensional analyses. Differential conservation equations: mass, heat components in mixtures (diffusion) and momentum. Boundary layer theory: velocity, temperature and concentration profiles, transfer coefficients, Chilton-Colburn's analogies. Turbulent: momentum, heat and mass transfer, Reynolds' analogy. Channel flows: entrance and fully developed regions. Particle, drops and bubbles: terminal motion, heat/mass transfer. Packed beds: Ergun's pressure loss formula, heat transfer. Fluidization.
Course material: Compendium published by Department of Metallurgy, 1993.
GEO3303G Computer Simulation of Metallurgical Processes 4.5 cr
23543 Autumn: 1F + 2Øu + 3Øs Professor Lars Arnberg
File handling, use of application programs like spreadsheet and graphics programs, elementary data logging and computer control. Programming with applications within modelling of metallurgical processes.
Course material: To be decided.
GEO3304G Refining Metallurgy 6 cr.
23066 Spring: 3F + 3Øu + 1Øs Professor Thorvald Abel Engh
The effect of dissolved elements and particles (inclusions) on mechanical properties is discussed briefly. The subject mainly deals with the fundamental thermodynamic, kinetic and technological aspects concerning purification of (molten) metals. Refining of steel, aluminium, copper, ferro-alloys and silicon is treated in the lectures and in problems. Finally, recycling of metals is discussed. Refining studies in the laboratory are a requirement.
Course material: T.A. Engh: Principles of Metal Refining, Oxford University Press 1992.
GEO3305G Physical Metallurgy 2 7.5 cr.
23520 Spring: 4F + 1Øu + 3Øs Professor Jan Ketil Solberg
For Students from Faculty 2.
Microstructure and properties of technologically important metals and alloys. Steels, stainless steels, cast irons, aluminium-, titanium-, magnesium- and copper alloys. Aspects of casting, segregation, homogenization, microstructure, hardening, tempering, plastic forming and fracture are treated on the basis of course 23519. Three experimental laboratory assignments within microstructure, phase transformation and mechanical properties.
Course material: Jan Ketil Solberg: Technological metals and alloys, compendium (in Norwegian).
GEO3306GM
Solidification of Metals 5.5 cr.
23541 Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 1Øs Professor Lars Arnberg
Thermodynamics of solidification. Nucleation and grain refinement. Growth of cells and dendrites. Solute redistribution and micro-segregation. Rapid solidification. Continuous casting processes. Macro-segregation.
Course material: W. Kurz & D. J. Fisher: Fundamentals of Solidification. Trans Techn. Publ. 1989. Cast metallurgy, compendium (in Norwegian).
GEO3401G Machine Elements in Drilling and Production 5.5 cr.
24042 Autumn: 3F + 1Øu + 2Øs Professor Arild Rødland
Contents: Drilling/production machinery and machine elements; hoisting systems, rotation machinery, pumps, hydraulic systems, pipes, prime movers and transmissions. Systems and arrangements. Identification of important machine elements and their loading. Dimensioning against breaking, yield and fatigue. Welded connections, bolt/nut connections and shrink connections. Rotating elements and critical RPM. Steel wire loading and safety procedures.
Course material: To be decided.
GEO3402G Applied Fluid Mechanics 5.5 cr.
24044 Autumn: 3F + 1Øu + 2Øs Professor Harald Asheim
The course extends topics of fluid mechanics, with emphasize on applications.
Course material: To be decided.
GEO3403G Properties of Reservoir Fluids 4.5 cr.
24064 Autumn: 2F + 2Øu + 1Øs Professor Curtis H. Whitson
The course covers petroleum reservoir fluid properties, including phase behaviour and volumetric properties of oil, gas, and water. PVT laboratory studies are discussed, and the application of PVT properties in petroleum engineering is shown.
Course material: Petroleum Fluids, McCain, W.D. Jr. and some handouts.
GEO3404G Applied Computer Methods in Petroleum Science 6 cr.
24065 Autumn: 1F + 3Øu, Spring: 1F + 3Øu Professor Jon Kleppe
The course covers methods for curve fitting, numerical differentiation, integration, interpolation, solution of equations, solution of systems of equations, statistical methods, numerical solution of differential equations, etc., with applications to typical problems in petroleum engineering and geoscience. Emphasis is put on individual programming and use of program packages on the Department's computers.
Course material: W.H. Preuss and S.A. Teukolsky: Numerical Recipes (Fortran Version), Cambridge University Press, Cambridge (1992). E.B. Koffman and F.L. Friedman: Fortran, Addison Wesley, New York (1993)
GEO3405G Well Logging 5.5 cr.
24020 Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 1Øs Assistant Professor Helge Langeland
The course gives an introduction to the most common measurements used in well logging and practical interpretation of these. Electrical, electromagnetic, radiometric, acoustic and geometric log measurements. Connections between the measured parameters and the rock's porosity, fluid/gas saturation, lithology and clay content. The exercises have a lot of weight on work with log data and practical interpretation techniques.
Course material: H. Langeland: Innføring i boreholslogging. (Introduction to well logging). (Latest edition, Tapir). Norwegian text. English texts may cover the main topics.). Log data from well in the North Sea.
GEO3406G Formation Mechanics in Drilling and Production 6 cr.
24021 Spring: 3F + 3Øu + 1Øs Professor Rune M. Holt
Theory of elasticity, poroelasticity, and failure mechanics. Earth stresses and pore pressure. Determination of rock mechanical properties and in situ stresses/pore pressure from laboratory and field data. Brief description of the structure, mineralogy and mechanical properties of sedimentary rocks (shales, sandstones, chalk).
Drilling applications: Stability of a vertical hole. Thermal effects. Upper and lower bounds for the mud weight to prevent hole collapse and lost circulation. Interaction drilling fluid-formation. Interaction drill bit-formation.
Production applications: Stability of perforation cavities, critical draw-down and flow rate to prevent sand production. Reservoir compaction and surface subsidence. Stimulation by hydraulic fracturing.
Course material: Fjær, Holt, Horsrud, Raaen & Risnes: "Petroleum Related Rock Mechanics", Elsevier 1992.
GEO3407G Petroleum Production Engineering 1 6 cr.
24046 Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 2Øs Professor Jon Steinar Gudmundsson
The course covers the technology and engineering of systems for offshore handling and processing of oil and gas. It covers the following topics: Field processing, oil/gas/water separation, gas dehydration, crude oil treatment, water treatment, pumping, compression, metering, flow and pipeline transport.
Course material: Compendium.
GEO3408G Reservoir Engineering Laboratory 4.5 cr.
24059 Spring: 2F + 3Øu Professor Ole Torsæter
Introduction to laboratory equipment and procedures. Measurements of fluid saturations, porosity, permeability, viscosity, interfacial tension and contact angle. Multiphase flow in porous media. Capillary pressure in the reservoir and measurement of capillary pressure using the porous plate and centrifuge methods. Theoretical aspects of relative permeability, two- and three phase relative permeability correlations and measurements of relative permeability with methods based on both steady state and unsteady state flow.
Course material: Laboratory manuals and compendia.
GEO3409G Well Testing 1 5.5 cr.
24061 Spring: 3F + 3Øu Associate Professor Tom Aage Jelmert
Development of fundamental equations for the flow of fluids, gas and liquids, through homogeneous and fractured reservoirs. Application to single-well tests. Well test interpretation techniques for oil and gas wells: Drawdown-, Buildup-, Multirate- and Constant pressure tests. Interference testing. Practical application of the theory will be emphasized. Elementary techniques, Diagnostic plots, Type Curves and Specialized plots. Application of pressure and rate derivatives. Ideal and real tests cases. Practical problems. Real test data. Noise.
Course material: J.F. Stainslav and C.S. Kabir: Pressure Transient Analysis, Prentice Hall, New Jersey 1990. Jelmert, T.A. "Introduction to Well Test Analysis". Department of Petroleum Engineering and Applied Geophysics.
GEO3410GE
Seismic Wave Propagation 6 cr.
24024 Autumn: 4F + 2Øu Associate Professor Egil Tjåland
The wave equation and wave propagation. One-dimensional wave propagation. Group and phase velocity. Theory of elasticity. Reflection and refraction of plane waves. Absorption. Diffraction. Dynamic ray tracing. Wave path geometry. Travel time approximations and corrections. Multiple reflections. Seismic noise. Interpretation of seismic velocity analysis.
Course material: Lecture notes
GEO3411G Geophysical Signal Analysis 5 cr.
24025 Spring: 3F + 2Øu Professor Bjørn Ursin
Fourier series and Fourier transforms. Linear filters. Discrete time series. The Discrete Fourier Transform. Non-recursive and recursive digital filters. Z-transforms. Auto correlation functions. Stability of inverse filters. Removal of surface reflections and sea-bottom multiples. Least squares filtering. Pulse-shaping filters. Predictive de-convolution. Fourier transformations in time and space. Two dimensional filters
Course material: Compendium.
GEO3412G Seismic Interpretation 5.5 cr.
24027 Spring: 2F + 3Øu + 2D Professor Bjørn Ursin
Principles of seismic interpretation. Velocity analysis. Migration. Structural traps. Stratigraphic traps. Special seismic effects. Special methods. Direct hydrocarbon indicators. Seismic attributes. 3-D seismic. Seismic stratigraphy. Deep reflection seismic.
Course material: J. Hospers: Interpretation of seismic reflection data (2 parts), Third edition 1991, compendium.
GEO4001K Physical Metallurgy 1 5 cr.
23521 Autumn: 3F + 1Øu + 1Øs Professor Øystein Grong
Course for students from Faculty 5.
The course is identical to course23519 except that the laboratory exercises are not required.
Course material: M.F. Ashby, D.R.H. Jones: Engineering Materials I & II, Pergamon Press 1980/1986.
GEO4002K Light and Electron Microscopy 2.5 cr.
23561 Autumn: 1F + 1Øu + 1D Professor Jan Ketil Solberg
Short version of course 23562. For students from Faculties 5 and 9. Optical metal microscopy, scanning electron microscopy. Construction, operation and use. Resolution, contrast, imaging techniques. Practical use of instruments.
Course material: Jarle Hjelen: Scanning electron microscopy, compendium (in Norwegian).
Jan Ketil Solberg: Light-microscopy, compendium (in Norwegian).
GEO4003K Physical Metallurgy 2 5.5 cr.
23522 Spring: 4F + 1Øu Professor Jan Ketil Solberg
For students from Faculty 5.
Microstructure and properties of technologically important metals and alloys. Steels stainless steels, cast irons, aluminium-, titanium-, magnesium and copper alloys. Aspects of casting, segregation, homogenization, microstructure, hardening, tempering, plastic forming and fracture are treated on the basis of course 23521.
Course material: Jan Ketil Solberg: Technological metals and alloys, compendium (in Norwegian).
GEO4004B Engineering Geology of Rocks, Advanced Course 7.5 cr.
21562 Spring: 3F + 3Øu + 1Øs + 2D Professor Einar Broch
Colloquium and lectures on selected topics as a supplement to and extension of the basic course given by staff members and guest speakers. Excursions and field trips.
Course material: Selected reports and scientific papers. R.E. Goodman: Engineering Geology, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1993.
GEO4005B Engineering Geology of Soils, Advanced Course 7.5 cr.
21563 Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 2Øs + 2D Professor Kåre Rokoengen
Quaternary geology and sediments in the Norwegian mainland, the Continental shelf and selected foreign areas. Genesis and processes. Engineering use of Quaternary sediments in construction and production. Excursions.
Course material: Compendia.
GEO4101GB
Project Work 11.5 cr.
20010 Spring: 1F + 1Øu + 12Øs + 3D Professor Knut L. Sandvik
Associate Professor Sverre Ola Johnsen (Geology and Mineral resources engineering)
Professor Jon-Steinar Gudmundsson (Petroleum Technology and Applied Geophysics)
Coord.: Faculty Director Birger Hoggen
Topics for the project are chosen in cooperation between the students and the teacher. Training in written and oral presentation is part of the course.
Course material: Patricia A. Robinson: Fundamentals of Technical Writing, Haughton Miffin Co. 1985, and/or Torlaug Løkensgard Hoel: Tanke blir tekst, Det norske samlaget, 1992.
GEO4102- Project Work 11.5 cr.
20011 Autumn: 1F + 1Øu + 12Øs + 3D Professor Knut L. Sandvik
Associate Professor Sverre Ola Johnsen
Professor Jon Steinar Gudmundsson
For students who take 4th year part time esp. those who have attended university studies at Svaldbard (UNIS). Topics for the project are chosen in cooperation between the students and the teacher. Training in written and oral presentation is part of the course.
Course material: Patrica A. Robinson: Fundamentals of Technical Writing, Haughton Mffin Co., 1985 and/or Torlaug Løkensgard Hoel: Tanke blir tekst, Det norske samlaget, 1992.
GEO4201G Exploitation of Solid Mineral Resources 7.5 cr.
21625 Autumn: 4F + 2Øs + 2D Professor Kai Nielsen
The main focus will be on methods and equipment for exploitation af all solid mineral resources, and work in connection with start-up and close-down of operations. The course will also present topics with regard to economics, environment, health, safety, qualty assurance and public management of natural resources.
Course material: Lecture notes.
GEO4202G Mineral Processing and Recycling 7 cr.
21726 Autumn: 3F + 3Øu + 2D Professor Knut L. Sandvik
Some subjects already treated in course 21725 will be treated more in depth. Instrumentation and process control for processes with particulate materials. Environmental problems associated with mining and related industries. (Discharge of effluents, disposal of tailings and rehabilitation.) Leaching of metals. Mineral processing methods used for recycling. Refining of recycled metals.
Course material: Compendium in mineral techniques.
GEO4203G Public Administration and Resource Economics 6 cr.
21771 Spring: 2F + 2Øu + 2Øs + 2D Professor Kai Nielsen
Metal and mineral production with emphasis on the national situation. Reasons for shifts in demand and production, business cycles and the influence on use and re-use of metals and mineral products. Factors affecting prices, market relations and transport costs are discussed. Public administration, environmental laws and economic factors influencing metal/mineral production.
Course material: Compendium and selected literature.
GEO4204G Mineral Raw Materials 6 cr.
21033 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu + 2D Professor Terje Malvik
An advanced course dealing with natural mineral raw materials, excluding fossil fuels. Lectures cover mode of occurrence, mineralogical and chemical composition, demands on quality and more important areas of application. Laboratory exercises involve macro- and microscopical examination of selected raw materials.
Course material: Lecture notes and selected reading from current literature.
GEO4205G Petroleum geological field and laboratory methods 6 cr.
20511 Autumn: 1F + 6Øu + 2D Teachers at Department of Geology and Mineral Resources
Coord.: Professor Elen Roaldset
Common laboratory methods for investigation and description of minerals, rocks and (ground) water. Some of the following methods are described: Crushing and separation (mineral dressing), X-ray diffraction (XRD), X-ray fluorescence (XRF), differential thermal analyses (DTA), scanning electron microscopy (SEM), atom absorbtion spectroscopy (AAS). Strength properties of rocks and aggregates.
Course material: Lecture notes.
GEO4206G Engineering Geology, Planning and Specification 6 cr.
21540 Autumn: 2F + 2Øu + 2Øs + 2D Professor Bjørn Nilsen
The course includes reporting of results of engineering geological investigations, planning and specification based on these results and preparation of tender documents. Norwegian standards within the field are discussed in detail, and some international standards more briefly. Case histories from Norway and abroad represent a main part of the course.
Course material: Various papers and copies of standards (to be handed out during the course).
GEO4207G Coal Mining 6 cr.
21627 Autumn: 2F + 4Øs + 2D Professor Arne Myrvang
Coal trading. Coal geology. Methane and coal dust hazards. Terminology. Rock mechanics. Mining methods. Equipment and lay-out for mining and haulage. Ventilation - dust and gas control.
Course material: Lecture notes, selected papers and articles.
GEO4208G Geostatistics in Evaluating Resources 6 cr.
21666 Autumn: 2F + 2Øu + 2Øs + 2D Associate Professor Erik Ludvigsen
Stochastic models and methods for analysing regionalistic variables. Variogram. Kriging. Conditional simulation.
Course material: Compendia.
GEO4209G Engineering Geology of Rocks, Advanced Course 6 cr.
21560 Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 2D Professor Bjørn Nilsen
Lectures on selected topics as a supplement to and extension of the basic course given by staff members and guest speakers. Colloquium based on American textbook.
Course material: Inst. of Mining and Metallurgy, London. Selected reports and scientific papers.
R.E. Goodman : Engineering Geology.
GEO4210G Aggregate Production 7.5 cr.
21626 Spring: 3F + 4Øs + 2D Professor Kai Nielsen
The main focus will be on technical and economic issues in connection with crushing, sorting and materials handling of rock materials. The course will also treat technical specifications for variuos aggregates and their uses, exploitation of raw materials, planning for production and closure with emphasis on environmental issues, and quality assurance.
Course material: Lecture notes.
GEO4211G Applied Rock Mechanics 5 cr.
21681 Spring: 2F + 4Øs Professor Arne Myrvang
Instrumentation for in-situ rock stress and deformation measurements. Accuracy and use limitations. Practical measurements. Examples. Classification of rock cores - RQD. Laboratory determination of strength parameters, elastic properties and time dependent deformation. Photoelasticity and numerical modelling. Practical measurements in the field and in the laboratory with report.
Course material: Lecture notes, selected papers and articles.
GEO4212G Engineering Geology of Soils, Advanced Course 6 cr.
21561 Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 2D Professor Kåre Rokoengen
Quaternary geology and sediments in the Norwegian mainland, the Continental shelf and selected foreign areas. Genesis and processes. Engineering use of Quaternary sediments in construction and production. Excursions.
Course material: Compendia and selected material from textbooks and journals.
GEO4213GB
Hydrogeology 6 cr.
21536 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu + 2D Associate Professor Bjørge Brattli
This course is based on courses 21525 and 21526 or 21527. Hydrogeological subjects related to ground water extraction for drinking water, soil/water interactions, pollution transport in soils and ground water, purification potential of soils and remediation techniques.
Course material: Lecture notes, articles.
GEO4214G Resource Geology, Advanced Course 5 cr.
21041 Autumn: 2F + 3Øs + 1D Professor Richard Sinding-Larsen
The main focus of the course relates to the use of remote sensing, offshore and on-shore, for the identification and mapping of natural resources. The course will further discuss how to use geochemistry and mathematical geological interpretation methods in the inventory of natural resources. An important aspect is quality assurance of resource estimates based upon a structured and systematic recording of the various parameters used in modelling such resources.
Course material: Lecture notes and selected papers from the literature.
GEO4215G Resource Geology, Advanced Course 2 5 cr.
21042 Spring: 2F + 3Øs + 1D Professor Richard Sinding-Larsen
The most important work and interpretation procedures in relation to a complete resource geological assessment and exploration programme will be covered. Emphasis will be put on an integrated approach starting with the estimation of the resource potential within an area through exploration at a regional level, the follow-up level, and the detailed level, leading to the potential discovery of a financially recoverable deposit. An important aspect will be how resource estimates can be used as a framework for establishing exploration strategies and provide the boundary conditions for the short term and long term management of non-renewable resources. Practical exercises will cover literature studies, and be directed towards the particular interests of students regarding hydrology, the geology of mineral deposits, petroleum geology or the geology of other fossil fuels. Topics within resource management and resource economy will be dealt with in relation to the supply and availability of non-renewable resources.
Course material: Lecture notes and selected papers from the literature.
GEO4216G Diagenesis/Reservoir Quality 5 cr.
20560 Autumn: 2F + 2Øu + 2D Professor Elen Roaldset
Physical and chemical changes in sediments from deposition to 4 - 5 km burial. Factors affecting the preservation, reduction, and neoformation of porosity in potential petroleum reservoir rocks are emphasized, with special reference to the reservoir quality. Case studies are presented.
Course material: Articles and compendia.
GEO4217G Regional Petroleum Geology 6 cr.
20561 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu + 2D Professor Stephen Lippard
Plate tectonics of basin classification and formation. Rift, passive margin and foreland-type basins with expamples from Northwest Europe, Canada and the Middle East. The geological development of other hydrocarbon provinces in the world.
Course material: Selected articles and books.
Language of Instruction: English
GEO4218G Reservoir/Production Geology 6 cr.
20562 Spring: 2F + 2Øu + 2Øs + 2D Professor Elen Roaldset
The application of geology and sedimentology in reservoir description, and reservoir modelling. reservoir geometry, facies internal zonation, porosity and permeability assessments and production planning.
Course material: Selected articles and reports. Data programs.
GEO4219G The Geology of Mineral Deposits, Advanced Course 7cr.
21034 Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 2Øs + 1D To be decided
Ore-forming fluids: Magma, and hydrothermal fluids (magmatic-, meteoric-, connate- seawater- and metamorphic fluids). Origin, transport and deposition of deposit-forming elements and minerals: Wall-rock alteration; structural control; paragenesis and zonation; geothermetry and geobarometry, isotopes in mineral deposit formation. Metamorphism and deformation of mineral deposits; metamorphism as a deposit-forming process.
Course material: Internal lecture notes together with selected reading from current literature.
GEO4220G Acute Pollution 6 cr.
21750 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu + 2D Professor Knut L. Sandvik
Practical contingency planning to reduce damage of "accidental pollution" from hazardous substances based on brief "risk assessment" and "cost/benefit evaluations". Mainland and offshore activities will be covered focusing on combatant methods, possibilities and efficiency due to spills at sea, inland waters/ground water or air.
Course material: Compendium and papers.
GEO4221G Sedimentology and Petroleum Geology 5 cr.
20547 Spring: 3F + 2Øu Associate Professor Sverre Ola Johnsen
Classification of sediments and sedimentary rocks. Sedimentary processes. Depositional environments and facies. Stratigraphic principles. Accumulation of organic matter in sediments. Formation, migration and accumulation of petroleum. The geological factors controlling porosity and permeability and how the distribution of these properties is controlled by sedimentology and diagenetic processes. Classification and formation of different types of petroleum traps. A short introduction to the geology of the Norwegian continental shelf.
Course material: Compendium.
GEO4222G Petroleum Geological Topics, Advanced Course 6 cr.
20550 Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 2D Associate Professor Sverre Ola Johnsen
The course content is not fixed, but examples of topics that could be included are organic geochemistry, sequence stratigraphy, basin modelling etc.
Course material: Notes and articles.
GEO4223G Regional Geology 5 cr.
20526 Autumn: 2F + 2Øu + 2Øs Professor Allan Krill
The bedrock geology of Norway, and a brief survey of the Quaternary geology of Norway and the geology of Europe. The following topics are covered in more detail: Taphrogenesis (the Permian Oslo region, including a two-day field trip), orogenesis (the Caledonian mountain belt in mid- and/or northern Norway), extensional orogenic collapse (the Devonian deposits of western Norway).
Course material: Published geological articles, geological maps, excursion guides in Norwegian and English.
GEO4224G Resource Geological Field and Laboratory Methods 6 cr.
21031 Autumn: 1F + 6Øu + 2D Teachers at the institute
Coordinator: Professor Tore Prestv ik
Common laboratory methods for investigation and description if minerals, rocks and (ground) water. Some of the following methods are described: Chrusing and separation (mineral dressing), X-ray diffraction (XRD), X-ray fluorescence (XRF), differential thermal analysis (DTA), scanning electron microscopy (SEM), atom absorption spectroscopy (AAS). Strength properties of rocs and aggregates.
Course material: Lecture notes.
GEO4225G Engineering Geological Field and Laboratory Methods 6 cr.
21531 Autumn: 1F + 6Øu + 2D Teachers at the institute
Coordinator: Professor Kåre Rokoengen
Common laboratory methods for investigation and description if minerals, rocks and (ground) water. Some of the following methods are described: Chrusing and separation (mineral dressing), X-ray diffraction (XRD), X-ray fluorescence (XRF), differential thermal analysis (DTA), scanning electron microscopy (SEM), atom absorption spectroscopy (AAS). Strength properties of rocs and aggregates.
Course material: Lecture notes.
GEO4226G Environmental Geological Field and Laboratory Methods 6 cr.
21731 Autumn: 1F + 6Øu + 2D Teachers at the institute
Coordinator: Professor Knut L. Sandvik
Common laboratory methods for investigation and description if minerals, rocks and (ground) water. Some of the following methods are described: Chrusing and separation (mineral dressing), X-ray diffraction (XRD), X-ray fluorescence (XRF), differential thermal analysis (DTA), scanning electron microscopy (SEM), atom absorption spectroscopy (AAS). Strength properties of rocs and aggregates.
Course material: Lecture notes.
GEO4301G Metallurgy, Project Work 12 cr.
23076 Spring: 1F + 2Øu + 12Øs + 3D Professor Nils Ryum
Feasibility studies related to industrial development projects, alternatively, experimental investigation of specified topics in connection with current research projects. The former is carried out by a working group comprising 2 - 3 participants. The experimental investigation is carried out as individual projects.
Course material: Special literature relevant to the various tasks.
GEO4302G Literature Study in Metallurgy 5 cr.
23001 Autumn: 1Øu + 5Øs + 2D Associate Professor Arne Espelund
Introduction to classification of literature in libraries. Presentation of reference books and search systems. Every student will get an individual task, to be presented in writing at the end of the term and orally in the spring term.
Course material: Guidelines published by the Department. General library guidelines.
GEO4303G The Mechanical Properties of Metals 1 6 cr.
23513 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu + 2Øs Professor Erik Nes
The course starts with dislocation theory (building on course 23519). This theory is then applied in the interpretation of the relationships between mechanical properties and microstructure. Important topics are: Work hardening, grain boundary strengthening, precipitation hardening etc. Plastic instability and yield point phenomena are also covered.
Course material: G.E. Dieter: Mechanical Metallurgy.
GEO4304G Light and Electron Microscopy 6 cr.
23562 Autumn: 2F + 2Øu + 3Øs + 1D Professor Jan Ketil Solberg
For students from Faculty 2.
Optical metal microscopy, scanning electron microscopy and transmission electron microscopy. Construction, operation and use. Resolution, contrast, imaging techniques. Polarized light, interference microscopy. X-ray micro analysis, electron micro diffraction. Practical use of instruments.
Course material: Jan Ketil Solberg: Light microscopy, compendium. Jarle Hjelen: Scanning electron microscopy, compendium. Jan Ketil Solberg: A short introduction to transmission electron microscopy, stencil. All in Norwegian.
GEO4305G Phase Transformations in Metals 7 cr.
23515 Spring: 3F + 3Øu + 2D Professor Nils Ryum
Mathematical and physical description of diffusion. Geometrical and structural aspects of interfaces. Formal theory of nucleation and growth transformations: Precipitation, restoration reaction and grain growth. Spinodal decomposition, martensite transformations.
Course material: D.A. Porter and K.E. .Easterling: Phase Transformations in Metals and Alloys.
D.J. Verhoeven: Fundamentals of Physical Metallurgy.
GEO4306G The Mechanical Properties of Metals 2 5.5 cr.
23517
Spring: 3F + 1Øu + 2D Professor Erik Nes
Fracture due to static and dynamic loading (fatigue). Mechanical properties at high temperatures, creep. Anisotropy in mechanical properties, texture. The relationships between mechanical properties and microstructure are discussed on the basis of physical models and the principles are illustrated with applications to technologically important structural metals.
Course material: G.E. Dieter: Mechanical Metallurgy. Printed lecture notes.
GEO4307GM
Welding Metallurgy 7 cr.
23580 Spring: 4F + 1Øu + 2D Professor Øystein Grong
Heat flow and temperature distribution in welding, weld metal chemistry and transformation behaviour. HAZ transformation behaviour, structure-property relationships, hydrogen cracking, and H2S stress corrosion cracking in steel welds, weldability of stainless steels and aluminium alloys, hyperbaric welding.
Course material: Ø. Grong: Metallurgical Modelling of Welding, The Institute of Materials, London, 1994.
GEO4308G Electric Furnaces 4.5 cr.
23044 Autumn: 2F + 2Øu + 1Øs Professor Jon Arne Bakken
Theoretical basis for electrometallurgical furnaces: Electric circuit analyses and current-resistance-power characteristics of one and three phase electrode furnaces. The principles of induction heating. Dimensional criteria for industrial furnaces for melting of ferro-alloys, arc furnaces for steel production, induction melting and heat treating furnaces. Plasma torches.
Course material: Compendia published by Department of Metallurgy 1993.
GEO4309G Extractive Metallurgy 1 7 cr.
23054 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu + 2Øs + 1D Professor Sverre E. Olsen
Principles and processes for production of iron. Thermodynamics and kinetics of iron ore reduction including use of Rist diagrams. Materials and energy balances. Technical and economic evaluations. Raw materials, sintering and pelletizing. The blast furnace, electric pig iron production, sponge iron processes and bath melting processes. Production of iron ore sinter in the laboratory. Study of mechanical strength and reducibility of sinter. Study of phase relations in scanning electron microscope (SEM).
Course material: Compendium in Norwegian, and textbook: T. Rosenqvist, Principles of Extractive Metallurgy, McGraw-Hill 1983.
GEO4310G Process Analysis 6 cr.
23063 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu + 1Øs + 1D Professor Thorvald Abel Engh
Fundamentals concerning calculation of conversion in metallurgical reactors are given. Particle/gas and melt (liquid)/gas processes are described. The kinetics of such processes are determined by mass-or heat transfer or by chemical reaction rates at the interfaces. The relevant equilibria must be taken into account. Criteria to determine the "bottleneck" for the kinetics are presented. Counter-flow processes such as the blast-furnace and absorption towers are discussed in order to illustrate the application of the theory.
Course material: O. Levenspiel: Chemical Reaction Engineering, John Wiley & Sons, New York 1967. T. A. Engh: Lecture notes 1993.
GEO4311G Extractive Metallurgy 2 6 cr.
23053 Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 2Øs Professor Johan Kristian Tuset
Principles and processes applied in production of non-ferrous metals. The chemistry and technology of roasting. Carbo-thermic production of lead and zinc. Silicothermic magnesium. Slags and refractory materials. Pyro-metallurgical processes for production of copper, nickel etc. from their sulphide ores, recovery of sulphur. Pyro-metallurgical refining of non-ferrous metals. Slag/metal refining of steel/ferroalloys. Halide metallurgy and production of reactive metals such as titanium. Treatment of ilmenite and production of Ti-rich slags.
Course material: T. Rosenqvist: Principles of Extractive Metallurgy, McGraw-Hill, and reproduced addenda.
GEO4312G Electrometallurgy 7 cr.
23055 Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 2Øs + 1D Professor Sverre E. Olsen
Principles and processes for production of ferroalloys and related products. Refining of ferroalloys. Technical and economic evaluations. Electric reduction furnaces. Pollution control and energy recovery. Production of silicon and ferrosilicon. Slag/metal processes for production of manganese alloys and chromium alloys. Production of carbides
Course material: Compendium in English.
GEO4401G Engineering Geophysics 7 cr.
24018 Autumn: 3F + 1Øu + 1Øs + 2D Associate Professor Ole Bernt Lile
Electrical methods. Resistivity (RP). Profiling. Vertical electrical sounding (VES). Electromagnetic methods. VLF. VLFR. Radar (GPR). Conductivity measurements (EM 31). Refraction seismic. Reflection seismic.
Course material: Lecture notes, NGU-reports and textbook from 24010 Applied Geophysics.
GEO4402G Mining Geophysics, Exercises, Advanced Course 5 cr.
24016 Autumn: 1F + 4Øu + 2Øs Associate Professor Ole Bernt Lile
Electrical methods. Resistivity (RP). Self potential (SP). Induced Polarization (IP). Charged Potential (CP). Electromagnetic methods, Turam, Slingram. VLF. Frequency sounding.
Course material: Lecture notes and textbooks.
GEO4403G Spreading of Contamination in Soil 7 cr.
24078 Spring: 3F + 1Øu + 2Øs + 2D Professor Curtis H. Whitson
The course covers different situations that result in contamination of soil and ground water. Spreading of contaminants and methods for remediating the contamination are discussed in light of technical, economic, and ecological considerations that must be considered for any given situation. Flow in porous material, wetting and multiphase flow, chemical reactions and phase behaviour, biological processes, miscible and immiscible displacement, well performance (hydrodynamic flow into a well) are relevant themes that will be discussed.
Course material: Fetter, C. W. : Contamination Hydrogeology.
Language of Instruction: English
GEO4404G Well Control During Drilling 7.5 cr.
24041 Autumn: 4F + 2Øu + 1Øs + 1D Associate Professor Pål Skalle
Composition, characteristic, clay minerals, fluid mechanics of non-Newtonian fluids, frictional pressure losses. Pressure control equipment. Materials and methods for cementing of casing in the borehole, methods for quality control and supplementary cementing. Fracturing, lost circulation, well bore stability, fluid density, abnormal pore pressure, detection of high pressure zones, volumetric unstable well, closing the well, circulation of well in abnormal sisuations, procedures for the same, shallow gas problems.
Course material: SPE book: Applied Drilling Engineering. Compendium.
GEO4405G Petroleum Production Engineering 2 8 cr.
24047 Autumn: 4F + 1Øu + 2Øs + 2D Professor Jon Steinar Gudmundsson
Flow of oil and gas near a drilling well (inflow performance). Pressure functions for oil, gas and two-phase flow. Rate equations. Multi-rate testing. Decline curves. Multiphase flow in wells. Choke valves. Artificial lift.
Course material: "Well Performance" and related papers.
GEO4406G Reservoir Recovery Techniques 7 cr.
24062 Autumn: 3F + 3Øu + 2D Professor Jon Kleppe
The course deals with internal and external energy sources, and the effects of such energies on the recovery of oil and gas from various types of petroleum reservoirs. Subjects covered are: Oil, gas and gas condensate fluid systems; single porosity and dual porosity reservoirs; microscopic and macroscopic displacement efficiencies; internal drive mechanisms; injection of water and gas; material balance equation; fluid flow equation; well patterns; introduction to improved recovery methods.
Course material: To be decided.
Language of Instruction: English
GEO4407G High Deviation Drilling 7.5 cr.
24040 Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 2Øs + 2D Professor Arild Rødland
Goal: The course gives an introduction to high deviation and horizontal drilling, methods and equipment, identifies parameters and conditions wich are of importance to such drilling and proves insight into calculations and planning procedures for the boreholes.
Before entry: The candidate is required to have completed basic courses in Drilling, Hole Stability and Well Control During Drilling such as No. 24021, 24041 and 24042.
Contents: Deviation drilling, history and background. Actuality, discussion of pors/cons and methodology for drilling versus other alternatives. Presentation of basic equipment and methodology for drilling of deviated boreholes, axial movement, rotation and pumping, also basic methodology for borehole integrity maintenance, mud and casing programs. Present special methods and equipment for hole direction management and control, define actual limits to borehole complexity and related methods and equipment. Also methods and equipment for calculation of borehole patterns, for achieving accuracy. Analysis of forces and power balances in the borehole, rotating/non-rotating string. Drillstring in tension and compression, buckling and bickling criteria, indicators of buckling conditions, consequences. Use of drillbit thrusters, consepts, pros/cons, analysis of consequences. Slimhole drilling, -strings, analysis of related limited parameters. Coiled tubing drilling, pros/cons, methodology and equipment, analysis of the force and power balances using coiled tubing.
Teaching methods: Lectures and voluntary exercises. If M.Sc. students are present, the course will be tought in English.
Course material: Dedicated compendium. Additional textbooks will be identified during the course.
GEO4408G Petroleum Production Engineering 3 7.5 cr.
24048 Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 2Øs + 2D Professor Michael Golan
Contents: Well architecture and layout of production and injection wells. Well hardware and equipment engineering. Well completion operations and processes. A few selected topics from among the following: formation damage, stimulation, subsea completions, sand control, production logging, horizontal well production and moddeling of multi-phase flow in wells.
Course material: To be announced by the teacher before the course starts.
GEO4409G Reservoir Simulation 7.5 cr.
24063 Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 2Øs + 2D Professor Jon Kleppe
The course develops the partial differential equations required for single-phase and multi-phase fluid flow in porous media, and numerical methods for solving the equations using finite difference methods. Subjects covered are: Summary of rock and fluid properties; development of PDEs; numerical solution of non-linear and linear systems of equations; reservoir simulation model types.
Course material: C.C. Mattax and R.L. Kyte: Reservoir Simulation, Monograph Series, SPE, Richardson, TX (1990)13
Language of Instruction: English
GEO4410G Drilling in High Pressure and High Temperature Wells 4.5 cr.
24030 Autumn: 2F + 1Øu + 2Øs Associate Professor Pål Skalle
Drilling progress when drilling in deep and hard formations is characterized by slow drilling and time consuming tripping to change bits; the drilling process in a mathematical model; optimality of mechanical and hydraulic drilling parameters; gas in the mud, gas solubility, gas velocity in slug flow and dispersed bubble flow, real pressure profile during kick circulation through deep and long horizontal wells. Emulsions and their importance in deep drilling; cementing and mud problems in deep wells.
Course material: SPE book: Applied Drilling Engineering.
Will not be taught in 1996
GEO4411G Well Testing 2 7.5 cr.
24076 Autumn: 3F + 1Øu + 3Øs + 2D Associate Professor Tom Aage Jelmert
Type curves: Logarithmic derivative, Polynomial derivative. Source functions: Line and plane sources. The effect of boundaries. Horizontal wells: Interpretation techniques. Transformations: Dimensionless variables. Isotropy transformation. Laplace transformation. Solution of differential equations in the Laplace space. Convolution and deconvolution. Numerical techniques. Special tests: Wire-line formation tests. Slug tests. Impulse testing. Heterogenetic: Naturally fractured reservoirs. Layered reservoirs with and without cross-flow. Multiphase flow: Method of Perrine. Pseudo potential functions:
Course material: Jeelmert, T.A. "Fundamentals of well testing".
GEO4412G Topics in Formation Evaluation 12 cr.
24023 Autumn: 3F + 1Øu + 2Øs + 2D , Spring: 2F + 1Øu + 1Øs + 2D Professor Rune M. Holt
Deeper understanding of data from boreholes, measurement methods used in boreholes, the information potential of these data and use in integrated evaluation of reservoirs.
The course focuses on selected topics from well data acquisition and the interpretation of these data: Basic petrophysical relations and points of view. Data quality control. Radiometric methods in open and cased boreholes: Spectrometry - natural and induced, neutron lifetime logging (saturation behind casing). Imaging the borehole wall. Dipmeter. Nuclear magnetic resonance in core analysis and logging (NMR, NML). Acoustic logging: Full waveform analysis, multipole sondes, relations between acoustic properties and rock parameters. Electromagnetic dielectric logging. Measurements while drilling, MWD. Logging and log interpretation in horizontal wells. Coring and core analyses - sources of errors in such data. Mud logging - acquisiton of data from the drilling process and the use of such data. Water saturation models in shaly formations. Computerized well data interpretation.
Course material: To be announced at start of course.
Language of Instruction: English
GEO4413G Seismic Data Acquisition and Processing 7 cr.
24026 Autumn: 3F + 3Øu + 2D Adjunct Professor Svein Vaage
Seismic data acquisition. Energy sources, sensors and recording instruments. Seismic arrays. Spatial sampling. Seismic data processing. Data formats and plotting. Deconvolution. Velocity analysis and stack. Travel time computations. Two-dimensional filters. Dip move-out. Wave equation migration. Three-dimensional seismic methods. Processing of vertical seismic profiles.
Course material: Lecture notes. O. Yilmaz: Seismic data processing. SEG, Tulsa.
Language of Instruction: English
GEO4414G Gravimetry and Magnetometery 6 cr.
24028 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu + 2D Associate Professor Ole Bernt Lile
Potential field methods. Theory of the potential. Gravimetry: Measurements, corrections, anomalies. Processing and interpretation of gravity data. Magnetometery: Aero-magnetic measurements, processing, interpretation.
Course material: Literature: J. Hospers: Gravimetry and magnetometery, Part 1, Gravimetry, Revised edition March 1993, compendium. Lecture notes. Textbook from course 24010 Applied Geophysics.
GEO4415G Applied Potential Field Methods 5 cr.
24013 Spring: 2F + 2Øu + 2Øs Associate Professor Ole Bernt Lile
Theory on forward and inverse methods (e.g. Autocorrelation method. Werner deconvolution, Talwani 2D and 2.5 D, least squares method), theory and measurements of petrophysical properties, 2D Fourier filtering, image processing, geographical informaton system, available aeromagnetic, gravity and petrophysical data in Norway. The exercises consist of interpretation of depth to basement, mapping of faults and intrasedimentary volcanics and utility of aeromagnetic, gravity and petrophysical databases.
Course material: M.B. Dobrin & C.H. Savit: Geophysical Prospecting. Selected articles.
GEO4416G Seismic Interpretation, Advanced Course 7 cr.
24029 Spring: 2F + 5Øu + 2D Associate Professor Egil Tjåland
Interpretation of two-dimensional and three-dimensional seismic data on graphic work-station. Seismic time maps. Depth conversion of seismic time maps (both from stacked and time-migrated seismic modelling using dynamic ray theory. Design of seismic surveys using seismic modelling.
Course material: Course notes.
GEO4417G Reservoir Seismics 5 cr.
24031 Spring: 3F + 2Øu Professor Bjørn Ursin
Relationship between reservoir parameters and seismic parameters. Seismic amplitude variations as a function of source-receiver distance (AVO). High-resolution seismics. Interpretation examples.
Course material: Compendium in extractive metallurgy. Donald R. Askeland: The Science and Engineering of Materials.
GEO4418G Natural Gas 5 cr.
24045 Spring: 3F + 2Øu Professor Jon Steinar Gudmundsson
The course gives introduction to natural gas engineering and an overview of the natural gas industry in Europe. Natural gas becomes more and more important for Norway, and we find us closer and closer to the Methane Age. The production and transport of natural gas to Europe calls for an integration of several fields of study, where of the professionalism of NTNU engineers comes to good use. The following themes will be converted in the course: gas market and resources, flow in porous media and gas properties, gas reservoirs and wells, gas transport, metering and storage, field development, economics, industrial uses of gas and environmental considerations.
Course material: Selected articles.
GEO4419G Fractured Reservoirs 6 cr.
24052 Spring: 3F + 1Øu + 3D Professor Ole Torsæter
The course presents the basic consepts which are assosiated with naturally fractured reservoirs, and the laws wich govern fluid dynamics in the double porosity of the fracture-matrix system. In such system the fracture have good transport capacity and low storage capasity, while in matrix blocks the situation is opposite. Water and gas injection in fractured reservoirs are more complicated than in ordinary reservoirs. Models for evaluation of the effect of fluid injection on oil recovery will be discussed. Well testing and the various methods of well test interpretations of fractured reservoirs are also presented.
Course material: T.D.van Golf-Racht: Fundamentals of fractured reservoir engineering, Elsevier, 1982.
The lectures will be held in English..
FACULTY OF MARINE TECHNOLOGY
MAR1101(MA)
Introduction to Marine Technology 1 cr.
80010 Autumn: 1Øu, Spring: 1Øu Faculty Director Leif Lundby
Fundamentals about ship and offshore technologies. Future activities and challenges for engineers with Siv.ing. Degree from Faculty of Marine Technology. Advice about study techniques.
Course material: To be decided.
MAR1102(MA)
Technical Drawing 2.5 cr.
80064 Autumn: 2Øu, Spring: 2Øu Professor Ola Westby
The course is an introduction to technical drawings of ships and oil platforms. Use of graphical means, manual and computer aided, for communication in engineering is part of the course. Exercises in the following topics are included: Exchange of graphical information in general. Drafting of sketches. Isometric drawings. Standards for technical drawings. Line drawings of ships. Layout drawings of ships and platforms. Classification drawings. Steel drawings. Computer Aided design. PC-based graphical systems.
Course material: To be decided
MAR1103(MA)
Hydrostatics and Stability 5.5 cr.
80512 Spring: 3F + 3Øu Assistant Professor Bjørn Sillerud
Lines plan, hydrostatic calculations, including. numerical integration. Initial stability, transverse and longitudinal. Stability at large angles of keel. Dynamic stability. Free-surface effects. Selected examples on stability and safety: Water on deck, grounding, heavy lifts, icing, negative GM, shifting cargo, influence of wind and waves. Stability and design, the inclining experiment, rules and regulations, T-KGmax-diagrams. Both ships and semisubmersibles are discussed.
Course material: Lecture notes by Bjørn Sillerud.
MAR1451N Ship Systems 4.5 cr.
81549 Autumn: 3F + 1Øu Professor Arnfinn Hammer
An introduction to system - theory and technology - is followed by the bridge-external systems like propeller/propulsion, thruster, rudder, anchor, tug and mooring. Analysis of interaction afterbody/rudder/ propeller as well as necessary mechanics, physics and hydrodynamics are included. A general survey of the radio-navigational systems is followed by a thorough treatment of autopilot, hydro-acoustic systems, inertial systems and integrated systems. Hull surveillance systems and VTS are dealt with. Accuracies and probabilities are thoroughly treated, principles of reliability and redundancy are evaluated.
Course material: A. Hammer: Uk-88-34 Skipssystemer, compendium (in Norwegian).
MAR2101(MA)M
Statics of Marine Structures 5 cr.
81013 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu Professor Jørgen Amdahl
Statics of frames - statically indeterminate beams and beam grillages, plane frames with sidesway permitted/not permitted. Analysis of cross-sectional behaviour - simplified stress analysis, shear stress distributions, shear centre, torsion, effective flange. Plasticity - plastic bending moment, interaction between bending moment and axial force, kinematic determination of collapse lead for beams and frames.
Course material: Lecture notes.
MAR2102(MA)
System Engineering in Marine Machinery 3.5 cr.
80080 Spring: 2F + 2Øu Professor Magnus Rasmussen
Short description of main- and auxiliary marine machinery systems. Discussion of physical, economical and environmental factors and their influence on system design and operation. Introduction to analysis methods such as effect- and energy calculations, life cycle cost, reliability and availability models and decision theory.
Course material: Printed course notes.
MAR2103(MA)
Resistance, Propulsion and Steering of Marine Structures 4.5 cr.
81514 Spring: 2F + 3Øu Associate Professor Olav Kjærland
Basics of resistance, introduction of dimensionless coefficients, model laws and performance of model testing. Geometric of propellers, simple momentum theory. Wake components, thrust reduction -empirical calculations. Introduction of design charts (Bp- 5 method) for propellers. Prognosis of speed, and power estimates. Brief description of steering and manoeuvring.
Course material: Compendium.
MAR2104- Creative Design 4.5 cr.
80090 Autumn: 7Øu Associate Professor Bjørn Sortland
The subject starts with an introduction to various human aspects of creativity. Then a development process is initiated in a multidisciplinary group that works on the design of a vessel. This process covers the definition of the problem, understanding of form, use of drawings in product development, guidance in a number of issues in marine technology. The subject ends with the launch and a competition between the vessels in the Ocean Basin Laboratory.
Course material: None
MAR2451N Steering and Manoeuvring 6.5 cr.
81544 Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 3Øs Adjunct Professor Tor Einar Berg
Manoeuvring and stability characteristics of surface vessels. Effect of hull geometry on straight line stability. Thrusters, high efficiency rudders and other control units. Low speed manoeuvring and DP-systems. Stability of tow-line systems. Shallow and confined waters; influence on ship handling characteristics. Simulator training course at the Ship Manoeuvring Simulator. Manoeuvring, stability and control of submersibles. Freeswimming and cable controlled remotely operated vehicles (ROV). Hydrodynamics of towfish and cables.
Course material: Compendia.
MAR2452N Ship Handling and Operation 6 cr.
81553 Autumn: 3F + 3Øu + 1Øs, Spring: 2F + 1Øu + 1Øs Professor Arnfinn Hammer
Operations like ocean, coastal, traffic separation scheme and congested water navigation as well as docking and special operations related to offshore activities are dealt with. Serious and safe planning combined with advanced routines are important, as well as the assessment of risks of collisions with reference to the radar as a source of information, taking into account different modes, stabilizing, tolerances and errors. Collision avoidance manoeuvres are studied and accidents (cases) analysed. Theoretical/mathematical assessment of problems concerning collisions, collision rates as criteria of danger, as well as quality assurance and risk analyses during planning, sailing handling and operations are important topics. Rules and regulations are dealt with.
Course material: Lecture notes are prepared for the first semester. The second semester is kept flexible, i.e. open for topical problems and guest lectures.
MAR2453N Nautical Studies, Project 6 cr.
81555 Spring: 10Øs Professor Arnfinn Hammer
Topics should primarily be related to nautical subjects, but dependent on the students' actual background, optional subjects are permitted. The results presented in a written report will be graded. The topics may have the character of experimental investigation, literature studies or theoretical analyses. The use of existing or the development of own computer programs may be included. Studies may be carried out on an individual basis or in groups. Working groups consisting of students from different departments as well as integrated as groups of nautical and sivilingeniør students are of interest.
Course material: Variable, dependent on topics.
MAR2454N Handling and Sea Transport of Dangerous Cargo 5.5 cr.
81556 Spring: 2F + 2Øu + 1Øs + 2D Professor Arnfinn Hammer
An introduction to classification, codes, packing, identification and marking of dangerous cargo as well as sea transport of bulk cargo, is followed by the main topic: Handling and bulk transport of chemicals and liquified gases. This includes theories (physics of gases, chemistry, thermodynamics, refrigerating processes and capacities, calculations concerning pressure drops etc.), types of ships, equipment and cargo holds. Finally there is a thorough treatment of processes concerning cargo loading, cargo voyage and cargo unloading. The exercises are concentrated on the last topics.
Course material: A. Hammer: Uk-90-42 Handling and sea transport of dangerous cargo, compendium (in Norwegian).
MAR3101(MA)
Dynamic Analysis of Simple Mechanical Systems 4.5 cr.
80040 Autumn: 2F + 3Øu Professor Maurice F. White
The objective of the course is to provide the students with basic knowledge about the dynamics of marine structures and machinery. The course gives an introduction to methods for analysing vibrations and formation of simple models for calculating the dynamic response of offshore systems. Course content includes the analysis of systems exposed to transient, harmonic and random loads. Dynamic magnification factor, effect of mass, stiffness and damping. Generalized coordinates for modelling of marine systems. Fixed and Floating platforms. Eigenfrequency calculations for beams, shafts, pipes and cables. Local vibration of plates and the effect of water mass on submerged systems. Veritas rules. Rayleigh and Rayleigh-Ritz energy methods. Vibration of ships. Torsional vibration, transfer matrix methods. Critical speed and balancing of machinery. Introduction to random vibrations, time and frequency analysis, and transfer functions. Criteria for evaluation of vibration, regulations.
Course material: Lecture notes published by the Department. P.G. Bergan, P.K. Larsen & E. Møllestad: Svingninger av konstruksjoner, Tapir 1985. (In Norwegian)
MAR3102(MA)
Measurement and Instrumentation Technology 4.5 cr.
80023 Autumn: 2F + 3Øu Assistant Professor Tore Hansen
The following topics are discussed.
- Measurements and errors. - Tensors and transducers for detection of basic properties such as temperature, pressure movement, strain and flow. - Instruments and equipment for treatment of signals by means of amplifiers, oscilloscopes and telemetry. - Analog and digital signal conditions - Calibration and noise.
Course material: Curtis D. Johnson: Process Control Instrumentation Technology, Tapir
MAR3103(MA)
Hydrodynamics and Ocean Environment, Basic Course 10 cr.
81524 Autumn: 5F + 6Øu Professor Bjørnar Pettersen
Potential flow. Linear waves. Wave statistics. Description of wind and current. Seawater properties. Current forces. Wind forces. Wave induced forces on fixed and floating bodies. Motion of floating bodies.
Course material: B. Pettersen and D. Myrhaug. Lecture notes.
MAR3104(MA)
Marine Structures, Basic Course 10 cr.
81022 Autumn: 2F + 2Øu, Spring: 3F + 4Øu Professor Carl M. Larsen
The course deals with structural design and methods of analysis for ships and other types of marine structures. Stress analysis of plates. Buckling of beams and plates. Application of stochastic analysis for extreme response estimation and fatigue damage. Design and analysis of: Topics: Ships; semisubmersibles; compliant and fixed offshore Structures; fixed offshore structures. Design philosophy and criteria. Rules and regulations.
Course material: Lecture notes.
MAR3105(MA)
Marine Design, Basic Course 7.5 cr.
80521 Spring: 4F + 4Øu Professor Anders Endal
Carry out hierarchial sub-division of a vehicle, analyse and discuss how main dimensions, dimensional relations and the design of a vehicle influence its draft, payload and speed. Explain the content of the main phases in a design task and the different tools that are used in the different phases. Discuss and evaluate the application of four different design models, prepare a design model and categorize valuables that are dealt with in a design process. Explain the influence of the different variables on the solution and its measure of merit and in addition carry through a quality assessment of a design job. Develop and apply common economical criteria and select and use the appropriate criteria for assessing the merits of a design. Compare competing solutions on the basis of an enumeration of performance and weighting of required features. Describe which are the important international and national private and public bodies that issue rules for design, equipment and construction of a vehicle and explain how the different bodies act in relation to each other. Identify important types of vehicles, carry out an inclination experiment.
Course material: H. Schneecluth: Ship Design for Efficiency and Economy, Butterworth 1987. H. Benford: A Naval Architects Guide to Practical Economics, The University of Michigan, Department of Naval Architecture and Marine Engineering, number 319, October 1991.
MAR3107(MA)
Shipping and Transport Economy Applied on Ships 5 cr.
80545 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu Professor Stian Erichsen
Students who successfully complete the course shall gain insight into central topics of shipping economy like international trade, transport market and freight level, supply and demand of ship born transport, application of production theory, dimensioning of ships and transport systems, estimation of economic speed of ships, decision making and investing under uncertainty and the structure of Norwegian shipping. They shall be able to demonstrate their insight by preparing market prognosis, estimate point of equilibrium between supply and demand, determine the right combination of size, speed and number of ships for given transport task, and produce a plan of investment.
Course material: JoMARKuvås, Skipsfartsøkonomi, foreløpig utgave, NTH 1990 and additional hand- outs.
MAR3108(MA)
Fabrication of Ships and Platforms 4.5 cr.
80551 Autumn: 2F + 3Øu Professor Ola Westby
The course is an introduction to terminology and technology for all aspects of fabrication of ships and oil platforms. Contracts, specifications, drawings, manufacturing methods, building technology, calculation, project management and productivity.
Course material: Ola Westby: Fabrikasjon av skip, plattformer og sveiste konstruksjoner (in Norwegian), Tapir 1991.
MAR3110(MA)
Underwater Engineering, Basic Course 4.5 cr.
80031 Spring: 2F + 3Øu Associate Professor Bjørn Sortland
Introduction to design and operation of subsea systems. Overview of existing systems related to offshore petroleum production; remotely operated vehicles, remotely operated tools with or without guidewires, saturation diving. Deep water resource exploration; autonomous underwater vehicles.
Course material: Lecture notes.
MAR3111(MA)
Computer Methods for Marine Technology 5 cr.
80050 Spring: 2F + 4Øu Associate Professor Knut-Aril Farnes
The use of PC programs, UNIX workstations and network at the faculty. Structured programming with FORTRAN and program development techniques.
Course material: Lecture notes.
MAR3112(MA)
Operation Research Applied to Marine Systems 4.5 cr.
80526 Spring: 2F + 2Øu + 1Øs Adjunct Professor Torbjørn Digernes
The course treats the steps in problem solvin using modelling; structuring and defenition of decision situations in practical problem situations, model formulation, solution methodsm and interpretation of the solution. Modelling methods treated are the transport algorithm, allocation problems, integer programming, dynamic programming, stochastic inventory theory for systems, and discrete event simulation. Lectures and exercises will be directly related to examples taken fomr the building and operation of marine vehicles, transportation systems, offshore operations, and scheduling of a fleet of vessels.
Course material: To be announced during the first lecture.
MAR4101(MA)
Underwater Engineering, Project 12.5 cr.
80032 Spring: 20Øs Associate Professor Bjørn Sortland
The topic of the project may range from application oriented tasks like designing an underwater system, to the analysis of problems of a more limited scope. The project could be related to design, installation, operation or maintenance of underwater systems like free swimming vehicles, cable operated systems, remotely operated tools, underwater installations and pipelines. Students may use theoretical or experimental tools to verify or optimize systems performance. The work should focus on marine technology aspects. The performance of the students work will be rated in terms of understanding of the problem, planning of work, problem solving approach, and quality of the report.
Course material: None.
MAR4103(MA)
Analysis of Uncertainty 5.5 cr.
80011 Autumn: 2F + 2Øu + 1Øs + 2D Professor Torgeir Moan
The significance of variability and uncertainty. Common probabilistic models. Description of transformed random variables by exact and approximate methods. Simulation of random samples. Estimation of model parameters from observed data, point- and interval estimators. Properties of the estimators. Elementary Baysian theory. Selection of probabilistic models. Model verification.
Course material: T. Moan, S. Haver and N. Spidsøe: Analysis of uncertainty, Dep. of Marine Structures, (in Norwegian) NTH, 1980. A.H.S.Ang and W.H. Tang: Probability concepts in Eng. Planning and Design, John Wiley and Sons, 1984.
MAR4201M Marine Machinery, Project 21.5 cr.
82071 Autumn:3Øs, Spring:30Øs Associate Professor Harald Valland
The topics for the projects must be chosen within the fields of Marine Machinery and Internal Combustion Engines, with due consideration of the combination of courses. The assignment can be carried out as experimental investigation in the laboratory, literature survey, or theoretical analysis. It may also be relevant to use existing computer programs, or to develop new programs. The project can be an individual assignment or a group assignment, also with students from other departments. The results must be presented in a written report which must be submitted for evaluation. An oral presentation is required to be given for an audience of lecturers and fellow students.
Course material: None.
MAR4202M Internal Combustion Engines, Project 21.5 cr.
82565 Autumn:3Øs, Spring:30Øs Associate Professor Harald Valland
The topics for the projects must be chosen within the fields of Marine Machinery and Internal Combustion Engines, with due consideration of the combination of courses. The assignment can be carried out as experimental investigation in the laboratory, literature survey, or theoretical analysis. It may also be relevant to use existing computer programs, or to develop new programs. The project can be an individual assignment or a group assignment, also with students from other departments. The results must be presented in a written report which must be submitted for evaluation. An oral presentation is required to be given for an audience of lecturers and fellow students.
Course material: None.
MAR4203M Technical Operations of Marine Systems, Project 21.5 cr.
82661 Autumn: 3Øs, Spring:30Øs Associate Professor Harald Valland
The topics for the projects must be chosen within the fields of Marine Machinery and Internal Combustion Engines, with due consideration to the combination of courses. The assignment can be carried out as experimental investigation in the laboratory, literature survey, or theoretical analysis. It may also be relevant to use existing computer programs, or to develop new programs. The project can be an individual assignment or a group assignment, also with students from other departments. The results must be presented in a written report which must be submitted for evaluation. An oral presentation is required to be given for an audience of lecturers and fellow students.
Course material: None.
MAR4204M(MA)
Hydraulic Systems 5.5 cr.
82051 Autumn: 2F + 2Øu + 1Øs + 2D Assistant Professor Olav Høyland
Theoretical principles concerning incompressible flow in pipelines. Pipe system characteristics. Pump types, pump characteristics and choice dependent on use. Cavitation capacity regulation. Pressure waves. Purpose, types and components in general marine hydraulic systems, including fluid power systems. Design methods. Economy.
Course material: Lecture notes.
MAR4205M(MA)
Control in Marine Engineering 5.5 cr.
82054 Autumn: 2F + 2Øu + 1Øs + 2D Professor Hallvard Engja
The course will discuss topics such as block diagrams, transfer functions, frequency response and stability analysis. Characteristic response of basic regulator types in a closed loop and alternative regulator structure for different applications will be treated.
Course material: Finn Haugen: Anvendt reguleringsteknikk, TAPIR.
MAR4206M(MA)
Methods and Systems for Maintenance Management 5.5 cr.
82056 Autumn: 2F + 2Øu + 1Øs + 2D Professor Magnus Rasmussen
Maintenance strategies. Maintenance management systems and their theoretical base. Condition monitoring methods and systems. Instrumentation for condition monitoring. Energy savings and the role of maintenance in this context. Economical and availability analysis for long- and short-term planning and management.
Course material: Printed course notes.
MAR4207M(MA)
Thermal Machines 4.5 cr.
82501 Autumn: 2F + 3Øu Associate Professor Harald Valland
This course gives an introduction to thermal machines, their general design and functional characteristics, especially energy conversion and machine capacity. The following topics are also discussed: Gas mixtures. Combustion: Chemical reactions, conservation of mass and energy. Positive displacement compressors: Delivery ratio and power consumption, multistaged compression. Diesel engines. Process analysis, factors influencing power and thermal efficiency. Fuels and combustion. Gas exchange processes and turbo-charging. Compressible flow in nozzles and diffusors. Turbo-machines: The momentum equation for flow in rotors. Turbo-compressors and turbines, axial and radial flow machines. Gas turbines: Gas turbine processes. Gas generators and power turbines. Combustion chambers and fuel quality requirements. Cooling of the turbine.
Course material: Compendium. L. Lundby: Forbrenningsmotorer II, Skipsmotorer. J.M. Øverli: Termiske strømningsmaskiner. (All in Norwegian.)
MAR4208M(MA)
Machine Dynamics 5.5 cr.
82513 Spring: 2F + 2Øu + 1Øs + 2D Professor Maurice F. White
The course gives an introduction to parts of machine dynamics that are of interest for the design and operation of rotating machinery for offshore oil and gas installations, including application to reciprocating machinery. Course content includes a study of forces, moments and balancing of engines. Torsional vibration in straight-line and branched systems. Transmission of forces and reduction of vibration by the use of damping, elastic couplings and vibration isolation. Transverse vibration of shafts, critical speed of shaft-bearing systems, introduction to rotor-dynamics. Balancing and alignment of flexible shafts. Measurement, analysis and monitoring of vibration. Evaluation of vibration and fault diagnosis.
Course material: W.T. Thomsen: Theory of vibration with applications, Fourth Edition, McGraw-Hill 1993. Lecture notes published by the Department.
MAR4209M(MA)
Internal Combustion Engines 5.5 cr.
82517 Autumn: 2F + 2Øu + 1Øs + 2D Associate Professor Harald Valland
The course gives an introduction to performance characteristics and applications of internal characteristics, and fuel quality requirements will be emphasized. Furthermore the following topics will be discussed: Process analysis, factors that influence power and thermal efficiency. Fuel metering systems and air-fuel mixing mechanisms. Ignition and combustion in Otto- and diesel engines. The gas exchange process and supercharging. Mechanical and thermal loads on engine components. Mechanical: gas forces and inertia forces, balancing. Thermal: heat transfer, thermal expansion and stresses, cooling and internal insulation. Wear of engine components.
Course material: John B. Heywood: Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals, McGraw-Hill International Editions. Compendium.
MAR4210M Marine Machinery, Basic Course 7.5 cr.
82014 Spring: 4F + 4Øu Professor Hallvard Engja
The main parts of machinery systems on-board ships and platforms will be covered. Power and energy balances are discussed, combined with design calculations for propulsion systems, production of el-power and fluid transport systems. Another main topic is calculation of heat transfer and design of heat exchangers.
Course material: Compendium
MAR4211M(MA)
Modelling and Simulating of Machinery Systems 4.5 cr.
82053 Spring: 2F + 3Øu Professor Hallvard Engja
This is a course about learning how to model physical systems using a graphical, systematic and unified approach. Starting with a generalized set of variables, a set of basic elements are developed which are used to model mechanical, hydraulic, thermal and electrical systems. The study of cause and effect in systems is emphasized in order to create physical understanding and in developing governing equations.
Course material: Compendium.
MAR4212M(MA)
Piping Systems Design 5.5 cr.
82057 Spring: 2F + 2Øu + 1Øs + 2D Assistant Professor Olav Høyland
A brief system description and flow diagrams. Design methods. Flow theory. Flow in long pipes and pipe networks. Liquid flow. Gas flow. Two-phase flow. Procedures for separation, dehydration, pigging etc. Materials, codes, rules. Optimality.
Course material: Lecture notes.
MAR4213M(MA)
Analysis of Machinery Systems 5.5 cr.
82061 Spring: 2F + 3Øu + 2D Professor Hallvard Engja
In the last decade numerous computer programs have been developed for solving mathematical problems. The purpose of this course is to give students experience in formulating and performing computer aided analysis of mechanical and process systems. The problems will cover central systems such as: Mechanical systems; Hydraulic systems such as fluid power and fluid transport; thermal systems. Evaluation of the results from the performed analysis will be stressed. The course will contain the solution of 3 or 4 problems and reporting the results in written and oral reports. The given problems may be solved in small groups and lectures will be held on special topics if necessary.
Course material: To be decided.
MAR4214M(MA)
Logistics Engineering and Management 5.5 cr.
82062 Spring: 2F + 2Øu + 1Øs + 2D Professor Magnus Rasmussen
Introduction to operational logistics. Principles and quantitative measures for prediction and analyses of logistics requirement for technical systems. Methods for planning and management of logistics. Cost models and spare part storing models.
Course material: Titles will be given at the start of the course.
MAR4215M(MA)
Fuel, Combustion and Emission from Internal Combustion Engines 5.5 cr.
82518 Spring: 2F + 2Øu + 1Øs + 2D Professor Terje Almås
Automotive fuel production and alternative fuels for transportation. General demands for quality of fuel for internal combustion engines. Combustion in Diesel and Otto engines. Internal combustion engines as prime mover for cars and boats, power loss and power demand. Formation of pollutants in internal combustion engines and means for reduction of harmful exhaust emissions. Measuring methods to assess exhaust emissions and governmental legislative regulations in Europe and the USA. The use of alternative fuel blending components to reduce exhaust pollution.
Course material: Compendium issued by the Department.
MAR4216(MA)
Marine Machinery, Project 12.5 cr.
82070 Spring: 20Øs Associate Professor Harald Valland
The topics for the projects must be chosen within the fields of Marine Machinery and Internal Combustion Engines, with due consideration to the combination of courses. The assignment can be carried out as experimental investigation in the laboratory, literature survey, or theoretical analysis. It may also be relevant to use existing computer programs, or to develop new programs. The project can be an individual assignment or a group assignment, also with students from other departments. The results must be presented in a written report which must be submitted for evaluation. An oral presentation is required to be given for an audience of lecturers and fellow students.
Course material: None.
MAR4217(MA)
Internal Combustion Engines, Project 12.5 cr.
82560 Spring: 20Øs Associate Professor Harald Valland
The topics for the projects must be chosen within the fields of Marine Machinery and Internal Combustion Engines, with due consideration of the combination of courses. The assignment can be carried out as experimental investigation in the laboratory, literature survey, or theoretical analysis. It may also be relevant to use existing computer programs, or to develop new programs. The project can be an individual assignment or a group assignment, also with students from other departments. The results must be presented in a written report which must be submitted for evaluation. An oral presentation is required to be given for an audience of lecturers and fellow students.
Course material: None.
MAR4218(MA)
Technical Operations of Marine Systems, Project 12.5 cr.
82660 Spring: 20Øs Associate Professor Harald Valland
The topics for the project must be chosen within the fields of Marine Machinery and Internal Combustion Engines, with due consideration to the combination of courses. The assignment can be carried out as experimental investigation in the laboratory, literature survey, or theoretical analysis. It may also be relevant to use existing computer programs, or to develop new programs. The project can be an individual assignment or a group assignment, also with students from other departments. The results must be presented in a written report which must be submitted for evaluation. An oral presentations is required to be given for an audience of lecturers and fellow students.
Course material: None.
MAR4301(MA)
Ship Technology, Project 12.5 cr.
80567 Autumn: 2Øs, Spring: 18Øs Professor Stian Erichsen
Students who select the course, should have elected ship technology as their area of in-depth studies or possess a background or knowledge that these students have. In principle four different types of assignments are given: Design as such, i.e. observing a designing engineer, categorizing design outcomes and their background and development of design methodology. Applied design, i.e. design of a vehicle, a fishing or catching system, a seafarming-system, a transport or supply system or some parts of one of these systems. Design basis, i.e. a study of how existing systems and vehicles function, what it costs to construct and operate them and otherwise collect information that is important in order to calculate costs and benefits of the above mentioned systems. Operation of a vehicle, i.e. a study of how different types of vehicles and different ways of maintaining and operating them will influence their performance under different conditions. An example of such a study could be a systematic comparison of two different types of vehicles designed for one and the same task. Another one could be to simulate a fishing or transport system with a view to find out how they perform under different conditions and select the system that has the best performance.
Course material: Articles and reports may be borrowed by the individual student according to their assignment.
MAR4302(MA)
Fabrication of Marine Structures, Project 12.5 cr.
80566 Autumn: 5Øs, Spring: 15Øs Professor Ola Westby
Each student or two students together have to complete a project which is an exercise in solving engineering problems. Typical topics with or without computers are within shipyard technology: Fabrication, Management of shipbuilding, Management of oil platform building, Quality Assurance, Production Planning, Information Logistics, Computer Aided Design, and Computer Aided Manufacturing. A lot of the projects will serve as effective training in information technology.
Course material: To be decided.
MAR4303(MA)
Design of Marine Systems 10.5 cr.
80527 Autumn: 1F + 2Øu + 10Øs + 3D Professor Stian Erichsen
The course will analyse a marine market and conclude in a recommendation about how the market could be utilized. Students are to formulate a design task directed towards a given market and carry through a systematic concept development and design using knowledge from previous, compulsory courses at the Department. There is to be a written and oral account of the results of the market survey, the concept development and the design. Students are to present their own solution in front of a critical audience.
Course material: Stian Erichsen: Management of Marine Design, Butterworth Scientific, 1989 + written instructions for the exercises
MAR4304(MA)
Ship Operation and Management 5.5 cr.
80535 Autumn: 2F + 2Øu + 1Øs + 2D Assistant Professor Bjørn O. Sillerud
Prerequisite: course 80521 - Marine Design, basic course or equivalent. Description of an owner organization as a system, forms of engagement in shipping, business ideas, principles of management, organization on board and ashore. Economy of operations, energy economizing, technical/economical calculations.. Maintenance systems and their theoretical basis. Surveys, docking and engagement of repair yards. Insurance. Selected topics related to operation of ships and semisubmersible. Rules set by authorities and classification societies, quality assurance and internal control. Modern management of owner organizations.
Course material: Lecture notes, research reports, papers in journals.
MAR4305(MA)
Design of Fishing Vessels and Work Boats 5.5 cr.
80562 Spring 2F + 3Øu + 2D Professor Anders Endal
Short introduction to the various modes of fishing vessel operation, fishing vessel equipment and fish resources. Design methodology for small vessels. Hull design. Seakeeping performance and safety. Gear forces, manoeuvring and positioning. Machinery, propulsion, hydraulics, electric power supply. Construction methods, choice of materials and costs. Use of fishing equipment and handling of catch. Economic evaluation of projects.
Course material: Compendium.
MAR4306(MA)
Risk analysis of Marine Systems 5.5 cr.
80537 Autumn: 2F + 3Øs + 2D Professor Svein Kristiansen
Hazards, risk picture, accident theory and models. Risk frequency & distribution, FMEA, fault tree, event tree. Analysis of typical risk phenomena. Cost-benefit analysis. Human safety, catastrophe behaviour, evacuation & rescue. Pollution prevention and containment. Risk analysis and design. Safety and quality management.
Course material: S. Kristiansen: Risikoanalyse for marine systemer, kompendium.
MAR4307K(MA)
Design of Seafarms 5.5 cr.
80563 Autumn: 2F + 2Øu + 1Øs + 2D Associate Professor Ludvig Karlsen
The introductory items include: Physical and environmental conditions and connections. Fish species. Laws, regulations and restrictions. Waste pollution. Production planning. Requirements to construction and running of fish production systems. The main content includes: Description of production plants and catching systems. Forces and loadings on stationary and towed net systems. Dimension requirements. Water flow and exchange. Effects of fouling. Cleaning and waste treatment. Handling of live fish. Economy and financial calculations.
Course material: L. Karlsen: Redskapsteknologi i fiske, Universitetsforlaget. L. Karlsen: Havbruksanlegg (Unpublished). L. Karlsen: Lecture notes. H. Tvenning: Akvateknikk 1 and 2, Universitetsforlaget. Lecture notes. (All in Norwegian)
MAR4308(MA)
Damage Stability 5.5 cr.
80531 Spring: 2F + 2Øu + 1Øs + 2D Assistant Professor Bjørn O. Sillerud
Brief repetition of fundamental concepts. Hydrostatic equilibrium and stability applied to monohull ships, catamarans and semisubmersible rigs in undamaged states. Calculation of stability and floating ability of vessels with damage causing intrusion of water. Summary of typical and some larger accident scenarios. Computer applications. Discussion of rules and regulations. Economical considerations related to stability and vessel design.
Course material: Various course publications and articles from periodicals.
MAR4309(MA)
CAD of Ships and Platforms 5.5 cr.
80553 Autumn: 2F + 1Øu + 2Øs + 2D Associate Professor Bjørn Baggerud
The course has three main parts: 1) Lessons in the first 8 weeks, covering general subjects in CAD and methods of application building. Hardware, product modelling, menu building, standards are some of the subjects. 2) The first part of the practical education is to get familiar with AutoCAD as a CAD system. It is based on self training, with user and tutorial manuals. This part ends with a short test showing the skill of using a CAD system. 3) The last part of the course is group work adapted to the students main subject. Each group will solve a problem using a CAD system.
Course material: Robert M. Thomas: Encyclopedia AutoCAD, Release 11, or equivalent textbook about AutoCAD.
MAR4310(MA)
Project Management of Ship Building 5.5 cr.
80558 Spring: 2F + 3Øu + 2D Assistant Professor Bjørn Baggerud
Description of the ship building projects. Phases in projects. Project management and organization. Planning as a process. Project breakdown structure. Planning for design, production and material management. Control of projegts. Cost control and contracts management. Quality assurance. System support. Development in other trades.
Course material: B.Baggerud, H.Ellingsen, A.Grimstad: Prosjektstyring ved norske skipsverft.
MAR4311(MA)
Underwater Operations, Planning and Design 7.5 cr.
80541 Spring: 2F + 6Øs + 2D Professor Svein Kristiansen
Analysis and selection of field concept and associated intervention system for installation and inspection/maintenance and repair (IMR). Intervention systems, availability and cost-effectiveness. Support vessel, deployment system, intervention- vehicle and tooling. Design and simulation.
Course material: Lecture notes.
MAR4401(MA)
Marine Structures, Project 12.5 cr.
81070 Spring: 20Øs Professor Stig Berge
200 hours of project study in a selected topic in marine structures. Topics related to structures used in offshore oil exploitation, transport, aquaculture or other exploitation of the oceans may be selected. The work can be carried out in the form of laboratory experiments, literature studies, theoretical analysis, development or use of available computer programs. The results are to be presented in a written report which will be subjected to evaluation. The work can be carried out individually or in groups. Inter-faculty groups may be constituted if desired.
Course material: Literature, reports etc.
MAR4402(MA)
Design of Offshore Structures 7 cr.
81058 Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 1Øs + 2D Professor Torgeir Moan
Overview of structural concepts. Serviceability and safety requirements. Fabrication and installation requirements. Inspection planning. Review of loads, load effect and (system) strength analysis and dimensioning. Load carrying, behaviour of floating, semi-floating and fixed structures. Use of steel, aluminium and other materials. Selection of system layout. Selection of structural concept.
Teaching method: Lectures, exercises. Exercises count 45% in the grading.
Course material: Lecture notes, rules and regulations, papers.
MAR4403(MA)
Finite Element Methods in Structural Analysis 5.5 cr.
81052 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu + 1Øs + 2D Associate Professor Knut-Aril Farnes
Energy principles and their application in the derivation of stiffness and load properties of elements. Beam, membrane, volume and shell elements are covered. The application to typical components in marine structures and numerical problems connected to practical use of the method is discussed. Theoretical exercises and exercises covering practical use of programs are given.
Course material: Kolbein Bell: Matrisestatikk, Tapir 1987. Audun Fiskvatn: Elementmetoden, Tapir 1984.
MAR4404(MA)
Fatigue and Fracture Design of Welded Structures 5.5 cr.
81055 Autumn: 2F + 2Øu + 1Øs + 2D Professor Stig Berge
Applied linear-elastic and elastic-plastic fracture mechanics, materials characterization by KIc and CTOD. Defect assessment methods. Fatigue of structures, cumulative damage, fracture mechanics analysis of fatigue, fatigue design of marine structures. Methods for inspection planning, quality control, and maintenance of structures. Case studies. The course is directed towards marine structures, however, the methodology and basic theory is identical to what is applied in design of other types of dynamically loaded structures, like bridges, cranes, aircraft, automotive structures, rotating machinery, pressure vessels, pipelines, etc. The course is given as lectures and laboratory demonstrations.
Course material: Compendium, lecture nodes, solved problems.
MAR4405(MA)
Buckling and Collapse of Structures 7 cr.
81059 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu + 1Øs + 2D Professor Jørgen Amdahl
Design principles, limit state of ultimate collapse, codes and guidance notes. The effect of residual stresses and geometrical imperfections and buckling capacity. Yield hinge theory and mechanism analysis of beams and frames. Yield line theory for plates. Buckling of beam-columns and frames. Buckling of stiffened plates under uni- and multiaxial stress states. Post critical behaviour of plate girders and box girders. Buckling of stiffened cylindrical shells.
Course material: Lecture notes and T.H. Søreide: Ultimate Load Analysis of Marine Structures, Tapir 1981.
MAR4406(MA)
Dynamic Response of Marine Structures 5.5 cr.
81054 Spring: 2F + 2Øu + 1Øs + 2D Professor Carl M. Larsen
The course gives the theoretical foundation for application of the finite element method on structural dynamics. Matrix formulation of dynamic equilibrium, reduction of number of degrees of freedom, the eigenvalue problem. Analysis of forced oscillations in the time and frequency domain. Damping models and nonlinear analysis.
Course material: I. Langen and R. Sigbjørnsen: Dynamisk analyse av konstruksjoner (in Norwegian), Tapir 1979.
MAR4407(MA)
Development of Offshore Oil-and Gas Fields 5.5 cr.
81063 Spring: 2F + 2Øu + 1Øs + 2D Adjunct Professor Jonas Odland
Overview of development concepts for various ooil- and gas fields. Important concepts within reservoir technology. Well classification, drilling methods, drilling costs. Well systems for sea floor and platform deck. Main functions for offshore process plants. Arrangemnet of topsides structures, weight and cost estimation.
Platform support structure; fixed platforms, floating units and production vessels - design, estimation of weight, volume, costs. Possibilities and limitations related to fabrication methods and marine operations. Project execution and time planning. Operational procedures, operational and maintenance costs. Economic analysis and profitability criteria. Possibly: Strategy for sale of oil- and gas products. Simplified PC-based simulation, evaluation and optimization of alternative solutions.
Course material: Lecture notes distributed by Department of Marine Structures.
MAR4408(MA)
Risk Analysis of Marine Structures 5.5 cr.
81064 Spring: 2F + 2Øu + 1Øs + 2D Adjunct Professor Jan Erik Vinnem
Authority requirements to the use of risk analysis, estimation of risk, risk acceptible criteria, estimation of collision risk, falling load risk, fire, explosion, capsizing, cargo tank explosion, risk control, including ALARP (As Low As Reasonably Practicable)principle, Demonstration of some of the important software.
Course material: Lecture notes
MAR4501(MA)
Marine Hydrodynamics, Project 12.5 cr.
81560 Spring: 20Øs Associate Professor Olav Kjærland
The given subject in marine hydrodynamics can be carried out in one or several of the following ways: Study of literature, analytic studies, development and use of computer codes, experiments in the laboratory or in full scale. The work can be carried out in groups that also can be formed by student from different departments. The results are presented as a written report which will be graded.
Course material: Literature, reports etc.
MAR4502(MA)
Marine Operations, Project 12.5 cr.
81561 Spring: 20Øs Adjunct Professor Finn Gunnar Nielsen
The subject given in marine operations can be carried out in one or several of the following ways: Study of literature, analytic studies, development and use of computer codes, experiments in the laboratory or in full scale. The work can be carried out in groups, which can be formed by students from different departments. The results are presented as a written report which will be marked.
Course material: Literature, reports, etc.
MAR4503(MA)
Sealoads and Motions of Marine Structures 5.5 cr.
81526 Autumn: 2F + 2Øu + 1Øs + 2D Professor Bjørnar Pettersen
Waveloads on ships and marine structures. Wave induced motion of platforms, buoys and ships. Rolling. Mooring and dynamic positioning. Numerical methods, sink-source techniques.
Course material: Odd M. Faltinsen: Sea Loads on Ships and Offshore Structures, Cambridge University Press, 1990.
MAR4504(MA)
Resistance and Propulsion, Advanced Course 5.5 cr.
81528 Autumn: 2F + 2Øu + 1Øs + 2D Associate Professor Olav Kjærland
Influence of roughness, wind and heavy sea on resistance. Two- and three-dimensional foil theory applied to propellers, rudders, heels, foils etc. Different types of propellers and thrusters.
Course material: Compendium.
MAR4505(MA)
Sealoads, Advanced Course 5.5 cr.
81546 Spring: 2F + 2Øu + 1Øs + 2D Professor Odd M. Faltinsen
Motions, accelerations and wave loads on high-speed vessels. Mean and slowly varying motions of moored structures in waves, wind and current. Mooring and dynamic positioning. Slamming.
Course material: O.M. Faltinsen, Sea Loads on Ships and Offshore Structures, Cambridge University Press, 1990.
MAR4506(MA)
Probabilistic Theory of Sealoads 5.5 cr.
81538 Autumn: 2F + 2Øu + 1Øs + 2D Professor Dag Myrhaug
The principles and methods which are used to describe stochastic processes will be explained. The emphasis will be on the applications to sealoads and motiones of marine systems.
Stationary and ergodic random processes. Gaussian random process. Spectra. Directional spectra. Estimation of spectra from measured data. Excitation-response for lstochastic processes. Distribution of maxima. Extreme-value statistics. Equivalent linearization. Statistics of steep waves and breaking waves.
Course material: D.E. Newland: An introduction to random vibrations, spectral and wavelet analysis, 4th. edition 1993. D. Myrhaug: Lecture notes.
MAR4507(MA)
Experimental Methods in Marine Hydrodynamics 5.5 cr.
81542 Autumn: 2F + 2Øu + 1Øs + 2D Adjunct Professor Erling Huse
Model tanks, model laws, dimensional analysis, error analysis, transducer and measuring systems, resistance and propulsion t esting, cavitation testing, modelling of waves, wind and current, measurements of environmental loads and motion response of ships and offshore structures by model tests, reporting of tests. Lectures and exercises, emphasis on laboratory exercises.
Course material: Lecture notes, text and background material for exercises.
MAR4508E(MA)
Steering and Manoeuvring 5.5 cr.
81529 Spring: 2F + 2Øu + 1Øs + 2D Adjunct Professor Tor Einar Berg
Manoeuvring and stability characteristics of surface vessels. Effect of hull geometry on straight line stability. Thrusters, high efficiency rudders and other control units. Low-speed manoeuvring and DP-systems. Shallow and confined waters; influence on ship handling characteristics. Manoeuvring, stability and control of submersibles. Free-swimming and cable controlled remotely operated vehicles (ROV). Hydrodynamics of towfish and cables.
Course material: Compendium.
MAR4509(MA)
Marine Operations 5.5 cr.
81547 Spring: 2F + 2Øu + 1Øs + 2D Adjunct Professor Finn Gunnar Nielsen
Marine operations related to installation and operation of offshore oil and gas fields. Priority is given to describing the influence of waves and current on the operations. Issues related to towing of structures, motions, crane operations, launching, pipe laying, subsea operations, oil recovery and regularity of operations will be discussed. Methods for estimating loads and responses will be described.
Course material: F.G. Nielsen: Lecture notes, Marine Operations. O.M. Faltinsen: Sea Loads on Ship and Offshore Structures, Cambridge University Press..
FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
ME1001G Mechanics 8 cr.
61101 Autumn: 2F + 2Øu, Spring: 3F + 2Øu Assistant Professor Jan Anker Skaug
Equivalent force systems. Equations of equilibrium. Friction. Construction elements and engineering structures. Shear force and bending moment. Stress and strain in the plane. Mohr-diagram. Hooke's law generalized. Yield- and fracture criteria. Deformation of beams. Deflections of simple frames by method of superposition.
Course material: F. Irgens: Statics (in Norwegian), Tapir 1994, Strength of Materials (in Norwegian), Tapir 1995, Formulas of Mechanics (in Norwegian), Tapir 1992.
ME1002B Mechanics 10.5 cr.
61103 Autumn: 2F + 2Øu, Spring: 4F + 4Øu Assistant Professor Henry Øiann
Statics: Equivalent force systems, equilibrium, friction, structural components and simple structures, centre of gravity, shear force and bending moment. Strength of materials: Plane stress conditions, strains, Hooke's law, yielding stress and max stress criteria, torsion, beam stresses, deformation in beams and frames, statically indeterminete beams and frames, linear buckling.
Course material: F. Irgens: Statikk, Tapir. F.Irgens: Fasthetslære, Tapir
ME1003F Mechanics 5 cr.
61105 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu Assistant Professor Jan B. Aarseth
Motion in one and two dimensions. Newton's laws with applications. Potential energy and conservation of energy. Linear momentum and impact. Moment of momentum. Statics and elasticity. Harmonic oscillations. Law of gravitation.
Course material: R.A. Serway; "Physics for Scientists and Engineers with Modern Physics", Saunders College Publishing, 3rd edition 1990.
ME1004(MA)(BE)
Materials Technology, Basic Course 8 cr.
62102 Autumn: 2F + 1Øu, Spring: 3F + 2Øu Professor Einar Halmøy
The course comprises materials technology for metals, plastics, composites and ceramics with main emphasis on steels. Subjects dealt with are: Materials for technical applications and their properties. Elastic and plastic properties quantified through the Young's modulus, yield strength, tensile strength, ductility and toughness. Fatigue and creep properties. Elastic deformations, plastic collapse, fast fracture, fatigue and creep fracture in simple constructions. Corrosion and corrosion prevention. The properties of metals, polymers, ceramics and composites will be explained from their structural composition on an atomic scale.
Course material: Ashby and Jones: Engineering Materials, Volumes 1 and 2. Bardal: Korrosjon og korrosjonsvern (in Norwegian).
ME1005E(BE)
Mechanics 5 cr.
61104 Spring: 3F + 2Øu Assistant Professor Arvid Gustafson
Statics: Equivalent systems of forces, equilibrium, friction, the perfect flexible line, centre of gravity. Dynamics: Velocity, acceleration, momentum, angular momentum, work and energy, rotation of rigid bodies about a fixed axis.
Course material: F. Irgens: Statics (in Norwegian), Tapir. F. Irgens: Dynamics (in Norwegian), Tapir.
ME1101M(BE)
Experimental Methodology 1 cr.
60101 Autumn: 2Øu Assistant Professor Erling Nardo Dahl
On the basis of the given equipment, students have to formulate the problem, suggest a method of solving it, set up a plan and find a solution and its accuracy. An introduction is given about curve linearities, dimensions and grouping of variabels, error estimating. Journal and report writing.
Course material: Course book and laboratory journal.
ME1102M(MA)(BE)
Statics 5 cr.
61106 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu Associate Professor Kjell Holthe
Equivalent force-systems, resultant of a force system. Equations of equilibrium. Vector methods are used. First moment of area, Centroids. Frictional forces. Structural elements. Trusses, cables and chains, frames. Stress resultants in beams and frames: torque, axial force, shear force, bending moment.
Course material: F.Irgens: Statics, 5th edition, Tapir. Formulas of Mechanics, Tapir 1992 and Exam Problems in Mechanics, Statics and Strength of Materials, Tapir 1988. (All in Norwegian.)
ME1103M Materials and Processes, Basic course 11 cr.
62103 Autumn:3F-1Øu, Spring:4F-3Øu Professor Henry Valberg
Materials and their properties, price, availability. The elastic modulus. Mechanical properties: Yield- and tensile strength, hardness and ductility. Fracture toughness and fatigue. Deformation and creep failure. Oxidation. Corrosion and corrosion prevention. Friction and wear. Metals: Carbon steel, alloy steel, light alloys. Structure and phase diagrams. Heat treatment and strengthening mechanisms. Ceramics: Structure and mechanical properties. Polymers and composites: Structure and mechanical properties. Manufacturing processes: Principles of casting, plastic deformation, welding, machining.
Course material: E. Bardal: Korrosjon og Korrosjonsvern (in Norwegian), Tapir, 1985. Ashby and Jones: Engineering Materials 1. Ashby and Jones: Engineering Materials 2.
ME1104M Introduction to Machinery 4 cr.
62101 Spring:1F + 5Øu Assistant Professor Knud-Helmer Kundsen
The course gives the students an insight into the workings of simple machines. Students do a laboratory project analysing an assembly of parts, and write a report on terminology, measurements, sketching and drawing, calculation of motion and forces, joining and fastening methods and machining practices. The project report is assessed and graded.
Course material: Norwegian and international standards. Compendia
ME1105M(MA)(BE)
Strength of Materials 5 cr.
61107 Spring:3F-2Øu Associate Professor Kjell Holthe
Plane stresses. Mohr‘s circle of stress. Criteria for yielding and fracture. Strains in a plane. Hooke‘s law. Stresses in beams. Deflection of beams, double-integration method, moment area method, superposition of elementary loaded beams, method of virtual force. Statically indeterminate beams and frames. Torsion of circular shafts. Buckling, the Euler-column.
Course material: F. Irgens: Formulas of Mechanics, Tapir 1992, and Exam Problems in Mechanics, Statics and Strength of Materials.
ME1801M Design Project 1 - Introduction to Product Design 15 cr.
68101 Autumn: 2F + 6Øu, Spring: 2F + 10Øu Professor Per Boelskifte
For students in Product Design.
Exercises and lectures on function, form, geometry and material-selection are related to two larger design projects. Basic production methods are introduced.
Course material: E. Tjalve, Systematisk utforming av industrielle produkter, Akademisk forlag.
D. Aubry og T. Vavik, Produktdesign, Tell forlag. .
ME2001G Fluid Mechanics 5 cr.
61121 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu Assistant Professor Arvid Gustafson
Fluid statics: General differential equation, forces on submerged surfaces, buoyancy.
Fluid kinematics: Velocity and acceleration, streamlines, continuity equation. Fluid dynamics: Control volume and fluid momentum, the Euler equations, Bernoulli equation, potential flow, the flow of viscous fluids in ducts.
Course material: Bruce R. Munson, Donald F. Young and Theodore H. Okiishi: Fundamentals of fluid mechanics, Johan Wiley & Sons.
ME2002F Fluid Mechanics 5 cr.
61124 Spring: 3F + 2Øu Professor Iver H. Brevik
Characteristic properties of liquids and gases, isotropy of pressure. Hydro- and aerostatics, pressure forces on surfaces, variation of temperature and pressure in the atmosphere. Fundamental principles of fluid motion, velocity field, streamlines and acceleration, equation of continuity, Euler's equation of motion and Bernoulli's equation. Vorticity and circulation, non-rotational flow and velocity potential. Superposition of elementary flows, aerodynamic lift. Navier-Stokes' equation. Momentum theorem. Water waves. Exercises: At least 2/3 of the given exercises must be answered before the final examination. Corresponding laboratory exercises are given in course 74237.
Course material: P.M. Gerhart, R.J. Gross and J.I. Hochstein: Fundmentals of Fluid Mechanics, 2nd ed., Addison - Wesley 1992.
Geir Moe: Lineær bølgeteori (in Norwegian). Department of Marine Structures, 1988.
ME2003(MA)
Fluid Mechanics 7 cr.
61125 Spring: 4F + 3Øu Professor Helge I. Andersson
Fluid properties, viscosity. Velocity field, substantial derivative, streamlines, pathlines. Pressure distribution in stationary and accelerated reference frames. Rotating containers. Manometry. Buoyancy. Reynolds' transport theorem. Continuity equation. Momentum equation of control volumes. Bernoulli's equation. Euler's equation for inviscid fluids, and Navier-Stokes' equation for viscous fluids. Boundary conditions for the basic equations. Stream function, vorticity and rotation, strain and stresses. Reynolds number. Pipe flow. Turbulence. The boundary layer concept. Two-dimensional potential flow, the potential function, some elementary flows, circulation. Sample problems and exercises in wind-tunnel.
Course material: F.M. White: Fluid Mechanics, 3rd edition, McGraw-Hill, 1994.
ME2101M(MA)(BE)
Dynamics 6.5 cr.
61122 Autumn:4F-2Ø Associate Professor Fridjov Irgens
Basic concepts: Frame of reference, velocity, acceleration, mass, linear and angular momentum, force, moment of force. Newton‘s laws of motion. Rectilinear and curvilinear motion of particles. Equations of motion for systems of particles and for bodies. Work and energy. Linear and angular impulse. Plane motion of rigid bodies. Motion of rigid bodies in three dimensions. Frame of reference in general motion. Mechanical vibrations: undamped and damped vibrations, free and forced vibrations, coupled vibrations.
Course material: F. Irgens: Dynamics, 3rd edition. Tapir Trondheim 1990. F. Irgens: Formulas of Mechanics. Tapir, Trondheim. Exam Problems in Mechanics, Dynamics. Tapir, Trondheim. (All in Norwegian.)
ME2102M(BE)
Machine Elements 10 cr.
62121 Autumn:3F-3Øu, Spring:2F-3Øu Associate Professor Hugo Stordahl
An introduction to machine elements and mechanical engineering design. Design methodology. Choice of material. Dimensioning against yielding, fracture, fatigue, buckling, creep. Analysis of mechanisms. Joining methods: Welding, shrink fits, bolted joints. Shafts and rotors: Critical speed, balancing. Bearings and lubrication theory. Gears.
Course material: Å.Ø. Waløen: Machine Elements 1 og 2, Tapir 1989 and 1976. Karsten Jakobsen: Gears, Tapir, 1985. (Both in Norwegian.)
ME2103M(BE)
Creative Problem Solving 2 cr.
60120 Spring:3Øu Assistant Professor Erling Nardo Dahl
From the given equipment, students have to define their task themselves, transform the physical problem to a mathematical model. Furthermore they have to plan and to carry out experiments in a way so that the results are within a predicted accuracy. In most of the experiments a final test is arranged where the results must be within certain limits. Before the reports are handed in, the students give an individual oral presentations in front of an audience.
Course material: Course book and laboratory journal.
ME2104ME(MA)(BE)
Engineering Thermodynamics 1 6.5 cr.
61120 Spring:4F-2Øu Associate Professor Tor Bjørge
Concepts and definitions, the thermodynamic system, properties, phase equilibrium in pure substances, equations of state for the vapor phase, tables of thermodynamic properties, work and heat. 1st law of thermodynamics, open and closed cycle processes, change in state, internal energy, enthalpy, specific heat, steady state and unsteady processes, Carnot process, the thermodynamic temperature scale, entropy, principle of the increase of entropy, some power and refrigeration cycles, Otto and Diesel process, gas turbine cycles. Exergy analysis.
Course material: Sonntag & van Wylen: Introduction to Thermodynamics, Classical & Statistical, 3rd edition, Compendium in Heat Transfer. Written solutions are available after each exercise.
ME2105M Fluid Mechanics 6.5 cr.
61123 Spring:4F-2Øu Professor Helge I. Andersen
Fluid properties, viscosity. Velocity field, substantial derivative, streamlines, path-lines. Pressure distribution in stationary and accelerated reference frames. Rotating containers. Manometry. Buoyancy. Reynolds’ transport theorem. Continuity equation. Momentum equation for control volumes. Bernoulli‘s equation. Euler‘s equation for in viscid fluids, and and Navier-Stokes equation for viscous fluids. Boundary conditions for the basic equations. Stream function, vortices and rotation, strain and stresses. The Reynolds number. Pipe flow. Turbulence. The boundary layer concept. Two dimensional potential flow, the potential function, some elementary flows, circulation. Sample problems and exercises in wind tunnel.
Course material: F.M. White: Fluid Mechanics, 2nd edition, McGraw-Hill, 1986.
ME2801M Design Project 2 - Tool Design 11 cr.
68120 Autumn: 3F + 10Øu + 1Øs Professor Per Boelskifte
For students in Product Design.
The course is based on a design project where the relations between function, shape, material and production method are central. Analysis of products and machines, product safety, product-sematics. Primary production methods such as casting, forging and extrusion are introduced.
Course material: To be decided.
ME2802M Ergonomics 1 8.5 cr.
68122 Autumn: 2F + 4Øu, Spring: 2F + 2Øu Professor Per Boelskifte
For students in Product Design.
An introduction to the physical and psychological capabilities/limitations of humans in interaction with tools, machines and the eenvironment. The composition, function, size and strength of the human body. The human ability to receive and process information.
Course material: Aubry D. og T. Vavik: Produktdesign. Tell forlag Oslo 1992. Hand outs.
ME2803M Design Project 3 - The Mechanized Work Space 8.5 cr.
68121 Spring: 2F + 10Øu Professor Per Boelskifte
For students in Product Design.
The course is based on a design project where the relations between functions, shape, material and production method are central. Design-methodology, problem solving, aestethics, introduciton to mechanics of rigid bodies and fluid-dynamics.
Course material: To be decided.
ME3001K Fluid Mechanics for Chemical Engineers 4.5 cr.
61145 Autumn: 2F + 3Øu Assistant Professor Reidar Kristoffersen
Newtonian dynamics: Velocity, acceleration, mass and force, equations of motion, work and energy. Fluid statics: Pressure distribution in stationary and accelerated systems, centrifuges, decanters, manometry. Fluid motion: Velocity field, streamlines and material derivative. The continuity equation and the Bernoulli equation on simple flow problems. Viscous flows: Stresses in fluid, the Navier-Stokes' equations. Examples from pipe and channel flows, and flow in liquid films. Qualitative about boundary layers, turbulent flows and pressure loss. Compressible flow: Isentropic relations, flow through nozzles, critical conditions.
Course material: T. Ytrehus: Fluid Mechanics for Chemical Engineers (in Norwegian), NTH, Tapir.
ME3002GE Mechanical Structures 5 cr.
62142 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu Assistant Professor Knud-Helmer Knudsen
Properties of engineering materials, theory of elasticity. Dimensioning against static and dynamic loads. Joining methods, fasteners. Springs. Shafts and bearings. Exercises: Calculations
Course material: Compendium.
ME3101M(BE)
Production Engineering 6 cr.
63140 Autumn:4F-2Øu Professor AsbjØrn Rolstadås
The most important topics are: The enterprise as a system, master production scheduling, selection of manufacturing methods, process and operations planning, material flow, requirements planning, stock control, production scheduling and loading, quality control, safety, maintenance and production economics.
Course material: A. Rolstadås: Verkstedteknikk, Tapir, 1992, selected lecture notes. (In Norwegian)
ME3102M(BE)
Dimensioning by the Finite Element Method 4.5 cr.
62141 Spring:2F-2Øu-1Øs Professor Ole Ivar Sivertsen
The course gives an introduction to dimensioning by the finite element method (FEM). The applications are mainly within analysis of stress, vibrations, and thermal conduction. Introduction to criteria for dimensioning and safety. Analytical models, Elements and system analysis. Stiffness matrices. Boundary conditions in local and global coordinates. Beam, disc, ring, and shell elements. Axisymmetric shells.
Course material: To be decided.
ME3201M(BE)
Engineering Thermodynamics 2 6 cr.
61140 Autumn:4F-2Øu Associate Professor Tor Bjørge
Thermodynamics of mixtures: Mixtures of ideal gases and vapours, humid air. Thermodynamic relations: Maxwell relations, Clapeyron‘s equation, thermodynamic properties, real gases, equations of state. Chemical reactions: Combustion, enthalpy of formation, analysis of reacting systems, heat of reaction, real combustion processes. j Phase and chemical equilibrium: Requirements for equilibrium, equilibrium between phases of pure substances metastable equilibrium, chemical equilibrium, simultaneous reactions. Exergy, irreversibility and combustion processes.
Course material: Moran & Shapino: Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics, 2.ed. Compendia.
ME3202M Engineering Fluid Mechanics 11 cr.
61142 Autumn:3F-2Øu, Spring:4F-2Øu Professor Per-Åge Krogstad
Equations of motion in integral and differential form. Laminar and turbulent flow. Momentum equations for turbulent flow. Law of the wall. Turbulent flow in pipes and pipe systems. Boundary layers. Open channel flow. Hydraulic jump. Rotating machinery, pumps and water turbines. Cavitation. Compressible flow in pipes and nozzles. Choking. Shocks and Shock polars. Prandtl-Meyer expansion. Compressible flow with friction.
Course material: F.M. White: Fluid Mechanics.
ME3203M(BE)
Heat and Mass Transfer 6 cr.
61141 Spring:4F-2Øu Associate Professor Ole Melhus
The course gives an introduction to heat and mass transfer. The following topics are discussed: Steady state and transient conduction, convection heat transfer, radiation heat transfer and heat exchangers. Diffusive and convective mass transfer. Both numerical and analytical solution methods are presented.
Course material: H.A.Bejan: Heat Transfer.
ME3204M Thermal and Fluid Engineering Laboratories 2 cr.
61143 Spring: 3Øu Associate Professor Lars Sætran
The laboratory exercises will give the students experimental experience that will be a supplement to what they acquire in the courses of Fluid Mechanics, Thermodynamics and Heat Transfer.
Course material: Written tasks, handed out during the course.
ME3205M Computer Lab 1 cr.
61144 Spring: 2Øu Associate Professor Ole Melhus
FORTRAN programming. Text processing, spread sheets, graphical/drawing tools. Network programmes. MS-DOS and UNIX operating systems.
Course material: Will be given at the beginning of the term
ME3206MK Materials Technology for Heat- and Refrigeration Engineering 4.5 cr.
62145 Autumn:2Øu-3Øs Associate Professor Arild Lundberg
For students of dept. 6: energy and process engineering. The course provides a basis for the selection, utilization and maintenance in energy and process engineering. Topics include materials service properties, particularly: Corrosion, fatigue, creep and fracture. Exercises are obligatory.
Course material: E. Bardal: Korrosjon og korrosjonsvern (in Norwegian). Lecture notes are issued and literature specified during the course of the lectures. A. Lundberg of co.: 61032 Materialteknikk.
ME3207MG Introduction to Computational Fluid Mechanics 4.5 cr.
61146 Spring:2F-3Øu Assistant Professor Jan B. Aaseth
Motion of particles in a fluid. Shooting-method and difference-methods applied to similarity versions of the boundary layer equations. Solution of diffusion-problems using explicit and implicit schemes. Introduction to numerical stability of difference schemes. Simple difference schemes applied to the advection equation and the linear Burgers equation. Steady flow in a duct. Schemes for solving the boundary layer equations.
Course material: Compendium.
ME3301M(BE)
Integrated Product Development 7 cr.
62140 Spring:2F-3Øu-4Øs Professor Claes-Gøran Gustavson
The course is based on practical design problems which should be carried out as design projects. Four students work together in groups, and the group is to design a mechanical product. In parallel to the product design project, a series of lectures are given which treats subjects that are relevant to the different project stages: Product design processes, team building, marked considerations, product specifications, conceptual design and embodyment design. Creativity and design methods, service and maintenance. The evaluation is based on the project report.
Course material: To be decided.
ME3302M Materials Technology 14 cr.
62144 Autumn:4F-2Øu, Spring:4F-4Øu Professor Christian Thaulow
First the most important groups of materials are introduced with respect to application in Norwegian industry. Then fundamental aspects within thermodynamics and deformation are presented in some detail such as phase diagrams, solidification, diffusion, heat treatment, quantitative metallography, deformation mechanisms, strength and plasticity. At the end of the semester topics within fracture mechanics and corrosion are presented. The following engineering materials are highlighted: modern structure steels, stainless steels, ceramics, light metals, wood, polymers and composites. The course is partly presented by cooperative learning where the students have to take active part in the teaching. There are written exercises every week and a laboratory course in the spring semester.
Course material: The curriculum is covered by a compendium.
ME3303M(BE)
Manufacturing System Theory 7 cr.
63141 Autumn:4F-3Øu Professor Øyvind Bjørke
Theoretical foundation for and the use of procedures by which mathematical models expressing the behaviour of complex systems containing discrete elements having known behaviour could be formulated. The course is in its nature a computer-oriented topic since the theory has been developed for and implemented on computers. Theoretical foundation. The generalized measuring concept. Measurements represented as graphs. The operational and the symbolic procedure. Primitive elements. The primitive system. The behaviour of elements. Limitation of the validity of laws. The structure of the system. Structural matrices. The fundamental behaviour of the structure. Roth’s diagram. Analysis and synthesis of systems. Decomposition of systems. Subsystems. Synthesis on element basis. Synthesis on subsystem basis.
Course material: Ø. Bjørke: Manufactering Systems Theory, Tapir Publishers, 1995.
ME3304M Data Tools for Programming and Modelling 2 cr.
62147 Spring: 3Øu Professor Ole Ivar Sivertsen
Basic knowledge in UNIX as file handling, compiling and linking of programs. Programming syntax in FORTRAN and C: Declaration and initialisation of variables and matrixes, assigning of variables, input and output of data, "DO" and "IF" constructions, subprograms, etc. 3D modelling in the CAE-tool I-DEAS. Introduction to X-windows, Motif, data structures, data bases, C++, debuggers, etc.
Course material: Will be given at the beginning of the course.
ME3801M Design Project 4 - Transport Design 11 cr.
68140 Autumn: 3F + 12Øu Professor Per Boelskifte
For students in Product Design.
The course is based on a design project involving transport and logistics problems. In a number of seminars related to the project work following topics are treated: Logistics/transport, materials technology, production methods, design methodology, aesthetics, presentation techniques, CAD, modelbuilding
Course material: To be decided.
ME3802M Man Machine Interaction 4.5 cr.
68142 Autumn: 2F + 3Øu Professor Per Boelskifte
For students in Product Design.
The course combines elements from ergonomics, informatics and mechatronics. Actual topics: Controls, information-panels, computer based user interfaces, product safety.
Course material: To be decided.
ME3803M Design Project 5 - Mechatronics 9.5 cr.
68141 Spring: 3F + 9Øu Professor Per Boelskifte
For students in Product Design.
The course is based on a design project where the use of mechatronics technology is central. In a number of seminars related to the project work following topics are treated: Mechatronics, electronics, control systems, materials technology, design for production, design methodology, aestetics, presentation techniques, CAD, modelbuilding.
Course material: To be decided.
ME3804M Life Cycle Assessment 4.5 cr.
68143 Spring: 2F + 3Øu Professor Per Boelskifte
For students in Product Design.
The sustainability of the project in all its life phases is a critical factor in the process of developing new products. The course gives an introduction to actual methods and techniques for analysis, and the neccessary basis for objective evaluation of the analysis results.
Course material: To be decided.
ME3805M CAD/CAM 4.5 cr.
62146 Spring: 2F + 3Øu Professor Sven Fjeldaas
For students in Product Design.
A steadily changing field: From drawings to virtual reality. Introduction to graphic equipment for computers. On bitmapped graphics. Representation of curves and surfaces: Cubic curves, Bezier curves, splines, sculptured surfaces. Coordinate transformations for technical drawings and perspective. Computations of light and shade. An overview of types of geometric models. Data structures and data bases for geometric models. Manufacture of mechanical products based on geometric models. Transfer of geometric information: Communication, protocols, standards.
Course materials: Articles issued by the department. I-DEAS Student Guide (sold by the Department). Recomended literature: McMahon & Browne: CAD CAM.
ME4001B Wood Working and Wood Technology, Advanced Course 9.5 cr.
62176 Spring: 3F + 3Øu + 4Øs + 2D Adjunct Professor Rolf Birkeland
Wood material technology. Wood moisture relationships and wood drying technology. Wood working and wood machining. Wood industries and wood products. Wood production. Wood building and construction, production and utilization of elements, sections etc. in the house building industry. Practice: As course 62175, with the addition of a project. Two day excursion is a mandatory part of the exercises.
Course material: H. Skjelmerud: Treteknikk (in Norwegian), Tapir. Reports.
ME4002(BE)F
Technical Drawing 1 cr.
62120 Autumn: 2Øu Assistant Professor Knud-Helmer Knudsen
A brief survey of engineering drawing practices; projections, threads, sectioning, dimensioning and assembly drawings.
Course material: Håvard Bergland: Tegning for mekaniske fag med tegningslesing, (Technical drawing for mechanical disciplines including reading of drawings) (in Norwegian), basic course, Universitetsforlaget.
ME4101M Mech Thermo Fluid Project 21.5 cr.
61199 Autumn:3Øs, Spring:30Øs Professor BjØrn F. Magnussen
Objective: The aim of the project work is to provide an opportunity for in-depth treatment of a specific problem of scientific or technological type. This also includes writing a formal report on the results of the study.
Content: The project work is usually related to a current research activity in the department, and it may be of theoretical and/or experimental nature. The department offers projects within the four main areas:
A. Fluid Mechanics
B. Combustion and Heat Transfer
C. Multiphase Flow
D. Solid Mechanics.
The work is supervised by a staff member, and the student is supposed to participate in colloquia and group discussions on the topic.
Course material: Specially designed literature is provided in the form of excerpts form textbooks and journal articles, along with specific computer programs.
ME4102MK Energy Management 5.5 cr.
61160 Autumn:2F + 2Øu + 1Øs + 2D Associate Professor Ivar Ertesvåg
Characterization of energy resources. Thermodynamic basis for energy transformation and transfer. Energy systems: Unit processes, total processes, regions, local and global. Energy analysis, Energy economic models and their application to the society.
Course material: T.J. Kotas: The Exergy Method of Thermal Plant Analysis, Buttlerworth 1985. H. GoksØyr: Energi og Samfunn (Energy and Society), compendium (in Norwegian).
ME4103M Numerical Heat and Mass Transfer 5.5 cr.
61162 Autumn:2F-2Øu-1Øs-2D Associate Professor Ole Melhus
Governing differential equations, recirculation flow. Finite difference methods for solving fluid flow, heat and mass transfer problems. One-, two- and three-dimensional steady state and unsteady problems. Numerical methods for solving algebraic equations. SIMPLE and SIMPLER algorithms for coupling pressure and momentum.
Course material: Patankar: Numerical Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow. K. SØrli/P. Magnussen: Governing Equation for the Conservation of Mass, Momentum and Energy.
ME4104M Thermal Properties 5.5 cr.
61163 Autumn:2F-3Øs-2D Professor Magne Lamvik
Thermophysics: Kinetic theory of gases. Thermodynamics of real gases. Solid state physics. Fluid physics. Molecular effects at interfaces. Adsorption. Porosity. Surface tension, capillary forces. Modelling of sorption curves. Monomolecular layers. Estimation and experimental determination of thermophysical properties. State properties. Calorimetric. Thermodynamical diagrams. Transport properties: General transport kinetic. Diffusivity. Thermal conductivity. Viscosity. Transport mechanisms in heterogeneous substances. Radiation properties. Data basis.
Course material: Lecture notes. Papers from current journals.
Additional Litr.: D. Tabor: Gases, liquids and solids Cambridge, 1991.
ME4105M Phase Transition, Mass and Heat Transfer in Fluid Flow 5.5 cr.
61164 Autumn:2F-2Øu-1Øs-2D Associate Professor Tor Bjørge
This course gives the basic concepts of mathematical modelling of two- and multiphase flows for technical applications. The lecture subject will be: Governing equations of two- and multiphase flows. Thermodynamics of mixtures. Interfacial condition, phase transition, homogeneous and heterogeneous nucleation theory, boiling in pure liquids, binary and multi- component mixtures, and condensation in stem. Two- and multi-phase flows in pipelines dealing with pressure drop, heat transfer, regime transition, transient effects and flow in branching conduits. Two- and multiphase mixtures in containers, dealing with distribution effects and separation mechanisms.
Course material: P.B. Walley: Boiling, condensation and Gas-liquid flow, Oxford Engineering Science Series: 21, Clarendon Press 1987. Selected topics from G. Hetsroni: Handbook of Multiphase Systems, McGraw-Hill 1982. N.P. Cheremisinoff: Encyclopedia of Fluid Mechanics, Vol. 3: Gas Liquid Flows, Gulf Publishing Company 1986. E.U. Schlunder: Heat Exchanger Design Handbook, VDI-Verlag 1986. A.Bejam: Advanced Engineering Thermodynamics, Wiley, 1988. R.K.Schmidt: Chemical Engineering, vol. 6, An Introduction to Chemical Engineering Design, Pergamon Press.
ME4106M Gas Dynamics 5.5 cr.
61165 Autumn:2F-3Øu-2D Professor Helge Nørstrud
Dynamic and thermodynamic foundations for compressible flow. Gas flow in pipes, nozzles and diffusers at isentropic conditions, friction or heat transfer, choking. Compression- and expansion waves, normal shock, oblique shock, reflections. Interference between shock waves, shock tube. Non-stationary flow, method of characteristics. Flow with energy transfer, deflagration- and detonation waves based on Hugoniot curves. Flow with mass transfer. Transport of gas and gas mixture in pipelines. Spreading and rarification of heavy gas clouds at land and on sea. Hypersonic flows, real gas effects, space transportation systems.
Course material: Compendium and topic notes.
ME4107M Numerical Fluid Dynamics 5.5 cr.
61168 Autumn:2F-3Øs-2D Associate Professor Skjalg E. Haaland
Finite difference methods, numerical solutions of boundary value problems in one-dimension. Solutions of the Prandtl boundary layer equations: Similarity solutions. Numerical solutions of plane- and axisymmetric problems, with and without the heat equation. Laminar or turbulent flows, wall boundary layers, free shear layers, external or internal flows. Solutions to instationary gas dynamic problems with applications to pipe and nozzle flows, spreading of heavy gases.
Course material: Class notes. Software programs.
Subsidary literature: Anderson, J.D. Computational Fluid Dynamics, McGraw-Hill, 1995.
ME4108M Experimental Fluid- and Thermodynamics 5.5 cr.
61169 Autumn:2F-3Øu-2D Associate Professor Lars R. Sætran
Selection of devices for measuring velocity, pressure and temperature. Primary and secondary measurements of flow, hydrodynamic forces and local and integrated flow laser. Measurement of efficiency and flow characteristics in rotating machinery. Measurements of turbulent flow parameters. Calibration of measuring devices. Measurement accuracy.
Course material: Ernest O. Doebeling: Measurement Systems. Application and Design, 4th edition, McGraw-Hill Publ. Co. 1990.
ME4109MGF
Introduction to Continuum Mechanics 7 cr.
61170 Autumn:3F-2Øu-1Øs-2D Assistant Professor Arvid Gustafson
Equations of motion, stress analysis, tensors, infinitesimal strain tensor, the rate-of-strain tensor, the mechanical energy equation of continua. Theory of elasticity: Hook´s law, elastic energy, plane strain plane stress, the Airy stress function with applications, Waves in elastic materials. The constitutive equation of linear viscous fluids.
Course material: F. Irgens: Continuum Mechanics. Compendium (in Norwegian).
ME4110M Turbulent Flow 6 cr.
61172 Autumn:3F-2Øu-2D Professor Helge I. Andersson
This course gives an introduction to the theoretical and empirical foundations for turbulent flow phenomena. Models and methods for the solution of engineering flow problems are described. The following - Homogeneous turbulence: mathematical description in physical and spectral space. - Turbulent shear flows: pipe flows, boundary layers and jets. - Calculation techniques: integral methods, mean field representation and large-eddy simulations. - turbulence models: algebraic and differential transport models.
Course material: H. Tennekes & J.L. Lumley: A First Course in Turbulence, MIT Press 1972. H.I. Andersson: Introduction to Turbulence Modelling, NTH 1988.
ME4111MF Viscous Flows and Boundary Layers 6 cr.
61173 Autumn:3F-2Øu-2D Professor Tor Ytrehus
Derivation and discussion of the basic equations governing viscous, heat-conducting fluid flow: shear-rates, dilatation- and rotation-rates. Viscous stresses and Newtonian fluid. Conservation of mass, momentum and energy. Limit of incompressible flow. Vorticity. Exact solutions: Couette and Poiseuille flow with heat transfer and compressibility. Stokes' 1st and 2nd problems, Hiemenz solution for plane stagnation flow. The boundary layer approximation. Similarity solutions: Flow along a flat plate, and over wedges and around corners. Blasius - and Autumnkner-Skan solutions. Effect of pressure gradient: Pohlhausen and Thwaites integral methods. Thermal boundary layers. Stability and transition to turbulent flow: Results from Orr-Sommerfeld - and Rayleigh equations for simple two dimensional shear flows.
Course material: F.M. White: Viscous Fluid Flow. 2nd edition.
ME4112MEF
Classical Mechanics 5.5 cr.
61175 Autumn:3F-2Øu-1D Professor Iver H. Brevik
Constraints, generalized coordinates. Virtual displacements, Lagrange´s equations. Variational principles. Hamilton´s principle. Langrangian for charged particle in an electromagnetic field. Conservation theorems and symmetry properties. Virial theorem. Central forces, scattering in central force field. Some kinematics and dynamics for rigid bodies. Special relativity. Normal coordinates. Hamilton´s equations. Canonical transformations.
Course material: H. Goldstein: Classical Mechanics, 2nd edition., Addison-Wesley 1981.
ME4113M Turbulent Combustion, Mass and Heat Transfer 5.5 cr.
61161 Spring:2F-2Øu-1Øs-2D Associate Professor Ivar Ertesvåg
The course deals with turbulent heat- and mass transfer in engineering systems with and without chemical reactions. The following topics are discussed: Characterization and mathematical modelling of turbulence. Turbulent heat and mass transfer. Chemical reactions in turbulent flow. Turbulent flames. Formation of pollutants in turbulent flames.
Course material: Ivar Erkesvåg: Turbulent strømning of forbrenning (Turbulent flow and Combustion)
ME4114M Fluid Mechanics of our Environment 5.5 cr.
61166 Spring:2F-3Øs-2D Associate Professor Lars R. Sætran
Hydrostatics, stability, Coriolis acceleration, non-viscous flow in the atmosphere and in the ocean, turbulence modes, friction layers - the atmospheric boundary layer, Ekman-layer, special flow problems, thermal plumes, tornadoes, dispersion of pollutants - pint and line sources in and outside shear layers, gradient-transport hypothesis, turbulent diffusivity.
Course material: R.A. Dobbins: Atmospheric Motion and Air Pollution, John Wiley & Sons 1979. Lecture notes.
ME4115M Aero Dynamics 5.5 cr.
61167 Spring:2F-3Øu-2D Professor Helge Nørstrud
The course covers various topics from aerodynamics with emphasis on the following subjects: Aerodynamics - car and ship aerodynamics. Airplane aerodynamics - profile- and wing theory, vertex flows, induced drag, interference, transonic and supersonic flows. Sport aerodynamics, rocket and space aerodynamics. Aerothermodynamics, flows at high temperatures. Industrial aerodynamics. Natural and simulated wind. Form factors for typical buildings. Calculation of wind loads. Release of smoke and gases in the atmosphere. Aerodynamic generated noise - fan noise, jet noise.
Course material: Compendium and topic notes.
ME4116M Mechanics of Damage and Fracture, Introduction 7 cr.
61171 Spring:3F-2Øu- 1Øs-2D Associate Professor Fridtjov Irgens
Damage and failure modes. Basic crack mechanics: Unstable crack growth. Fracture toughness. Fatigue: Initiation and growth of fatigue crack. Fatigue limit. Mean stress. Haigh diagram. Crack growth Lifetime prediction. Stress corrosion cracking. Corrosion fatigue. Creep damage. Creep crack growth. Damage mode interaction. Threshold. Short fatigue crack. Notch effects. Low cycle fatigue. Neuber rule. Variable amplitude. Manufacturing defects.
Course material: K. Hellan: Introduction to Fracture Mechanics, McGraw-Hill 1985. Compendium.
ME4117M Finite Element Method 7 cr.
61174 Spring:3F-2Øu-1Øs-2D Associate Professor Kjell Holthe
The course is an introduction to the finite element method applied to a variety of field problems. The course will enable you to formulate the finite element approach for arbitrary equations.The course deal with the formation of the finite element approach for several differential equations based on the so-called weak formulation with Galerkin's method. The main emphasis is given to two- and three-dimensional elasticity problems and heat conduction problems. Dynamical problems will also be treated.
Course material: N.S. Ottosen and H. Peterson: Introduction to the Finite Element Method, Lund University, 2nd. ed. 1991.
ME4118M Gas Transport 5.5 cr.
61176 Spring: 2F + 2Øu + 1Øs + 2D Adjunct Professor Karl Sjøen
Description of natural gas transport from field to market. Thermodynamic and physical properties of natural gas. Steady state and transient pipe flow. Gas quality. Pressure regulation, compression and temerature control. Gas storage. Piping network. System analysis. Preparation and start up of gas pipes. Pressure testing, water draining and drying. Pigging. Real time simulation and control. Measurement methods and accuracy.
Course material: Compendium and journal articles.
ME4201M Machine Design and Materials Technology, Project 21.5 cr.
62199 Autumn:3Øs, Spring:30Øs Professor Claes-Gøran Gustafson
The project involves literature studies, theoretical analysis and computation in a current field of interest, possibly in cooperation with a partner in industry. A list of suitable courses has been established.
Course material: None.
ME4202M Mechanical Vibrations 5.5 cr.
62161 Autumn:2F-2Øu-1Øs-2D Associate Professor Johan F. Bratt
Classification of vibration. Lagrange´s equations. Vibration control. Response to impulse excitation. Matrix and difference methods of analysis. Random vibrations.
Course material: Johan F. Bratt: "Mekansike svingninger", lecture notes (in Norwegian). S.S. Rao: Mechanical Vibrations, Addison Wesley, 3rd edition. 1995.
ME4204M Machine Simulation based on the Finite Element Method 5.5 cr.
62165 Autumn:2F-3Øu-2D Associate Professor Ole-Ivar Sivertsen
This course covers matrix operations, 3D coordinate transformations, basic finite element techniques, sub structuring, Component Mode Synthesis (CMS) reduction techniques and time integration methods. Further modelling techniques for joints, springs, dampers, masses, loading, input motion and control elements are covered. Stress computations and animation are demonstrated by examples.
Course material: O.I. Sivertesen: Computer-aided Modelling, Dynamic Simulation and Dimensioning of Mechanisms, vol. 1, Department of Machine Design, 1991, compendium. T.l RØlvåg, H.P. Hildre & O.I. Sivertsen: FEDEM User's Guide. (Can be borrowed from the Department of Machine Design).
ME4205M Tribology 5.5 cr.
62166 Autumn:2F-2Øu-1Øs-2D Professor Kristian Tønder
The subject deals with problems and methods associated with machine parts/surfaces in relative motion. Key words are lubrication, friction and wear (tribology), and rotor dynamics. Characterization of tribological surfaces. Models for friction and wear; failure mechanisms, preventive measures. Lubrication theory and optimization of lubricated surfaces; lubricants. Dynamics of rotors; rotating loads; influence of bearings.
Course material: Compendia issued by the Department of Machine Design.
ME4206MK Plastics Technology 5.5 cr.
62168 Autumn:2F-2Øu-1Øs-2D Professor Claes-Gøran Gustafson
This course deals with plastics as engineering materials including their chemistry and structure, important functional properties for their use, and to some extent their theological properties and methods and equipment for processing of plastics. Topics: Types of polymers, chemical and steric structure, molecular masses and distributions. Molecular configurations, steroisomerism, branching, network polymers, copolymers. Bonding, crystallinity and transitions in polymers. Rubber elasticity. Technical rubbers. Viscoelasticity. Models. Creep and stress relaxation. Boltzmann superposition principle. WLF-equation. Experimental methods for study of linear and non-linear viscoelasticity. Dynamic mechanical properties. Damping. Failure of polymers: Static long term strength, crazing fracture mechanics, fatigue and impact properties. Polymer composites. Methods for processing of plastic products.
Course material: Principles of Polymer Engineer, McCrum, Buckley, Bucknall, 1988. Lecture notes. Written exercises and demonstrations in laboratories.
ME4207MG Casting Technology 5.5 cr.
62169 Autumn:2F-2Øu-1Øs-2D Professor Sigurd Støren
The metallurgical base: Melt treatment, crystallization, segregation and castability, modelling of solidification. The principles of mould design and the influence of moulding materials, feeder calculations and runner systems. Casting stresses. Melting furnaces. Mould and core materials. Moulding. Casting methods. The most important casting alloys. Design of castings.
Course material: Davies, V. de L.: StØperiteknikk, (in Norwegian) Tapir 1970. Hansen P.N.: VarmelÆre for termiske materialprosesser, DTH 1990.
ME4208MGB(MA)
Welding Technology 5.5 cr.
62170 Autumn:2F-2Øu-1Øs-2D Professor Einar Halmøy
The following topics are dealt with: The physical foundations for arc welding. Arc welding methods. Solid state welding methods. Laser and electron beam welding. Automation. Distribution of heat in the workpiece. Stresses and deformation. Welding metallurgy. Defects and fracture. Costs in welding production. Non-destructive testing.
Course material: : Sveiseteknikk (Welding technology), (lecture notes in Norwegian).
ME4209M Corrosion and Corrosion Prevention 5.5 cr.
62172 Autumn:2F-2Øu-1Øs-2D Professor II Einar Bardal
Corrosion theory, including the main electrochemical aspects and thermodynamic principles. Pourbaix diagram and polarization curves. Application of the theory to explain known corrosion forms for different combinations of metal and environment. Influence of metallurgical, physical and mechanical factors. Corrosion properties of the most important metallic materials. Test methods. Corrosion prevention by affecting the materials properties, by design, change of environment, change of electrode potential and by surface coatings.
Course material: Bardal, E.: Korrosjon og korrosjonsvern (in Norwegian), Tapir 1985.
ME4210M Applied Fracture Mechanics 5.5 cr.
62173 Autumn:2F-2Øu-1Øs-2D Professor Christian Thaulow
The application of fracture mechanics for fracture mechanics testing and engineering defect assessment. - Fundamentals of fracture mechanics. Stress intensity. Elastic and elastic-plastic fracture mechanics. Fracture mechanics testing of inhomogenous materials (welds). Fracture mechanics analysis, CTOD design curve, fracture assessment diagrams with Level 1, 2 and 3 analysis. - Statistical fracture mechanics. - Numerical calculations. - Crack arres testing. - Application of fracture mechanics with respect to offshore structures, pipelines, aluminium alloys and polymer composites.
Course material: T.L. Anderson "Fracture Mechanics Fundamentals and Application" CRC Press 1991.
ME4211M Fatigue Design and Mechanical Components 5.5 cr.
62162 Spring:2F-3Øu-2D Professor Per J. Haagensen
Types of fractures. Mechanisms of fatigue crack initiation. Fatigue test methods, S-N data, crack growth data, cyclic stress-strain relationships. Factors affecting crack initiation and propagation: Notches, material effects, effect of loading modes, size corrosion, fretting, temperature, surface condition. Fracture mechanics analysis of crack growth, short cracks. Special components: Welded joints, gears, bolts and threaded connections. Load analysis: Variable amplitude loading, load spectra, cycle counting methods. Life prediction: Cumulative fatigue, the M-P rule, load interaction effects. Design methodologies: Principles, material data, design standards, e.g. NS 3472, Eurocode 3 etc. commercial computer codes.
Course material: Course notes and selected chapters in textbooks.
ME4212M Piping Design 5.5 cr.
62164 Spring:2F-3Øu-2D Associate Professor Hugo Stordahl
An introduction to piping design for process plants. Design and dimensioning. Flexibility and stress analysis. Codes.
Course material: P.R. Smith, T.J. Van Laan: Piping and Pipe Support Systems. McGraw-Hill 1987.
ME4214M Metal Forming 5.5 cr.
62171 Spring:2F-2Øu-1Øs-2D Associate Professor Henry Valberg
Theoretical basis: Flow and stress analysis, Friction, Energy expenditure, Heat generation, Formability. Process Analysis: Extrusion of Al-profiles, Forging, Impact extrusion, Rolling, Wire Drawing, Sheet metal forming.
Course material: T. Altan, S. Oh, H. Gegel: Metal Forming. Fundamentals and Applications, ASM, 1986.
Valberg, Henry: Forming of metals by forging, rolling, drawing, extrusion, shearing and sheat-metal forming (in Norwegian).
ME4215M Plastics Processing 5.5 cr.
62174 Spring:2F-2Øu-1Øs-2D Professor Claes-Gøran Gustafson
Rheology of polymer melts, solutions and pastes. Flow in dies and channels. Heat transfer and heat build up in melts during flow. Mould filling of cavities. Theory and application of extrusion, compounding injection moulding. Control of plastics processing machinery. Simulation of flow and mould filling using computer software (CAE). Exercises on PC‘s and workstations. Production of composite materials and derived products, Influence of morphology structure from processing. Tooling design.
Course material: Lecture notes.
ME4216M Wood Technology 5.5 cr.
62175 Spring:2F-3Øu-2D Prof. II Rolf Birkeland
Wood technology. Woodworking. Wood and forest resources. Wood material technology. Wood moisture relationships and wood drying technology. Wood working and wood machining. Wood industries and wood products. Wood production. Wood building and construction. 2 day excursion trip is a mandatory part of the exercises.
Course material: H. Skjelmerud: Treteknikk (in Norwegian), Tapir. Reports.
ME4217M Computer Aided Design 5.5 cr.
62177 Autumn: 2F + 3Øu + 2D Professor Sven Fjeldaas
A steadily changing field: From drawings to virtual reality. Introduction to graphic equipment for computers. On bitmapped graphics. Representation of curves and surfaces. Coordinate transformations for technical drawings and perspective. Computations of light and shade. An overview of types of geometric models. Data structures and data bases for geometric models. Manufacture of mechanical products based on geometric models.
Course material: Several articles issued by the institute. I-DEAS Student guide (sold by the institute). Recomended literature:McMahon & Browne: CAD CAM
ME4218M Design Methodology 5.5 cr.
62179 Autumn: 2F + 1Øu + 2Øs + 2D Associate Professor Hans Petter Hildre
Integrated product development, particularly the different design activities and the flow of information in the design process will be taught. The relation between function, shape, material and production will be discussed. Methods like QFD for writing specifications will be focused upon. Design techniques, synthesis and creativity.
Course material: To be decided.
ME4219M Surface Coating Technology 5.5 cr.
62178 Spring: 2F + 2Øu + 1Øs + 2D Professor Einar Bardal
Review of important deterioration processes like corrosion, wear and fatigue. Main factors controlling these processes. Types of coating and representative examples and properties of each type. Coating requirements under various conditions. Pretreatment, surface properties, adhesion mechanisms. Test and inspection methods. Design considerations. Economical aspects.
Course material: Compendia, lecture notes.
ME4301M Production and Quality Engineering, Project 21.5 cr.
63199 Autumn:3Øs, Spring:30Øs Professor Øyvind Bjørke
To the extent possible, each project will be connected to current research projects at the Department. The project work will usually include literature survey, analytical analysis, programming and calculations, design and evaluations. There are recommended elective course combinations which together with 4 "core" courses, comprise the following project areas: (A): Manufacturing Systems (Professor Finn Ola Rasch) (B): Information Technology (Professor Øyvind Bjørke) (C): Operations Management (Professor Asbjørn Rolstadås) (D): Reliability/Maintenance Engineering (Professor Marvin Rausand)
The following courses are recommended "cores" for each of the 4 main areas: (A): 63164 Computer based controls of manufacturing processes, 63165 Robot Technology, 63167 Manufacturing systems 1, 63168 Manufacturing systems 2. (B): 63164 Computer based controls of manufacturing processes, 63167 Manufacturing Systems 1, 62169 Computer Aided Design, 45353 Computer communication in Engineering. (C): 63162 Project Management, 63163 Quality Engineering, 63166 Production Management Systems, 63161 Maintenance Engineering. (D): 63160 Reliability Engineering, 63161 Maintenance Engineering, 63163 Quality Engineering, 63162 Project Management.
Course material: None.
ME4302ME(MA)(BE)
Reliability Engineering 5.5 cr.
63160 Autumn:2F-3Øu-2D Professor Marvin Rausand
Probabilistic basis for reliability engineering. Description of failure mechanisms and failure models. Systems exposed to stochastically varying loads. Failure mode and effect analysis (FMEA), fault tree analysis. Reliability and availability assessment of technical systems. Markov methods, optimization of systems reliability, Reliability Centered Maintenance (RCM).
Course material: A.Høyland & M.Rausand: System Reliability Theory, Models, and Statistical Methods, Wiley, 1994.
ME4303MG(BE)
Project Management 5.5 cr.
63162 Autumn:2F-3Øu-2D Professor Asbjørn Rolstadås
Staging and phasing of projects, project baseline, project evaluation and profitability analysis, project organization, work breakdown structure, scheduling and planning (network analysis), cost estimating, management of engineering, procurement, principles of project control, progress control, schedule control, cost control, and progress reporting.
Course material: A.Rolstadås: Praktisk Prosjektstyring (in Norwegian), Tapir, 1988.
ME4304M(BE)
Quality Management 5.5 cr.
63163 Spring:2F-3Øu-2D Professor Asbjørn Aune
Quality terminology. Relationship: quality - profitability - productivity. Methods and techniques and organizing for quality control, -assurance and -improvement in developing, producing, and marketing products and services. Total Quality Management. Documentation and audit of quality systems. Quality systems standards. Product liability.
Course material: A. Aune: Kvalitetsstyrte bedrifter, Ad Notam Gyldendal, 1993. Lecture notes.
ME4305M Computer Based Controls of Manufacturing Processes 5.5 cr.
63164 Autumn:2F-3Øu-2D Professor Terje K. Lien
The objective of the course is to introduce the basic concepts of digital controls. The course forms the basis of mechatronics control. The course content is: Boolean algebra, reduction of Boolean expressions. Specification of sequential control systems, system simplification, determining logic expressions. Programmable logic controllers (PLC): Characteristic properties, programming and use. Mini- and microcomputers used as controllers for stand-alone processes. Input/output signals, interrupt handling, digital/analogue conversion. Control system communication protocols.
Course material: T.K.Lien: Digital styring for mekatronikk, Tapir, 1995.
ME4306M(BE)
Production Management Systems 5.5 cr.
63166 Spring:2F-3Øu-2D Professor Asbjørn Aune
Production planning and control function as a money manager. Layout, production-flow-oriented production, management concepts as JIT, OPT, and other ordering systems. Quantitative models including SIMMEK. User‘s participation and adjustment to existing organizations when implementing production planning and control systems.
Course material: Lecture notes.
ME4307M Manufacturing Systems 1 5.5 cr.
63167 Autumn:2F-3Øu-2D Associate Professor Knut A. Egelie
Definitions and functions within the scope of development and manufacturing of mechanical products. Concepts and elements of computer integrated manufacturing; communication, data bases, networks, standards and protocols. EDP systems for technological planning i.e., process and operations planning. Systems for the programming of NC machine tools. Virtual Manufacturing. Product modelling.
Course material: Bedworth, Henderson, Wolfe: Computer Integrated Design and Manufacturing. McGraw-Hill, 1991. History and industry examples. Videos. Exercises.
ME4308M(BE)
Maintenance Engineering 5.5 cr.
63161 Spring:2F-3Øu-2D Associate Professor Per Schjølberg
The course includes the following topics: Maintenance management and planning, maintenance activities, maintenance strategies, life cycle cost, maintenance and life cycle profit, life cycle cost analysis, maintenance and availability in design, RAM analysis, Reliability-Centred Maintenance, tribology, failure analysis, spare parts, Computerized Maintenance, future maintenance.
Course material: H. Christensen: Vedlikeholdsteknikk (in Norwegian), P. SchjØlberg: Published lecture notes.
ME4309M Robot Technology 5.5 cr.
63165 Spring:2F-3Øu-2D Professor Terje K. Lien
Definitions of industrial robots. Design and characteristics of industrial robots. Automation of workpieces and tool handling operations. Systems for automatic assembly. Analysis of handling and assembly operations. Product design for automatic assembly. Programming industrial robots. Adaptive robot systems, utilization of force feed back and electronic vision for improved operational performance.
Course material: T.K. Lien: Industrirobotteknikk (in Norwegian), Tapir, 1992. L. Estensen, R. Langmoen, N.I. Tveiten: Matere og orienteringsinnretninger (in Norwegian), SINTEF report STF17 A80043.
ME4310M Manufacturing systems 2 5.5 cr.
63168 Spring:2F-3Øu-2D Professor Finn Ola Rasch
Machine tool design elements and their influence on precision manufacturing and productivity. metrology base for determining the capability of machine tools. Manufacturing for "6s quality" (zero defect concept). Elements of flexible manufacturing systems and design of dedicated, automated systems. A systematic methodology for the procurement of equipment.
Course material: T.K. Lien: VerktØymaskinelementer. K.M. Madsen, F.O. Rasch: Kompendium i maskinanskaffelser. Kompendium i måleteknikk. (All in Norwegian)
ME4311M Mechatronics Methodology 5.5 cr.
63169 Spring: 2F + 3Øu + 2D Adjunct Professor Jan Tore Pedersen
Mechatronics methodology, use of mechatronics products, functionality and possibilities. Working processes, tools and methods for development and documentation - important is the kind of meterial - and energy transformation to be carried out, how these can be refracted and what kind of technological principles are available. Uniformdescription of behaviour. Criteria for chice of solutions - how to obtain the optimall, technological balance.
Course material: Lecture notes and distributed material.
ME4401M Thermal Energy and Hydropower, project 21.5 cr.
64199 Autumn:3Øs, Spring:20Øs Professor Otto K. Sønju
Goal: The course gives the students a thorough theoretical and practical insight into one of the technical areas of the department and also knowledge about writing of technical reports.
Content: The project work is usually linked to ongoing research and development work at the department and SINTEF units cooperating with the department, often in cooperation with Norwegian industry.
Topics for the project and diploma thesis can be chosen from the following main work areas:
A: Energy and process
B: Combustion and pollution
C: Hydraulic machinery and systems
D: Fluid power and control systems
Keywords for the project work: Industrial heat engineering and energy systems including energy conservation in industry, design and simulation of gas fired power plants, disposal of CO2 from power generation, utilization of natural gas, control and optimization of heat transfer equipment, development of heat exchangers and cooling systems for the metal industry. System engineering including integrated process plants with energy recovery, interaction between process and environment and factors as economy and safety .
Combustion processes and equipment (natural gas, oil, biomass and waste) including basic studies of free flames, pyrolysis, gasification and gas explosions and development of new burners, burner systems, wood stoves and gas turbine combustors. Environment/pollution including measurement and analysis, formation of pollutants, cleaning equipment and other pollution reduction methods. Flow in and construction of hydraulic turbines and pumps. Operation and control of hydraulic machinery. Hydraulic machinery systems. Hydraulic components and fluid power control systems for applications in offshore industry, land based industrial and mobile hydraulic systems.
The project work contains elements from experimental work, technical calculations, economical analysis and mathematical modelling and simulation. For each of the main work areas (A, B, C and D) there are recommendations for the choice of course combinations.
Mode of work: Independent project work with supervision
Course material: Guidelines on how to conduct and document a project work.
ME4402M(BE)
Industrial Heat Engineering 5.5 cr.
64160 Autumn:3F-1Øu-2D Professor Otto K. Sønju
A presentation of the most important industrial heat processes in the Norwegian industry is given. The basic theory for these processes is developed further. The following subjects are looked upon: Convective heat transfer (laminar and turbulent fluid mechanics), boiling and condensation. Pressure loss in one- and two-phase flow. Mass transfer by diffusion and convection. Heat exchangers and their systems in industrial processes are analysed, with description of different types and presentation of various methods for thermal and mechanical design. Operational problems such as fouling and vibration are discussed.
Course material: Lecture notes and literature as given during the course.
ME4403M(BE)
Industrial Heat Engineering Subsystems 5.5 cr.
64161 Autumn:2F-2Øu-1Øs-2D Associate Professor Olav Bolland
The course covers thermal unit operations as distillation, drying and evaporation. Theory within mass- and heat transfer is presented as well as more practically oriented and computational methods. Examples are given.
Course material: Compendium.
ME4404ME Industrial Heat Processes - System Analysis 5.5 cr.
64162 Autumn:2F-2Øu-1Øs-2D Professor Odd Andreas Asbjørnsen
This course concentrates on heat integration and heat recovery in industrial processes. The integration of thermal power cycles, steam and gas turbines, heat pumps, etc., with heat intensive process equipment, such as distillation columns, chemical reactors, absorption towers, electro-metallurgical smelters, etc., as emphasized. Other areas covered are: Conceptual design of heat recovery systems using thermal systems analysis based on composite heat curves an pinch design methods. Trade-off between different alternative designs of heat recovery, heat distribution systems, piping designs, maintenance and process control is demonstrated by economic optimization. Methods of economic evaluation play an important role in the considerations.
Course material: Lecture notes, textbooks and papers.
ME4405M Mathematical Modelling of Thermal Processes 5.5 cr.
64163 Autumn:2F-2Øu-1Øs-2D Professor Odd Andreas Asbjørnsen
This course assumes the required mathematical theory to be covered, and concentrates on practical applications to the mathematical modelling of thermal processes. The models are of algebraic form, ordinary non-linear differential equation form, partial differential equation form and desecrate form. The linkage between physical cause and effect, and mathematical variable relations is emphasised. Extensive use is made of computer simulation requiring numerical solution of algebraic and differential equations as well as discrete equations. Iterations, convergence and stability are conferred to the extent they apply to the physical situation modelled. The process modelling uses physical fundamentals such as conservation principles, equilibrium relation, transport phenomena, reaction kinetics and the kinetics of phase change. The main focus of the course is on the transformation of those principles to mathematical relations.
Course material: Lecture notes, textbooks and papers.
ME4406M Process Plant Design 5.5 cr.
64164 Autumn:2F-2Øu-1Øs-2D Professor Jan M. Øverli
Types of projects. Project developments phases. Planning and organization of projects. Example of process plants. Product specification and design basis. Documentation requirement. Selection of main processes and process support systems. Design of process equipment such as pressure vessels, heat exchangers, valves, separators and rotating machinery. Piping design. Safety and environmental considerations. Codes and standards. Cost estimation and investment analysis.
Course material: Compendium.
ME4407M Thermal Turbomachinery 5.5 cr.
64165 Autumn:2F-3Øu-2D Professor Magnar Førde
Turbocompressors, steam- and gas turbines. Axial- and centrifugal (radial) machines. Transonic and supersonic machines. Cascade theory. Flow path analysis. Boundary layer. Survey over advanced numerical methods of analysis. Matching of compressor and turbine. Materials, stress and fatigue. Steam- and gas turbine process. Design considerations and dimensions.
Course material: H.Cohen, C.F.C.Rogers and H.I.H.Saravanamuttoo: Gas Turbine Theory, 3rd ed., Longman Scientific & Technical, 1987.
ME4408M Gas Turbines and Compressors 5.5 cr.
64166 Spring:2F-3Øs-2D Professor Jan M. Øverli
Axial-flow and centrifugal compressors, gas turbines, turbo expanders, auxiliary components and accessories. Selection of machinery. Application in industry and power plants on- and offshore. Performance characteristics under varying conditions. Optimization and control of machinery. Methods for reduction of emissions from gas turbines. Specifications and international test codes.
Course material: J.M. Øverli: Strømningsmaskiner, Volume 3: Termiske maskiner, Tapir (1992) and compendium. (All in Norwegian.)
ME4409M Thermal Energy Production 5.5 cr.
64171 Autumn:2F-2Øu-1Øs-2D Associate Professor Erling Østerbø
Combustion of solids, liquid, gas. Combustion kinetics, flame types. Combustion chambers. Corrosion on flue gas and water side. Feed water treatment. Stack emissions to atmosphere, measuring techniques and equipment. Gas cleaning. Boiler types and applications. Thermodynamic calculations and stress analysis of components. Operating costs, boiler house arrangements and maintenance. Fluidized bed. Control and automation. Energy supply, energy planning and saving. Regulations.
Course material: Compendium, lecture notes, papers.
ME4410MK Air Pollution 5.5 cr.
64172 Autumn:2F-2Øu-1Øs-2D Professor Otto K. Sønju
The course gives an overview of pollutants, emissions and dispersion of the pollutants, atmospheric reactions, concentrations, deposition and effect of sulphur oxides, nitric oxides, photochemical oxidation, dioxides and other pollutants. Gas cleaning: theory, equipment and legislation. The following equipment is presented: Gravity settling chambers, cyclone separators, wet collectors, fabric filters and electrostatic precipitators. Reduction of emission by controlling the combustion process is discussed.
Course material: Lecture notes and literature given during the course.
ME4411M Fluid Mechanics of Turbomachinery 5.5 cr.
64173 Autumn:2F-3Øu-2D Professor Hermod Brekke
Pre-requisite: Course 65014 Engineering Fluid Dynamics part A or equivalent. Development of the theory of flow in rotating blade cascade including Coriolis forces and relative specific energy. Rothalpy and absolute specific energy. Mathematical modelling of flow with development of the Euler equations with exercises analyzing flow in turbine runners pump impellers and fans. Navier stokes equations in conservation form and non conservation form. Flow analysis with finite volume Euler solver will be thoroughly explained followed by exercises in flow analysis of runners and impellers. Introduction of mathematical modelling of viscous and turbulent flow for analysis of runners and impellers. Analytical 2D analysis of pressure distribution on runner blades as a function of the blade leaning curvature and blade angles for design of impellers and turbine runners. Classification of partial differential equations in hyperbolic, elliptic and parabolic solutions and vector and tensor analysis will be presented and explained for self study in appendices and supporting literature.
Course material: H. Brekke et al. Compendium. Recommended literature: C. Hirish: Numerical Computation of Internal and External Flows. Vol. 1. John Wiley & Son. John D. Anderson Jr.: Computational Fluid Dynamics, McGraw-Hill, 1995.
ME4412M Pumps and Turbines 5.5 cr.
64174 Autumn:2F-3Øu-2D Professor Hermod Brekke
The main design of pumps, turbines and fans. Basic flow design, classification dimension analysis. Eulers energy equation. Hydraulic forces and torques. Main dimensions. Layout of runners. Design of special machines like reversible pump turbines and water jet propulsion pumps for ships. A brief description on simplified small hydroturbines and multistage pumps is also included. Detail analysis of stresses and deformations of turbines and pumps. Choice of materials. Fracture mechanics and lifetime studies.
Course material: H. Brekke: Pumper og Turbiner, Compendium.
ME4413M Mechanical Design of Pumps and Turbines 5.5 cr.
64175 Autumn:2F-3Øu-2D Professor Hermod Brekke
The course is relevant for students who will study the pumping system of power plants for energy production and offshore. The subject deals with dimensioning and structural design of pumps, turbines and fans. The subject deals with problems related to choice of materials, production and operation of hydraulic machinery. Basic principles, classifications, characteristics, design and stress analysis. Material testing destructive and non-destructive basis related to hydraulic machinery. Life time - and safety philosophy. Production and assembly. Commissioning of machinery. Specification and standardization. Operation and maintenance.
Course material: H. Brekke: Konstruksjon av Pumper og Turbiner (Mech. Design of Pumps and Turbines), Compendium.
ME4414M Automatic Control of Turbomachinery 5.5 cr.
64176 Autumn:2F-3Øu-2D Professor Hermod Brekke
Pre-requisite: Course 43020 Control Engineering or equivalent is required. Description of hydraulic machinery and layout of plants with the control system will be given. Further a description of hierarchic control- and protection systems of hydraulic machinery system will be given. Speed- and frequency and load regulation of multimachine systems of hydro power plants. Different types of frequency control P,PI and PID types analogue electronic and hydraulic components as well as digital components are described. Pressure control of pumpsystems is included. Special attention is paid to the damping of pressure oscillations in the conduits and the influence from the turbine or pump characteristic on the turbine governing systems. Total analysis of systems with hydraulic machines and conduits will be given. Damping analysis of surge shafts and accumulators connected to rough tunnels and smooth pipes are included. The influence from the electric grids briefly described.
Course material: H. Brekke: Compendium.
ME4415ME Fluid Power 5.5 cr.
64178 Autumn:2F-3Øu-2D Assistant Professor Mads Grahl-Madsen
Basic theory from applied fluid mechanics, strength of materials and thermodynamics. Properties and principles of operation of hydraulic fluids. Design and performance of hydraulic components. Flow conditions and characteristics of components and transmissions. Analysis, synthesis and dimensioning of fluid power transfer systems and control systems based on steady state conditions. Cases of designed systems. Dynamic conditions, pressure transients and noise.
Course material: A. Kjølle: Fluid Power. Basic theory. Tapir 1995. Peter Hodges: Hydraulic Fluids, Yrkesopplærings ans., 1994.
ME4417M Thermal Power Plants 5.5 cr.
64167 Spring:2F-2Øu-1Øs-2D Associate Professor Erling Østerbø
Associate Professor Olav Bolland
Coordinator: Erling Østerbø
Modern thermal power plants (gas, oil-, coal fired) are discussed including gas and steam turbines, steam cycles, combined cycles and nuclear power plants. Tsjernobyl accident. Fusion processes (hot, cold). Further the combination with district heating is included as well as economic factors. The course has calculation exercises, tests in the laboratory, and excursions.
Course material: Compendium, lecture notes, papers.
ME4418M(BE)
Gas Technology 5.5 cr.
64168 Spring:2F-3Øs-2D Professor Jan M. Øverli
Resources and consumption, thermodynamic properties, product specification, environmental aspects, design of main systems and equipment. Gas as an energy carrier for industrial application, electric power generation, conversion to transportable products and export pipelines.
Course material: Compendium
ME4419MGEK(BE)
Energy Technology 5.5 cr.
64169 Spring:2F-2Øu-1Øs-2D Professor Otto K. Sønju
Energy consumption and requirements in Norway and other countries. Energy forms, sources and resources. Energy conversion processes in industrial process and power generation with emphasis on future systems, including utilization of fossil, nuclear, sun, sea, wind and geothermic energy. Energy storage and energy distribution. Energy conservation, future energy sources, energy planning and perspectives. One comprehensive exercise.
Course material: Lecture notes and literature given during the course.
ME4420M Combustion and Pollution 5.5 cr.
64170 Spring:3F-1Øu-2D Professor Johan E.Hustad
Associate Professor Tor Bjørge
Coordinator: Johan E. Hustad
This course explains the following theory of combustion: Heat of reaction, flame temperature and combustion products. Chemical equilibrium and reaction kinetics. Structure of flames and flame transmitting. Explosion and detonation. Flammability limits, ignition and quenching. The following mechanisms and phenomena are explained: Flame trap and flame stabilisation. Laminar and turbulent gaseous flames. Combustion of liquid and solid fuels. Pollutant formation in combustion. Reduction of emission by modification of combustion parameters. Combustion principles and equipment: Industrial gas burners. Burners for liquid fuel and pulverized solid particles. Combustion of solid fuel in fixed and fluidized bed.
Course material: Lecture notes and literature as advised during the course.
ME4421M Fluid Transport in Conduit Systems 5.5 cr.
64177 Spring:2F-3Øu-2D Professor Hermod Brekke
The subject deals with a description and analysis of conduit systems for incompressible flow where pumps and turbines are included. Methods for analysing steady state and non steasy state operation of complex piping systems with non linear frictional damping will be presented. The STRUCTURE MATRIX METHOD, the characteristic method and methods for mass oscillations and open flame analysis will be included. Description of operational functions of elements in the system which in addition to pumps, turbines and pipe elements includes valves gates, accumulators, surge chambers, nozzles, thrashracks etc. Systems like hydro power plants, piping systems with pumps for liquid transport, water supply and sewer systems and oil transport piping systems and fire fighting systems will be presented. Measuring methods for pressure, velocity efficiency will be included in the lecture. Economical optimizing with dynamic dimensioning of systems with accumulators and surge shafts. Energy conversion systems with hydraulic jumps is included. All this items is based on pracvtical applications of the theory.
Course material: K. Alming: Hydroelectric Power Plants. Written in Norwegian. H. Brekke: Notes from lectures.
ME4422M Fluid Power Systems 11 cr.
64181 Spring:4F-6Øu-4D Assistant Professor Mads Grahl-Madsen
Oil hydraulics: System components and their steady-state characteristics. Dynamic modelling of lumped system components. Techniques of dynamic system analysis. Response, stability and control of electro-hydraulic systems. Microcomputer-controlled systems. Operation of systems contamination control, maintenance and fault-finding.
Course material: Compendium.
ME4423M Pneumatics 5.5 cr.
64182 Autumn: 2F + 3Øu + 2D Assistant Professor Mads Grahl-Madsen
Application of pneumatics within mechanical industry, process industry and medical science. Basic gas- and thermodynamical relationships applied to pneumatic systems and components. Compressors and compressor instalations. Analysis and layout of valves, cylinders and pneumatic motots. Air and the treatment of air. Air quality. Pneumatic servos. Computer Aided design and simulation of pneumatic systems.
Course material: Compendium
ME4501M Indoor Enviromental and Refrigeration 21.5 cr.
Engineering Project
67199
Autumn: 3Øs Spring: 30Øs Professor Arne M. Bredesen
The project should give the student an opportunity to work more concentrated on a topic within one of the main areas of the Department and to write a technical report. The project will usually include literature surveys, theoretical or experimental investigations, design or construction of systems and components, etc. It is usually carried out as part of current research projects within our integrated NTNU-SINTEF activity, often in cooperation with Norwegian industry.
The topics for the project may be selected from the following main areas:
A: Energy and Indoor Environment Technology
B: Heat Pump Technology
C: Refrigeration Engineering
D: Food Technology
E: Process and Multiphase Flow Technology
For each of the main areas we have developed lists of recommended core courses.
Course material: None
ME4502M Indoor Climate Engineering 5.5 cr.
67160 Spring:2F-3Øu-2D Professor Sten Olaf Hansen
Processes with humid air systems and components for air conditioning. Systems and components for heating of buildings and heating of top water. Plumbing systems.
Course material: Lecture notes. Stensaas: Ventilasjonsteknikk I and II, samt sanitÆrteknikk (in Norwegian). Supporting literature: DANVAC: Grundbog i varme- og klimateknikk (in Danish). Stoecker & Jones: Refrigeration and Air conditioning. PRENØK-håndboken.
ME4503M Air Flows in Ventilated Rooms and Hazardous Areas 5.5 cr.
67162 Spring:2F-3Øu-2D Associate Professor Per O. Tjelflaat
The content of the course is: Designed procedure for ventilation of rooms. Design criteria for indoor environment. Theory of jets and plumes, sizing of supply and exhaust openings, Emissions to the room air from heat- and contaminant sources, measures for ventilation effectiveness and thermal comfort. The use of physical models and numerical simulation models for evaluation of ventilation design. Applications from indoor and work-environment and from hazardous environment.
Course material: Compendium and copies of papers.
ME4504MB Engineering Acoustics 5.5 cr.
67163 Autumn:2F-2Øu-1Øs-2D Professor Tor E. Vigran
Analysis of sound and vibration signals. Air- and structure-borne sound. Vibration isolation and damping. Sound sources and sound radiation. Sound propagation in enclosed systems: ducts and rooms. Duct silencers. Sound absorbents. Sound transmission through panels. Criteria for noise and vibration. Measuring technique. Case studies of sound and vibration control.
Course material: D.A. Bies, C.H. Hanson: Engineering Noise Control, Unwin Hyman, London 1988, supplemented by lecture notes.
ME4506M Energy Supply of Buildings 5.5 cr.
67166 Autumn:2F-3Øu-2D Associate Professor Rolf Ulseth
The global and the national situation on energy and environment are the frame of the course. The combination effects of the total energy supply of buildings are considered. The heat load and the energy demand of buildings are analysed and the available options for heat supply are considered. Then the course considers district heating (DH) and its technology, this includes general knowledge in the field of feasibility studies and heat production. Basic knowledge is given in the fields of heat planning, DH-networks, heat exchangers and consumer substations, heat metering and tariff systems.
Course material: Compendium and data tools.
ME4507M Energy Efficiency in Buildings 5.5 cr.
67167 Autumn:3F-2Øu-1D Professor Vojislav Novakovic
Energy demand and requirements in buildings. Energy use pattern. Energy saving potential in public and residential buildings. Economy - calculation procedures and methods of evaluation. Indoor environment versus energy conservation. Measurements - monitoring instruments and methods. Heat recovery systems and components. Commissioning and HVAC-systems.
Course material: Textbook (in Norwegian).
ME4508M Building Environmental Design and Engineering 11 cr.
67175 Autumn: 4F + 6Øu + 4D AssociateProfessor Per Olaf Tjelflaat
The course gives introduction to the design process, design methods and technical equipment, for components and systems, used for energy efficient climatization of buildings. The following subjects are covered: development of built environment, human needs, regulations and standards, design process for rooms, load assessment, air distribution, thermal conditioning, design evaluation, measurement methods. And further: possibilities for natural ventilation, the design process for mechanical ventilation systems, interaction between building and outdoor climate, ventilation systems with components, domestic hot water production, sanitation, system control and automation, building simulation programs for design evaluation, system tuning and commissioning, operation and maintenance.
Course material: Compendium
ME4509M Refrigeration Engineering 11 cr.
67176 Autumn:4F-6Øu-4D Professor Arne M. Bredesen
The first part of the course gives thermodynamic analysis of the most important refrigeration and heat pump processes. A more thoroughly analysis of ttermodynamic losses will be given for the commonly used processes. The working media for the different processes will be treated and both ideal and real pure media and mixtures will be discussed. System designer for the most common plants will be shown as examples of the thermodynamic theories. Basic theories for heat transfer and diffusion of water in insulated materials will be given. Besides, non stationary heat flow for calculation of temperature distribution and heat flow in chilling and freezing processes will be discussed.
Course material: Compendia and recent papers.
ME4510MKF
Food Engineering 6 cr.
67171 Autumn:3F-2Øu-2D Professor Ingvald Strømmen
Associate Professor Olav Bolland
Professor Norvald Nesse
Coordinator: Professor Ingvald Strømmen
Objective: Give an introduction to the most important Food Engineering Operations and the design and dimensioning of equipment and plants.
Prerequisite: The course is open for all students. Basic knowledge in thermodynamics and/or physical chemistry is a prerequisite.
Content: Overview, equipment and processes. Thermodynamics. Heat and Mass Transfer. Rheology. Physical and thermodynamical parameters in food materials. Calculation of cooling and heating times. Freezing time calculations. Refrigeration plants, design and dimensioning. Refrigeration load calculation. Sterilization/Pasteurization. Extrusion of foods, water activity. Drying curves. Mechanical dewatering. Drying, equipment of food industry. Heat pump dryers. Freeze concentration. Evaporation, Membrane separation.
Type of education: Lectures, calculation and laboratory exercises. Excursions. The course is given as cooperation between the Department of Refrigeration Engineering, the Department of Chemical Engineering and Department of Thermal Energy and Hydropower.
Course material: Compendium.
ME4511M Refrigeration Engineering in the Process Industry,
Fundamentals 5.5 cr.
67172 Autumn:2F-2Øu-1Øs-2D Associate Professor Geir Owren
Refrigeration processes, cold gas cycles. Thermodynamics of mixtures, calculation of phase equilibria. Low temperature distillation. Air separation. Refrigeration plants in the process industry. Industrial gas liquefaction. Liquefaction plants. Heat transfer by liquefaction of gas mixtures.
Course material: Written notes and publications.
ME4512M Indoor Environment 5.5 cr.
67160 Spring:2F-3Øu-2D Professor Sten Olaf Hanssen
Health effects of the indoor environment. Annoyance, hypersensivity and allergy. Performance and social well-being. Thermal neutrality and comfort. Guidelines for the thermal environment, i.e. temperature, thermal radiation, air velocity and humidity. Indoor air quality (IAQ) and ventilation requirements. Acoustic and actinic environment. Measurement of indoor climate factors. Strategy for the investigation of problem buildings.
Course material: Compendium and conference papers. (Partly in Norwegian)
ME4513M Thermal Environmental Engineering - System Simulation 5.5 cr.
67164 Spring:2F-3Øu-2D Associate Professor Kjell Kolsaker
Mathematical modelling of the thermal behaviour of buildings. Long wave radiation. Solar radiation. Convective heat transfer. Air stratification FO. Modelling of HVAC components. Simulation programs for calculation of heat load and thermal climate. Modular simulation programs.
Course material: Compendium and copies of papers.
ME4514M Refrigeration Engineering in the Food Processing Industry 5.5 cr.
67170 Spring:2F-3Øu-2D Professor Ola M. Magnussen
Food refrigeration; shelf life; chilling; freezing; cold storage; thawing. Predicting transient heat transport processes - chilling, freezing, etc.. Equipment for chilling, freezing and thawing, function and design. Cold storage: types, design, arrangement, construction, product weight loss. System design of refrigeration plants for the food processing industry - examples, process design dependent upon product size, etc.. Energy effectiveness: energy analysis, plant operation and maintenance. The cold chain: Global transport. Alternative conservation methods: Drying, energy effective drying with Heat Pumps.
Course material: Compendia and papers.
ME4515M Multiphase Flow in Tubes 5.5 cr.
67173 Spring:2F-3Øu-2D Adjunct Proffessor Per H. Fuchs
The aim is to give a basic introduction to multiphase flow in pipes with special emphasis on transport of hydrocarbons. Applications of multiphase flow. Definition of fundamental relationships. Flow patterns, gas-liquid interactions. Equations of continuity, momentum and energy for two fluid models. Stratified, annular, slug and dispersed flow. Transient flows: Pigging. shut-down and start-up of pipe lines, terrain slugging. Sand, water, hydrates, waxes. Equipment.
Course material: Compendium and publications.
ME4516M Gas Hydrates in Hydrocarbon Systems 5.5 cr.
67174 Spring:2F-3Øu-2D Adjunct Proffessor Per H. Fuchs
The molecular structure of gas hydrates and ice. The kinetics of hydrate formation. Phase equilibrium diagrams of hydrates. Prediction of phase equilibrium for a mixture of water, hydrate and hydrocarbon liquid or gas. Brief introduction to prediction of phase equilibrium by means of statistical thermodynamics. Gas hydrates related to hydrocarbon production, processing and transportation. Hydrate inhibition .
Course material: E.D. Sloan: Clathrate Hydrates of Natural Gases, Marcel Dekker Inc., New York 1990.
ME4801M Product Development, Advanced Course 11 cr.
68166 Spring:1F-12Øu-4D Professor Per Boelskifte
For fourth grade students in Mechanical Engineering. Number of students is limited because of capacity problems. The course is centred around a design project where the relations between function, shape, material and production methods are in focus. Introduction to product design. Systematic methods for synthesis of form and product structure.
Course material: E. Tjalve: Systematisk udforming av industriprodukter, Akademisk forlag, København, 1976.
ME4802M Design Project 6 - Industrial Assignment 15 cr.
68160 Autumn: 4F + 16Øu Professor Per Boelskifte
For students in Product Design.
The course is based on a design project which is formulated in cooperation with a selected company. In a number of seminars related to the project work following topics are treated: Design methodology, economical aspects of design projects, patents and design rights.
Course material: To be decided.
ME4803M Packaging Design 4.5 cr.
68162 Autumn: 2F + 3Øu Professor Per Boelskifte
For students in Product Design.
Laws and directives ecological aspects, logistics, graphic design, packaging materials.
Course material: To be decided.
ME4804M Communications 4.5 cr.
68163 Autumn: 2F + 3Øu Professor Per Boelskifte
For students in Product Design.
Methods and tools for structuring graphical information, computer based information systems, typography, symbols, semiotics.
Course material: To be decided.
ME4805M Design Project 7 - Industrial Assignment 12.5 cr.
68161 Spring: 4F + 12Øu Professor Per Boelskifte
For students in Product Design.
The course is built round a design project which is formulated in cooperation with a selected company. In a number of seminars related to the project work following topics are treated: Design methodology, CAD/CAM, Contracts and legal aspects.
Course material: To be decided.
ME4806M Product Strategies 4.5 cr.
68164 Spring: 2F + 3Øu Professor Per Boelskifte
For students in Product Design.
Product- market- and technology-strategies for manufacturing companies. Industrial ecology. Marketing.
Course material: To be decided.
ME4807M Design Management 4.5 cr.
68165 Spring: 2F + 3Øu Professor Per Boelskifte
For students in Product Design.
Different models for design management. Human and corporate resources. Market forecasting. Corporate strategies and management.
Course material: To be decided.
FACULTY OF PHYSICS AND MATHEMATICS
MM1001MEK(MA)(BE)
Statistics 1 6.5 cr.
75510 Spring: 4F + 2Øu Professor Henning Omre (Faculty 5)
Associate Professor Håvard Rue (Specialization areas 42,43 in Faculty 4)
Professor Stian Lydersen (Faculties 6,8,9)
Coord.: Associate Professor Håvard Rue
Descriptive statistics. Elementary probability theory. Probability distributions. Simulations and prediction. Estimation and hypothesis testing. Simple regression analysis.
Course material: R.E.Walpole and R.H.Myers: Probability and Statistics for Engineers and Scientists, 5th ed., Prentice Hall, 1993. Statistiske tabeller og formler, (in Norwegian), Tapir.
MM1002BEF(BE)
Calculus Part A 10 cr.
75011 Autumn: 6F + 4Øu Professor Olav Njåstad (Faculties 4, 7, 9)
To be decided (Faculty 3)
Coord.: Professor Olav Njåstad
Limits, continuity, differentiation and integration of single variable functions. Elementary functions. Methods of integration. Taylor's formula. Plane curves and space curves. Complex numbers. First order differential equations and linear differential equations of higher order. Numerical methods.
Course material: To be decided.
MM1003BEF(BE)
Calculus Part B 10 cr.
75012 Spring: 6F + 4Øu Professor Olav Njåstad (Faculties 4, 7, 9)
To be decided (Faculty 3)
Coord.: Professor Olav Njåstad
Functions of several variables. Space curves and line integral. Multiple integral. Vector analysis. Green's theorem, Stokes' theorem and the Divergence theorem. Systems of linear equations. Matrices. Determinants. Eigenvalues and eigenvectors. Diagonalization. Quadratic forms. System of first order linear differential equation.
Course material: To be decided.
MM1501GMK(MA)(BE)
Calculus Part A 6 cr.
75001 Autumn: 4F + 2Øu Associate Professor Ivar Amdal (Faculties 6, 8, 9, Product Design)
Professor Lisa Lorentzen (Faculties 2,5)
Coord.: Associate Professor Ivar Amdal
Limits, continuity, differentiation and integration of single variable functions. Elementary functions. Methods of integration. Taylor's formula. Infinite series, convergence criteria, power series and Taylor series. Numerical methods.
Course material: Edwards & Penney: Calculus and Analytic Geometry. Problem book.
MM1502GMK(MA)(BE)
Calculus Part B 10 cr.
75002 Spring: 6F + 4Øu Associate Professor Ivar Amdal (Faculties 6, 8, 9, Product Design)
Professor Lisa Lorentzen (Faculties 2,5)
Coord.: Associate Professor Ivar Amdal
Plane curves and space curves. Functions of several variables. Multiple integrals. Vector analysis. Green's theorem, Stokes' theorem and the Divergence theorem. Elementary differential equations and complex numbers.
Course material: Edwards & Penney: Calculus and Analytic Geometry. Problem book.
MM2001E(BE)
Advanced Calculus 2 9.5 cr.
75014 Autumn: 6F + 3Øu Professor Peter Lindquist
Infinite series. Convergence criteria. Power series and Taylor series. Series solutions of differential equations. Fourier series and partial differential equations. Laplace and Fourier transformations. Complex functions, complex integration. Laurent Series and residue integration method. Conformal mapping.
Course material: Edwards & Penney: Calculus and Analytic Geometry. Erwin Kreyszig: Advanced Engineering Mathematics. Problem book.
MM2101BF Advanced Calculus 6 cr.
75020 Autumn: 4F + 2Øu Associate Professor Trond Digernes (Faculty 3, Nautical Eng.)
Associate Professor Finn Faye Knudsen (Faculty 7)
Coord.: Associate Professor Trond Digernes
Infinite series. Convergence criteria. Power series and Taylor series. Series solutions of differential equations. Fourier series and partial differential equations. Laplace and Fourier transformations.
Course material: Edwards & Penney: Calculus and Analytic Geometry. Erwin Kreyszig: Advanced Engineering Mathematics. Problem book.
MM2102GBEF(BE)
Statistics 1 6 cr.
75515 Autumn: 4F + 2Øu To be decided (Faculties 2, 3, 41)
Associate Professor Håvard Rue (Faculty 7, 9)
Coord.: Associate Professor Håvard Rue
Descriptive statistic. Elementary probability theory. Probability distributions. Simulation and prediction. Estimation and hypothesis testing. Simple regression analysis.
Course material: R.E.Walpole and R.H.Myers: Probability and Statistics for Engineers and Scientists, 5th ed., Prentice Hall, 1993. Statistiske tabeller og formler, (in Norwegian), Tapir
MM2103F Advanced Calculus 3 5 cr.
75022 Spring: 3F + 2Øu Associate Professor Trond Digernes
The Frobenius method for solving differential equation. Sturm-Lioville theory. Partial differential equations in polar and spherical coordinates. Complex functions, complex integration, Laurent series, residue integration method. Conformal mappings.
Course material: Textbook: Erwin Kreyszig: Advanced Engineering Mathematics. Software program f(z).
MM2501MK(MA)(BE)
Advanced Calculus Part A 6.5 cr.
75016 Autumn: 4F + 2Øu Associate Professor Kari Hag (Faculties 2, 5)
To be decided(Faculties 6, 8, 9)
Coord.: Professor Nils A. Baas
Systems of linear equations. Matrices. Determinants. Eigenvalues and eigenvectors. Diagonalization. Quadratic forms. First order differential equations and linear equations of higher order. Systems of linear differential equations.
Course material: To be decided.
MM3003GMK(MA)(BE)
Advanced Calculus Part B 5 cr.
75017 Spring: 3F + 2Øu To be decided (Faculties 6, 8, 9)
Associate Professor Kari Hag (Faculties 2, 5)
Coord.: Associate Professor Kari Hag
Fourier series and partial differential equations. Laplace and Fourier transformations.
Course material: To be decided.
MM3006BE(BE)
Statistics 2 5 cr.
75523 Spring: 3F + 2Øu Associate Professor John S. Tyssedal
Hypothesis tests. Analysis of Variance. Binormal distribution and correlation. Linear regression. Transformations. 2" Factorial designs Process control. Chi-square tests.
Course material: E.R. Dougherty. Probability and Statistics for the Engineering, Computing and Physical Sciences.
MM3101F Computer Laboratory 2 cr.
70020 Autumn: 3Øu Associate Professor Anne Kvernø
Training in technical programming (C/C++, Fortran) and use of the mathematical computer programs as Maple and MATLAB. An introduction to UNIX, X11 and LATEX will also be given.
Course material : To be decided
MM3201FBMEK(MA)(BE)
Numerical Methods 4.5 cr.
75310 Autumn: 2F + 2Øu + 1Øs To be decided
Methods for systems of linear equations. Interpolation and the least squares method. Numerical differentiation and integration. Non-linear equations and the Newton´s method for systems. Initial value problems. Two-point boundary value probles. Numerical solution of partial differential equations.
Course material: W.Cheney and D.Kincaid: Numerical Mathematics and Computing, 3rd ed., Brooks/Cole Publishing Company, 1994.
MM3202F(BE)
Statistics 2 5 cr.
75520 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu Associate Professor John S. Tyssedal
Hypothesis tests. Extreme variables. Binormal distribution and correlation. Linear regression, Analysis of Variance. Chi-square-tests. Process control. Non-parametric tests.
Course material: E.R. Dougherty: Probability and Statistics for the Engenering, Computing and Physical Sciences, Prentice Hall
MM3203FGK
Design of Experiments 5 cr.
75551 Spring: 3F + 1Øu + 1Øs Associate Professor John S. Tyssedal
Comparing two and more than two treatments. Randomization, Blocking, Factorial designs, Fractional factorial designs, Resolutions, Response Surface Methods.
Course material: Box, Hunter & Hunter: Statistics for Experimenters.
E.R.Dougherty: Probability and Statistics for the Engenering, Computing and Physical Sciences
MM3204FE Linear Analysis 5 cr.
75033 Spring: 3F + 2Øu Associate Professor Idar Hansen
Metric spaces, completeness. The contraction principle. Banach spaces. Hilbert spaces, orthogonal systems. Fourier expansions, approximation. Linear functions, dual space. Linear operators and their adjoints. Compact operators. Examples of applications.
Course material: To be decided.
MM3205F Numerical Calculations 6 cr.
75312 Autumn: 4F + 2Øu + 2Øs Associate Professor Brynjulf Owren
Solution of nonlinear equations. Error analysis in numerical calculations. Solution of linear equations (direct and iterative methods). Interpolation and function approximation. Numerical derivation and integration. Least squares method. Ordinary differential equations. Partial differential equations.
Course material: Textbook, exercises and computer programs.
MM3206FE(BE)
Stochastic Processes 5 cr.
75561 Autumn: 3F + 1Øu + 1Øs Professor Henning Omre
Markov chains with discrete and continuous time parameter. Poisson processes. Examples from queuing problems, reliability evaluation and economy analysis, and everyday problems.
Course material: To be decided.
MM3207FEK(BE)
Matrix Methods 6 cr.
75032 Autumn: 2F + 1Øu, Spring: 2F + 1Øu Associate Professor Finn Faye Knutsen
Elementary row operations, LU-decomposition, Vector spaces and linear transformations, Inner products, QR-decomposition, The least squares method, Singular-value-decomposition, Systems of differential equations, Jordan canonical form, Stability,
Course material: G. Strang: Linear Algebra and its Applications.
MM3208F Numerical Analysis 7.5 cr.
75314 Spring: 4F + 2Øu + 2Øs Professor Syvert P. Nørsett
Direct methods for linear equations. Iterative methods in matrix algebra. Calculation of eigenvalues and eigenvectors. Interpolation and approximation. Numerical integration. Ordinary differential equations. Partial differential equation.
Course material: Textbook (to be announced at the beginning of the course), exercises and computer programs.
MM3209FE(BE)
Reliability Analysis 5 cr.
75582 Autumn: 3F + 1Øu + 1Øs Associate Professor Stian Lydersen
Stochastic failure models. Reliability/availability. Life time distributions. Estimation- and plotting techniques for analysis of life time data. Reliability structures. Periodic testing. Systems of dependent components.
Course material: Høyland A., Rausand M.: "System Reliability Analysis. Models and Methods." Wiley 1994.
MM3210F Mathematical Projects 1 5 cr.
75700 Spring: 8Øs Teachers at the Department
Coord.: Professor Bo Lindqvist
The project consists of preparing and presenting a lecture on a given or chosen subject. The lecture should be intended for fellow students. A manuscript should be prepared and submitted. The students may work in groups, but the presentation is to be on an individual basis. The grade is based on the total presentation including the manuscript.
Course material: Literature references.
MM3211FE(BE)
Discrete Mathematics 5 cr.
75026 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu Associate Professor Idar Hansen
Propositional logic and normal forms. Predicates, and prenex normal.forms. Methods of proof. Sets, relations and functions. Equivalence relations. Partial orderings, Hasse diagrams and topological sorting. Boolean algebras. Elementary number theory, the Euclidean algorithm, modular arithmetic. Induction principles and recursive definitions. Languages, grammars and automata. Kleene´s theorem.
Course material: To be decided.
MM3212F(BE)
Combinatorics and Graph Theory 5 cr.
75035 Spring: 3F + 1Øu + 1Øs Professor Peter Lindqvist
Graph theory: Definitions, planar graphs, circuits, colouring, search, network algorithms. Combinatorics: Counting principles, generating functions, recurrence relations, inclusion and exclusion.
Course material: Grimaldi: Discrete and Combinatorial Mathematics.
MM3213F Theory of Estimation and Hypothesis Testing 5 cr.
75572 Spring: 3F + 1Øu + 1Øs Professor Bo Lindquist
General principles for statistical interference. Bayes- and likelihood based estimation (maximum likelihood), moment method and least squares method for construction of estimators. Optimality of estimators. General theory of interval-estimation and hypothesis testing. Asymptotic properties of statistical methods.
Course material: To be announced.
MM4201F Mathematical Projects 2 15 cr.
75800 Autumn: 6Øs ,Spring: 18Øs Teachers at the Department
Coord.: Professor Bo Lindqvist
Single- or group projects consisting of literature studies, problem solving or modelling related to the students course plan. The projects will lead to a written report. Deadline for submission of the project is one week after the exam period in the spring semester.
Course material: Literature references.
MM4202F(BE)
Multivariate Analysis and Regression 8.5 cr.
75554 Autumn: 4F + 2Øu + 2Øs + 2D Professor Bo Lindqvist
The multivariate normal distribution. Theory for multiple linear regression by means of matrices, vectors and projections. Principal component analysis. Factor analysis. Discriminant analysis, classification and pattern recognition. Cluster analysis. Partial least squares.
Course material: R. Johnson & D. Wichern: Applied multivariate statistical analysis, Prentice-Hall.
MM4203FM Mathematical Modelling 8.5 cr.
75048 Autumn: 4F + 2Øu + 2Øs + 2D Professor Harald Krogstad
Dimensional analysis and scaling, perturbation methods, conservation principles, diffusion. Applications from Engineering. Case studies in working groups.
Course material: To be decided.
MM4204FM Numerical Solution of Differential Equations 7.5 cr.
75316 Spring: 4F + 2Øu + 2D Associate Professor Anne Kværnø
The course will treat methods for the numerical solution of ordinary and partial differential equations. Partial differential equations methods for the three main classes are treated with both finite difference and finite element technique.
Course material: To be decided.
MM4205FGE(BE)
Risk Analysis 5 cr.
75580 Spring: 3F + 1Øu + 1Øs Associate Professor Stian Lydersen
Risk Analysis Definition; Qualitative Risk Analysis Methods (PHA, FMEA, HAZOP); Event Probability and Failure Frequency Analysis (FTA, Event Tree); Consequence Analysis, Source and Dispersion Models, Fire and Explosions; calculation of Risk Estimates.
Course material: To be decided.
MM4206F Partial Differential Equations 7.5 cr.
75042 Autumn: 4F + 2Øu + 2D Associate Professor Harald Hanche-Olsen
First order equations, Cauchy's problems. Linear second order equations, classification, characteristics. Boundary-value problems for elliptic equations. Boundary- and initial-value problems for hyperbolic and parabolic equations. Fundamental solutions, max-min principles.
Course material: To be decided.
MM4207F Fourier Analysis 7.5 cr.
75055 Autumn: 4F + 2Øs + 2D Professor Kristian Seip
Lebesgue integral. Fourier series and integral in one and several dimensions. Classical results. Generalized functions (distributions). Generalized Fourier transforms. The sampling theorem. Discrete Fourier transform. Applications from signal and image processing.
Course material: Compendium issued by the Department.
MM4208FE Introduction to Supercomputing 7 cr.
75330 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu + 2Øs + 1D Associate Professor Anne Kværnø
Vector - and parallel computer architecture. Vector - and parallel numerical algorithms. Basic Linear Algebra, solution of linear systems. Differential equations.
Course material: To be decided.
MM4209FE Time Series and Filter Theory 6 cr.
75565 Autumn: 3F + 1Øu + 2Øs + 1D Associate Professor John S. Tyssedal
ARIMA (P,d,q) processes. Autocorrelation and partial autocorrelation. Prediction. Prediction. Identification, estimation and verification of models. Frequency analysis and estimation of the spectral density. Filter theory. Analysis of observed time series by means of statistical software.
Course material: Information about course material will be given when the course starts.
MM4210FE Logic 7.5 cr.
75037 Spring: 4F + 2Øs + 2D Associate Professor Finn Faye Knudsen
The theory of algorithms and compatibility via Turingmachines. Syntax and semantics for predicate logic. Normal forms. Skolemization. Compactness. Undecidability. Formal systems. Soundness and completeness for Hilbert-systems. Gentzen calculus. Resolution. Theories with equality and paramodulation.
Course material: Sperschneider and Antoniou: Logic. A Foundation for Computer Science, Addison Wesley, first printing 1991.
MM4211F Dynamical Systems 7.5 cr.
75045 Spring: 4F + 2Øs + 2D Associate Professor Harald Hanche-Olsen
Linear systems of ordinary differential equations. Higher order equations as systems. Discrete dynamical systems and iteration-processes. The contraction principle. Existence and uniqueness of solutions. Geometry in phase space. Nonlinear differential equations and systems. Stability concepts. Equilibrium and Liapunov-theory. Limit cycles and periodic solutions. Poincaré-Bendixon theory. Bifurcation. Introduction to chaos-theory and fractals. Examples and applications.
Course material: D.W. Jordan & P. Smith: Non-linear ordinary differential equations, 2nd edition, Clarendon Press, Oxford 1987. L.Perko: Differential equations and Dynamical Systems, Springer Verlag, 1991.
MM4212F Optimization Theory 7.5 cr.
75047 Spring: 4F + 2Øu + 2D Associate Professor Harald Krogstad
Extremals of functionals, operator derivatives, weak compactness and semi-continuity, convexity, constraints, linear programing, variational calculus and inverse problems. Sumary of algorithms and applications.
Course material: To be decided.
MM4213FE Algebra 7.5 cr.
75051 Spring: 4F + 2Øs + 2D Professor Kristian Seip
Elementary group theory. Permutations, cyclic groups, finitely generated abelian groups. Rings and fields. Ideals, factor rings, polynomial rings. Field extensions and the Galois-fields GF (q). Examples of applications in coding and/or system theory.
Course material: To be decided.
MM4214F Computer Intensive Statistics 5 cr.
75562 Spring: 3F + 1Øu + 1Øs Associate Professor Håvard Rue
Classical methods and Markov chain methods for Monte Carlo simulation. Graphical models, nets and Bayesian inference in such models. Bootstrapping and non-parametric methods.
Course material: To be decided.
MM4215F Theoretical Statistics 8.5 cr.
75570 Spring: 4F + 2Øu + 2Øs + 2D Professor Bo Lindqvist
General principles for statistical inference (sufficiency, conditionality-, Bayes- and likelihood-principle). Bayes- and likelihood based estimation (maximum likelihood), moment method and least squares method for construction of estimators. Optimality of estimators. General theory of interval-estimation and hypothesis testing. Optimality of tests. Asymptotic properties of estimators and tests. Brief introduction to resampling techniques and general decision theory.
Course material: To be announced.
MM4216F Spatial Statistics 5 cr.
75563 Spring: 2F + 2Øu + 2Øs Professor Henning Omre
Interference, simulation and application of Gaussian fields, point processes, marked point processes and Markov random fields, with examples from image analysis, and problems from environmetal and earth science.
Course material: To be decided.
FACULTY OF PHYSICS AND MATHEMATICS
PH1001B Physics 1 5 cr.
74141 Spring: 3F + 2Øu Professor Ola Hunderi
Vibrations and waves. Thermodynamics and statistical physics. Transport theory.
Course material: Sears, Zamansky and Young: University Physics, 7th edition. Additional compendium.
PH1101F Physics, Laboratory Course 1 3.5 cr.
74236 Autumn: 3Øu, Spring: 3Øu Professor Steinar Raaen
Presentation of measurement methods, measuring instruments, data collection methods, data reduction methods and experimental practice. Laboratory exercises in particle dynamics, rotation, harmonic oscillations, electrostatics, magnetostatics, electromagnetic induction and electric circuits.
Course material: Thorarinn Stefansson: Fysikk i laboratoriet.
PH1102F Electricity and Magnetism 1 5 cr.
74233 Spring: 3F + 2Øu Professor Johan S. Høye
Electrostatics: Coulomb's law. Electric field and forces. Gauss' law. Electric potential and energy. Conductors. Capacitance. Dielectrics. Magnetostatics: Magnetic field, forces, moment and energy. Magnetic dipole. Biot-Savart's law. Ampere's law. Magnetic flux. Magnetic materials. Electromagnetic induction: Faraday's law. Lenz' law. Inductance.
Course material: R.A. Serway: Physics for Scientists & Engineers with Modern Physics, 3rd edition, Saunders.
PH2001M Physics 6.5 cr.
74135 Autumn: 4F + 2Øu Professor Eivind Hiis Hauge
Electricity and magnetism. Alternating currents. Mechanical waves, acoustics, wave optics. Modern physics: Quantum physics, the laser, the solid state.
Course material: Young: University Physics 8th edition, extended version. Addison Wesley 1992. K.J. Knutsen: Formler og data i fysikk (Formulas and data in Physics) (in Norwegian).
PH2002GK Physics 10 cr.
74111 Autumn: 3F + 1Øu, Spring: 3F + 3Øu Associate Professor Anne Borg
Oscillations and waves, electricity and magnetism, electrical and magnetic properties of materials, electromagnetic radiation,simple electronic components, optics and quantum mechanics.
Course material: D. C. Giancoli: Physics for Scientists and Engineers with Modern Physics, Prentice-Hall, 1988.
PH2003B Physics 2 5 cr.
74142 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu Professor Ola Hunderi
Electricity and magnetism. Electromagnetic waves and optics.
Course material: Sears, Zamansky and Young: University Physics, 7th edition.
PH2004(MA)
Physics 5 cr.
74136 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu Professor Eivind Hiis Hauge
Electricity and magnetism. Alternating currents. Modern physics: Quantum physics, the laser, the solid state.
Course material: Young: University Physics 8th edition, extended version. Addison Wesley 1992. K.J. Knutsen: Formler og data i fysikk (Formulas and data in Physics) (in Norwegian).
PH2005E(BE)
Physics 7.5 cr.
74125 Spring: 5F + 2Øu Professor Johannes Falnes
Oscillations and waves, thermodynamics, kinetic theory, optics, quantum mechanics, atoms, molecules and solids.
Course material: Douglas C. Giancoli: Physics for Scientists and Engineers with Modern Physics.
PH2101F Wave Physics 6 cr.
74221 Autumn: 4F + 2Øu Professor Emil J. Samuelsen
Periodic phenomena, complex notation. Descriptive wave physics. Mechanical waves. Superposition of linear waves. Harmonic waves. Wave equation. Doppler effect. Beat. Phase velocity and group velocity. Sound waves. Decibel scale. Shock waves. Electromagnetic waves. Poynting vector. Polarization. Transmission and reflection on boundaries between media. Light. Interference. Diffraction, Fraunhofer and Fresnel. Optic gratings. Crystal lattices. Fresnel diffraction. Fourier methods. Relativity. Lorentz transformations. Time dilation. Length contraction. Relativistic momentum and energy. Relativistic mass.
Methods: Lectures, demonstrations and exercises. At least half of the exercises must be carried out before admittance to exams. Laboratory exercises related to Wave Physics are given in course74237 Physics Laboratory.
Literature: Parts of H.J. Pain: "The Physics of Vibration and Waves", 4th ed. John Wiley & Sons, 1993, and parts of R.A. Serway: "Physics for Scientists and Engineers", 3rd ed., Saunders Publ., 1992.
PH2102F Circuits and Systems 5 cr.
74224 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu Professor Reidar Svein Sigmond
Linear one- and two-port circuit elements. Kirchoff's laws. Superposition. Thevenin/Norton equivalents. Voltage- and current amplifiers. Step- and frequency response of RC- and RL-circuits. Alternating current circuits, transfer function and Bode-plot. Simple electronic instruments: Oscilloscopes and bridges. Diodes and diode circuits. Transistors and transistor amplifiers, small signal analysis. Operational amplifiers, feedback systems. Electric oscillations, resonance. Passive and active filters. Signal transmission. In research and industry.
Course material: D. I. Crecraft, D. A. Gorham, J. J. Sparkes: Electronics, Chapman & Hall, 1993.
CIRCSIM Circuit Simulation Program, R.S. Sigmond 1994.
PH2103F Physics, Laboratory Course 2 5 cr.
74237 Autumn: 4Øu, Spring: 4Øu Associate Professor Thorarinn Stefansson
Presentation of measurement methods, measuring instruments, data collection methods, data reduction methods, and experimental practice. Laboratory exercises in thermal physics, wave physics, electronic circuits, linear systems, atomic- and nuclear physics, and fluid physics.
Course material: Laboratory manual and G.L. Squires: Practical Physics, Cambridge University Press.
PH2104F Atomic and Nuclear Physics 6 cr.
74226 Spring: 4F + 2Øu Associate Professor Knut Arne Strand
An introduction to quantum mechanics and to atomic and nuclear physics containing the following: Historical review, Schrödinger equation, one-dimensional problems, quantization of angular momentum, hydrogen atom, spin, many-electron atoms, molecules, nuclei and nuclear reactions.
Course material: Brehm and Mullin: Introduction to the structure of matter, Wiley 1989.
PH2105F Thermal Physics 6 cr.
74306 Spring: 4F + 2Øu Associate Professor Arne Mikkelsen
The laws of thermodynamics, work, heat, equations of state, reversible and irreversible processes, thermodynamic potentials, mixtures, the Maxwellian velocity distribution, mean free path, heat conduction, diffusion, accessible quantum states, entropy, the Boltzmann factor, thermal radiation.
Course material: P.C. Hemmer: Termisk fysikk, (Thermal physics), Tapir.
PH3001GK X-ray Crystallography 6 cr.
74512 Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 2Øs Professor Frode Mo
Symmetry elements, periodicity, point groups, space groups. X-ray physics: Absorption, scattering, fluorescence. Diffraction. Reciprocal lattice. Structure factor. Fourier transforms. Electron microscopy. Experimental X-ray methods. The phase problem. Structure analysis: Single crystals, powders.
Course material: Lecture notes.
PH3201EF Optics 5.5 cr.
74181 Autumn: 3F + 3Øu Associate Professor Jesus Valera
Brief recapitulation of wave theory. Polarization. Geometrical Optics. Matrix calculation of imaging systems. Radiometry. Interference and interferometry. Fourier optics and optical filtering. Holography. Coherence.
Course material: Lecture notes.
PH3202F Radiation Physics 5 cr.
74252 Autumn: 3F + 2Øu Associate Professor Catharina Davies
The emphasis in the course is on ionizing radiation and radioactivity, but an introduction is also given to the physics and effects of non-ionizing radiation (ultraviolet light and low-frequency electromagnetic fields). Main subjects: Radiation sources and their characteristics. Radiation detection and dosimetry. Interactions between radiation and matter, action spectra. Environmental aspects of radiation. Radiation protection and risk assessment.
Course material: J.Turner: Atoms, radiation, and radiation protection.
PH3203F Statistical Mechanics 5 cr.
74315 Autumn: 3F + 1Øu + 1Øs Professor Johan S. Høye
Micro-canonical, canonical, and grand-canonical distributions. Connections to thermodynamics. Virial expansion for real gases. Simple spin systems: ideal paramagnetism, one-dimensional Ising model. Quantum statistics. Symmetry and identity. Photons and phonons. Rotation of molecules. Ideal quantum gases at high temperatures. Fermions near T = 0. Semiconductors. Bosons near T = 0. Bose-Einstein condensation.
Course material: P.C. Hemmer: Statistisk mekanikk (Statistical mechanics), Tapir 1990 (in Norwegian)
PH3204F Microcomputers 7.5 cr.
74412 Spring: 3F + 5Øu + 1Øs Associate Professor Tore H. Løvaas
Microcomputer architecture, programming and interfacing. Peripheral components. The main emphasis is on applications in measurement control and data retrieval.
Course material: To be decided.
PH3205F Cell Biology 1 5 cr.
74618 Spring: 3F + 2Øu Associate Professor Catharina Davies
The structure and function of the cell, transport across cell membrane. Cell kinetics. Immunology.
Course material: S.Wolfe: Introduction to cell and molecular biology.
PH3206F Cellular Biophysics 5 cr.
74637 Spring: 3F + 2Øu Adjunct Professor Harald B. Steen
Mechanisms of molecular excitation and de-excitation. Fluorescence and phosphorescence. Light scattering of microscopic particles. Instrumentation and methods for determination of such intracellular parameters as pH, ion-concentrations, enzyme activities etc., based on measurements of fluorescence and phosphorescence. Principles of photometry and photometric devices. Various modes of light microscopy, including phase contrast, interference contrast, fluorescence and confocal laser scanning. CCD-camera, video camera and image intensifiers.
Course material: Compendium.
PH3207FE Quantum Mechanics 1 10 cr.
74310 Autumn: 3F + 1Øu + 1Øs ,Spring: 3F + 1Øu + 1Øs Professor Hans M. Pedersen
Introduction to non-relativistic quantum mechanics, including: Fundamental principles of quantum mechanics. Exact solutions of the harmonic oscillator and the Coulomb problem,. Dirac notation. Angular momentum. The evolution of states in time. Time-independent and time-dependent perturbation theory. Scattering theory including the Born approximation and the method of partial waves.
Course material: P.C. Hemmer: Kvantemekanikk (Quantum mechanics) (in Norwegian), Tapir.
PH3208F Solid State Physics 1 8 cr.
74431 Spring: 4F + 4Øu + 1Øs Professor Kristian Fossheim
Elementary crystallography. Crystal lattices. Symmetry. Crystal systems. Reciprocal lattices. Brillouin zones. Kinematic diffraction of X-rays, electrons and neutrons. Structure factors. Lattice vibrations, phonons. Heat capacity and heat conduction in non-metals. Free electron gas model for metals; Hall effect and heat conduction in metals. Electrons in periodic potentials; energy bands, effective masses. Semiconductors, intrinsic and extrinsic of n-type and p-type. p-n junctions. Magnetism in solids: dia-, para-, ferro-, ferri and antiferromagnetism.
Course material: C. Kittel: Introduction to Solid State Physics, J. Wiley & Sons, 6th edition 1986, Chapters 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 14, 15. Supplementary reading by the teacher. Laboratory exercises.
PH3209F Electricity and Magnetism 2 5 cr.
74316 Autumn: 3F + 1Øu + 1Øs Associate Professor Magne Kringlebotn
Maxwell 's equations. Boundary conditions. Electric multipoles. Magnetic effects of current circuits. Electrostatics. Electrostatic images. Sphere in a homogenous field. Magnetic circuits. Plane waves. Dispersion. Poynting vector. Energy and momentum in the electromagnetic field. Radiation pressure. Electrodynamics. Fields from given charges and currents. Transformation of the electromagnetic field.
Course material: J.R. Reitz, F.J. Milford, R.W. Christy: Foundations of Electromagnetic Theory, 4th ed., Addison Wesley 1993.
PH3210F Physics of Charged Particles 5 cr.
74440 Spring: 3F + 1Øu + 1Øs Professor Reidar Svein Sigmond
Movement and interactions of charged particles in vacuum, in fluids, and on surfaces, in electric and magnetic fields: General equations and theorems for charged particle movement. Simple elastic and inelastic collision processes. Coulomb interactions, Debye shielding, boundary sheaths, plasma. Electrical discharges and breakdown. Examples from important analytical instruments (Electron multipliers, image converters, electron microscopes, mass spectrometers, accelerators), from discharges and plasmas in research and industry, and from fusion experiments.
Course material: Compendium and computer simulation programs.
PH4001K Physiology with Pathology 7.5 cr.
74616 Autumn: 5F + 2D To be decided
Only for students from Faculty 5.
Biological control systems including neural control mechanisms, the sensory systems, muscle, and endocrinology. Physiology of organs: circulation, respiration, the kidneys, and the gastrointestinal system. Pathology will be linked to physiology.
Course material: Human Physiology by Vander, Sherman, Luciano.
PH4201F Physics, Project 15 cr.
74800 Autumn: 12Øs,Spring: 12Øs Teachers at the Department
Coord.: Senior engineer Brian Wall
A project is chosen by each student from an extensive and varied menu offered by the scientific staff at the Department of Physics. External projects may also be chosen as long as they result neither in financial obligations for the Department nor in interruption of the student´s ordinary curriculum.
Course material: None.
PH4202F Physiology with Pathology 8.5 cr.
74615 Autumn: 5F + 2Øu + 2D To be decided
Biological control systems including neural control mechanisms, the sensory systems, muscle, and endocrinelogy. Physiology of organs: circulation, respiration, the kidneys, and the gastrointestinal system. Pathology will be linked to physiology.
Course material: Human Physilogy by Vander, Sherman, Luciano.
PH4203FK Molecular Biophysics 8.5 cr.
74635 Autumn: 4F + 4Øu + 2D Associate Professor Arne Mikkelsen
Covalent bonds. Orbital theory. Inter- and intra-molecular interactions. Molecular dynamics. Hydrophobic bonds. Water-lipid systems. Chain molecules: Conformation and statistical properties. Macromolecular rheology: viscosity and viscoelastisity. Macromolecular gels. Translational and rotational diffusion. Sentrifugation. Nuclear magnetic resonance. Electron spin resonance. Optical absorption spectroscopy. Circular dichroism. Optical rotational dispersion. X-ray diffraction, fibre diagram. Electron diffraction. Electron microscopy. Light scattering.
Course material: Lecture notes.
PH4204FE Biophysics (Special) 6 cr.
74640 Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 2D To be decided
Central topics concerning energy deposition in biological materials following exposure to ionizing radiation, micro-dosimetry, dose-response relationships, direct- and indirect radiation effects, repair and restitution of radiation-induced damage in molecular and cellular systems, chemical radio-sensitization and -protection. General principles for use of ionizing radiation in cancer treatment, including time-dose-fractionation-relationships.
Course material: E.J. Hall; Radiobiology for the radiologists, 3rd edition J.B. Lippincott, 1988. Some supplementary texts will be distributed to the participants during the course.
PH4205F Biomedical Technology 6 cr.
74670 Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 2D Adjunct Professor Arne Skretting
The scintillation camera, emission tomography (SPECT,PET), X-ray equipment, X-ray transmission computed tomography (CT), applications of medical ultrasound, magnetic resonance imaging, theoretical description of image formation, algorithms for reconstruction of cross-sectional images,noise in medical images, examples of image processing. Quality assurance of imaging procedures. Equipment for radiation therapy, equipment for real time verification of external radiation therapy, threatment with radioactive compounds. Electrical safety of medical equipment.
Course material: S. Webb: The Physics of Medical Imaging, Adam Hilger, 1990. Compendia.
PH4206F Measurement Systems and Electronics 7.5 cr.
74417 Autumn: 3F + 3Øu + 1Øs + 2D Associate Professor Tore H. Løvaas
Electronics in measurement and control: Components and circuits, error sources, signal conversion, signal transmission, computer tools.
Course material: Horowitz and Hill: The Art of Electronics, 2nd edition. Cambridge 1990.
PH4207F Physics and Energy 6 cr.
74055 Spring: 3F + 1Øu + 1Øs + 2D Associate Professor Jørgen Løvseth
The energy supply of industrialized societies will be analysed in a global and long-term perspective with an emphasis on environmental aspects. In particular, the prospects for a switch to renewable energy resources will be treated. The discussion will focus on the relevant physical processes. The following issues will be treated: The use of energy in various societies; Traditional energy resources, resource base and environmental aspects; Exergy, energy conversion and efficiency; Nuclear power, breeder reactors and fusion, political and environmental problems; Solar energy, solar heat, solar thermal power stations, solar cells, wind energy, ocean wave energy and geothermal energy.
Course material: J. Twidell & T. Weir: Renewable energy resources. Lecture notes.
PH4208F Quantum Mechanics 2 6 cr.
74326 Autumn: 3F + 1Øu + 1Øs + 2D Professor Per Chr. Hemmer
Thomas-Fermi's and Hartree-Fock's methods for manyfermion systems, with applications to atoms and solids. Born-Oppenheimer and WKB approximations. Semiclassical theory of radiation, transition probabilities, dipole approximation, symmetries, photoelectric effect, spontaneous emission. Quantization of the electromagnetic field, photons, coherent states, Casimir effect. Fully quantized radiation theory, Thomson scattering, selection rules, two-photon emission and absorbtion. Dirac equation, spin and magnetic moment of the electron.
Course material: Lecture notes: P.C.Hemmer: Kvantemekanikk II.
PH4209F Classical Transport Theory 6 cr.
74336 Autumn: 3F + 1Øu + 1Øs + 2D Professor Arnljot Elgsæter
I) Hydrodynamic theory: Equations of change, transport coefficients, Navier-Stokes equations, linearization, hydrodynamic eigenmodes and fluctuations, viscoelasticity and mechanical spectroscopy. II) Stochastic theory: Stochastic variablers, Markov processes, correlation functions, Wiener-Khinchin theorem, Chapmann-Kolomogorov equations, master equation, Fokker-Planck equation, diffusion, Langevin equation,equivalence between stochastic differential equations and the Fokker-Planck equation, fluctuation-dissipation theorems, polymer chain dynamics and electrical noise. III) Irreversible thermodynamics: Entropy production, linear response theory, Onsager equations. IV) Kinetic theory: Phase space description, Boltzmann kinetic equation, H-theorem, linearization, hydrodynamic eigenmodes, microscopic expressions for the transport coefficients, test particles, Rayleigh gas and Brownian particles. Equivalence between kinetic and stochastic theory.
Course material: Lecture notes.
PH4210F Global Transfer in Nature 6 cr.
74050 Autumn: 3F + 1Øu + 1Øs + 2D Adjunct Professor Reidar Nydal
The course is best suited for students at 3rd and 4th year level, and contains the following topics: Radioactive dating methods. Transport mechanism and modelling of atmosphere and ocean. Distribution of industrial and nuclear wastes. Ozone. Carbon cycle, Greenhouse effect and Climate.
Course material: R. Nydal: Global Transfer in nature, compendium (in Norwegian).
PH4211F Theory of Classical Fields 6 cr.
74350 Autumn: 3F + 1Øu + 1Øs + 2D To be decided
General theory of fields: Lagrange and Hamilton formulation, variational principle, field equations, symmetries and conservation laws, invariance. Applications: Scalar field, electromagnetic field. General theory of relativity: Curvilinear coordinates, geodesic lines, parallel displacement, curvature tensor. Equations of motion. Field equations, weak fields, exact solutions.
Course material: Lecture notes. L.D. Landau and E.M. Liftshitz: Course of Theoretical Physics Vol. 2, The Classical Theory of Fields, 4th edition, Pergamon Press. A.O. Barut: Electrodynamics and Classical Theory of Fields and Particles. Dover Publ. 1980.
PH4212F Solid State Physics 2 6 cr.
74435 Autumn: 3F + 1Øu + 1Øs + 2D Professor Ivar Svare
Crystal binding, Fermi surfaces, Plasma effects, Optical effects, Superconductivity, Dielectrics and ferroelectrics, Magnetic resonance, Noncrystalline solids, Point defects, Interface physics.
Course material: C. Kittel: Introduction to solid state physics, the parts of the book that are not taught in Solid State Physics 1.
PH4213F Diffraction and Microstructure 6 cr.
74525 Autumn: 3F + 3Øu + 1D Professor Ragnvald Høier
Kinematical scattering of electrons and photons. Fourier transforms. Correlation functions. Theory of dynamical electron diffraction and electron microscopy for perfect and imperfect crystals. Dislocation theory. Stacking faults. Interfaces.
Course material: To be decided.
PH4214F Relativistic Quantum Mechanics 6 cr.
74327 Spring: 3F + 1Øu + 1Øs + 2D Professor Alex Hansen
Relativistic wave equation. Klein-Gordon and Dirac equations. Second quantization. Elementary quantum electrodynamics. Propagators. Feynman rules. Scattering processes.
Course material: F. Mandl and G. Shaw: Quantum Field Theory.
PH4215F Nuclear Physics 6 cr.
74355 Spring: 3F + 1Øu + 1Øs + 2D TProfessor Jan Myrheim
General properties of the nuclei, nucleon-nucleon interactions, shell model, collective model, pair-interactions, radioactivity, nuclear processes, nuclear power reactors, synthesis of chemical elements in Nature.
Course material: K.S. Krane: Introductory Nuclear Physics. John Wiley & Sons. 1988.
PH4216F Plasma Physics 6 cr.
74425 Spring: 3F + 1Øu + 1Øs + 2D Professor Helge R. Skullerud
The plasma concept. Motion of charged particles in electric and magnetic fields. Magnetic confinement and thermonuclear fusion. Fluid-description of plasma and plasma waves. Kinetic theory: The Vlasov equation, Landau damping. Plasma Phenomena in the ionosphere.
Course material: F. Chen: Plasma Physics, 2nd edition.
PH4217F Quantum Sheory of Solids 6 cr.
74436 Spring: 3F + 1Øu + 1Øs + 2D Professor Alex Hansen
Second quantization, Electron-phonon interaction, BCS theory and superconductivity, Electron correlations, metal-insulator transition. The Kondo problem and Kosterlity-Thouless transition, Fermi-liquids, liuttinger liquids.
Course material: G.D.Mahan: Many-Body Physics.
PH4218F Structure and Properties of Crystals 6 cr.
74530 Spring: 3F + 2Øu + 1Øs + 1D Professor Emil J. Samuelsen
Group theory and crystallography. Space groups. Tensor properties. Representations of tenors. Anisotropic materials. Electric polarization. Conductivity. Non-linear optical properties. Double refraction. Optical activity. Quasi-crystals. Organic metals. Polymer materials. Superconductors. Liquid crystals.
Course material:. J.F. Nye: Physical Properties of Crystals, Oxford. Lecture notes. Scientific papers.
(G. Burns, A.M. Glazer: Space Groups for Solid State Scientists, Academic Press. Not compulsory)
PH4219F Microstructure and Mechanical Properties 6 cr.
74573 Spring: 3F + 3Øu + 1D Adjunct Professor Otto Lohne
Diffusion in metals-constant D. Phase diagrams - Liquid/solid, Eutectic/Peritectic, Binary/Tertiary phase diagrams. Solidification of metals and alloys. Homogen heat treatments. Homogeneous/heterogeneous nucleation. Growth/dissolution of precipitates. Deformation/precipitation hardening. Fibre reinforcement. Analyses of some industrial processes.
Course material: Verhoeven: Fundamentals of Physical Metallurgy.
OTHER UNIVERSITY COURSES
OUC1001- Deutsch in Praktikum und Beruf (German in Practice and Work) 4.5 cr.
00974 Autumn: 3F + 1Øu University Lecturer Jutta Steffen-Faulhaber
A video-based language course for use of oral German in business connections. The course is designed for students who aim at working with export and /or other contacts with Germany. The students’ active participation in class-sessions will be expected. The seats are limited. Preference will be given to students who have chosen German as an optional subject.
Application forms available at Studieavdelingen, Gløshaugen.
Course material: To be decided.
OUC1002- French, Basic Course 9 cr.
00979 Autumn: 3F + 1Øu, Spring: 3F + 1Øu University Lecturer Grete Nestaas
The course is an introduction in French everyday language, communication in normal situations, and an understanding of general texts such as French newspaper articles. The students will through a general and literary text study get a general knowledge of French culture, society and way of life. On request, some scientific texts in connection with the participants’ fields of study could also be included.
Course material: Le Nouveau Sans Frontiéres 2. Kjersti Fløttum ed al: Fransk språklære, Le Robert Micro (dictionary) and additional material as introduced during the course.
OUC2001AM
Philosophy and the Theory of Science 5.5 cr.
00865 Autumn: 2F + 1Øu, Spring: 2F To be decided
The principal differences between various kinds of rational achievements (science, technology, humanities, morals, aesthetics etc.) will be emphasized, in particular with a view to differences in relation to fundamental forms of human action and practice.
Course material: Selected literature from philosophy of science.
OUC3001AGBEKF(MA)
History of Technology, Basic Course 4.5 cr.
00860 Autumn: 3F + 1Øu Associate Professor Per Østby
The objective of this course is to give the students knowledge of how technological and social development have interacted. Different problems will be anlaysed by historical examples. Such themes are: Early norwegian industrialisation. The science-based technological buildup 1870 - 1910. From mass-production to flexible specialisation. The new technologies 1950 - 1970. Art, architechture and technology. The planned society. The integration of cars into Norway. Counterculture and momentum.
Course material: Relevant examples from industrial design and the fine arts.
OUC3002- Pedagogical Leadership 4.5 cr.
00920 Spring: 2F + 3Øu Department Manager Margrete Fuglem
A literary curriculum and work with the students own experience connected to a topic as cooperationlearning, roles and norms, communication.
Course material: Compendium of papers.
OUC3003- Technical Subjects - Teaching Methods and Skills 7.5 cr.
00925 Autumn: 2F + 1Øu + 7Øs University lecturer Einar Hagen
The distinctive character of technigal subjects and their consequence for teaching. Workplace demands for teaching qualifications. Arrangement and organizing of teaching technocal subjects. Both teacher and student prerequisites for learning. Objectives of learning. Design, structure and planning of class sessions. Development of teaching plans for individual students. Planning individual class sessions and courses. One week of participiant observation with a focus on observation.
Course material: Svein Sjøberg: Naturfagenes didaktikk, Gylendal,1990. Arnold Hofset: Å undervise studenter, Universitetsforlaget, 1992. A complete list will be available at the start of the course.
Application must be sent by June 1.
More information: Educational Development Service, second floor, Main Building. Phone: 73 93 52 69, fax: 73 59 65 30, Grethe.Aune@adm.unit.no.
This course may be included as an optional course. Applications must be sent to the students` faculty within the usual time limits for course selection-
OUC3004- Technical Subjects - Teaching Methods and Skills 7.5 cr.
00926 Spring: 2F + 1Øu + 7Øs University lecturer Einar Hagen
The distinctive character of technigal subjects and their consequence for teaching. Workplace demands for teaching qualifications. Arrangement and organizing of teaching technocal subjects. Both teacher and student prerequisites for learning. Objectives of learning. Design, structure and planning of class sessions. Development of teaching plans for individual students. Planning individual class sessions and courses. One week of participiant observation with a focus on observation.
Course material: Svein Sjøberg: Naturfagenes didaktikk, Gylendal,1990. Arnold Hofset: Å undervise studenter, Universitetsforlaget, 1992. A complete list will be available at the start of the course.
Application must be sent by November 15.
More information: Educational Development Service, second floor, Main Building. Phone: 73 93 52 69, fax: 73 59 65 30, Grethe.Aune@adm.unit.no.
This course may be included as an optional course. Applications must be sent to the students` faculty within the usual time limits for course selection-
OUC3005- Technical Writing 4.5 cr.
00930 Autumn: 2F + 4Øu + 2Øs University Lecturer Laura Castor
Technical writing is designed to improve sivilingeniør students´ability as technical communicators, especially in corporate and industrial environments. The audience-centred approach will familiarise you with the concerns and needs of technicians, experts, lay people, and especially executives. Your assignments will include a technical definition, an instruction manual, a collaborative feasibility study (proposal, final report), and a job letter/curriculum vitae. The course aims to help you develop skills in situational analysis, audience analysis, fact-finding and interpretation, organization, layout and the ethical decision-making process.
Course material: K.W.Houp and Thomas E. Pearsall: Reporting Technical Information, McMillan. Copies distributed during lectures.
Limited number of seats (25). Application forms available from Studieavdelingen, Gløshaugen.
OUC3006- Technical Writing 4.5 cr.
00931 Spring: 2F + 4Øu + 2Øs University Lecturer Laura Castor
As for course 00930.
OUC4001GKF
Basic Toxicology 4 cr.
00850 Autumn: 3F Professor Odd G. Nilsen
Researcher Asbjørn Nilsen
Toxicokinetics, biotransformation, mutagenesis and carcinogenesis, immunetoxicology, inhalation toxicology, organic solvents, metals, pesticides, risk evaluation, laws and regulations.
Course material: Casarett and Doull: Toxicology, 4th edition or newer.
OUC4002 Industrial Toxicology, Laboratory Exercises 2 cr.
00851 Spring: 3Øs Professor Odd G. Nilsen
Researcher Kolbjørn Zahlsen
The course is divided into three parts: Metabolic activation of n-Hexan in rat liver, measurements and characterization of dust particles in air and Ames' test.
|
|
Responsible for information: Wolfgang Laschet HTML Author: dennis.vandenberg@adm.ntnu.no Updated: 10:58:55 03.Apr 1997 |
|